Bhagya

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

A. Read these lines from your textbook of class IX.
1. (a) felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. (ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ସାମନା କରିବାରେ ମୋତେ ସଙ୍କୋଚ ଲାଗିଲା ।)
(b) I wrote a letter announcing my departure.
(ମୋର ଫେରିଯିବା ବା ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ ଘୋଷଣା କରି ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପତ୍ର ଲେଖଲି ।)

• The underlined expressions are non-finite verbs. Because these verb forms have no agreement with the subjects. They only state purpose or cause.
• Every simple sentence has a Finite Verb(s) and it always agrees with the subject. [ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ ଏବଂ ସର୍ବଦା subject ବା କର୍ଚ୍ଚାର ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ସହିତ ଏହି ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା (Finite Verb) ର agreement ହୁଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Seema writes letters. (Simple Sentence)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘writes’ – Finite Verb/Present Simple tense.
Seema-Subject (third person and singular number)]

(ii) He did the work to please me. (Simple sentence)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘did’ – Finite Verb/Past Simple tense.]

(iii) Sehwag has scored two triple centuries in test cricket.
[ଏଠାରେ has scored – Finite Verbs/Present Perfect tense.]
(ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ପାଉଛୁ ଯେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ରହିଛି ଯେହେତୁ ଏହାର tense ବା କାଳ ଅଛି ।)

• Apart from Finite Verbs, we have Non-Finite Verbs in the sentence.
  [Finite verb ବା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି, ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା (Non-Finite Verbs) ମଧ୍ଯ ଥାଏ ।]
• While Finite Verb has ‘tense’, Non-Finite Verb has ‘no tense’.
  [Finite Verb ର Tense ଥାଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ Non-Finite Verb ର tense ନ ଥାଏ ।]
• Finite Verb is the indispensable part in a sentence, but Non-Finite Verb is the additional/ optional part in a sentence.
  [Finite Verb ହେଉଛି ବାକ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅପରିହାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅଙ୍ଗ; କିନ୍ତୁ Non-Finite Verb ହେଉଛି ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ବା ଇଚ୍ଛାଧୀନ ଅଙ୍ଗ ।]
• A Non-Finite Verb is expressed by forms of a verb.
  [Verb ର ରୂପ ବା form ଦ୍ଵାରା Non-Finite Verb ସୂଚିତ ହୁଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) I hope to get a first class. (ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ।)
[hope-Finite Verb (present simple tense), to get-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(ii) Seema left going to his house. (ସୀମା ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବା ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲା ।)
[left-Finite Verb (past simple tense), going-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(iii) Father got both his eyes examined. (ବାପା ତାଙ୍କ ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଇନେଲେ ।)
[got -Finite Verb (past simple tense), examined-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(iv) The headmaster let the boy go home. (ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ବାଳକଟିକୁ ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।)
[let-Finite Verb (past simple tense), go-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

Remember :
A Non-Finite Verb has only form (s) and it has nothing do with the subject.
(ଏକ ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର କେବଳ form ବା ରୂପ ଅଛି ଓ ବାକ୍ୟର subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ସହିତ କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନାହିଁ ।

See the classification on Non-Finite verbs in the diagram below:
[Non-Finite Verb(s) ର ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ବିଭାଗଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।]

(1) To-Infinitives
The following verbs generally take ‘to + infinitive’ immediately after them.
(ତଳଲିଖତ କ୍ରିୟା ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ to + Infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

appear begin decide deserve fail prefer forget remember pretend agree attempt desire claim

demand expect fail want hope intend manage learn need plan prepare refuse wish

Examples:
(i) I hope to see you again.
(ii) He requested me to help him.
(iii) They expect to travel by air.
(iv) He plans to visit Japan next year.
(v) The prisoners managed to escape.
(vi) We would prefer not to sit at the front.

(N.B ) (In the negative, ‘‘not’ comes after the to + infinitiveÿ))
(vii) They decided to stay in the open field.
(viii) Never pretend to be foolish.
(ix) Father has reminded me to go to the movie.

(2) -‘Ing’ Non-Infinitives :
The following verbs are usually followed by Verb-‘ing’.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ  – ing Non-infinitives ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

admit (ସ୍ବୀକାର କରିବା) avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା) appreciate (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରିବା) finish (ଶେଷ କରିବା ) consider (ବିବେଚନା କରିବା ) count on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା) depend on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା) feel like (want ) insist on (declare strongly) look forward to (ପ୍ରତୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା) think of can’t/couldn’t help (avoid) rely on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା ) delay (ବିଳମ୍ବ କରିବା) miss (ଛାଡ଼ି ଦେବା)quit (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)

approve of (ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିବା) deny (ଅସ୍ବୀକାର କରିବା) enjoy (ଉପଭୋଗ କରିବା) report (ବିବରଣୀ ଦେବା। ଜଣାଇବା) resent (ଘୃଣା କରିବା) hate resist (ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରିବା) risk (ବିପଦ ବରଣ କରିବା) give up (stop for ever) object to (ବିରୋଧ/ପ୍ରତିବାଦ କରିବା) put off (ସ୍ଥଗିତ ରଖୁବା) succeed in (ସଫଳ ହେବା) congratulate on ( ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇବା) would you mind (ଦୟାକରି) keep on (ଚାଲୁ ରଖୁବା ) practise (ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରିବା) recall (ମନେ ପକାଇବା)

Examples:
(i) Do you mind waiting a moment?
(ii) Someone suggested going for a walk.
(iii) I enjoyed getting up (ଉଠିବା) early in summer.
(iv) Have you finished doing your homework?
(v) I can’t help feeling depressed (ହତାଶ )sometimes.
(vi) The girl admitted not paying for the tickets.
(vii) Father has given up smoking.
(viii) I look forward to getting a sweet reply from my friend.
(ix) He objected to my behaving so rudely.
(x) Gandhiji succeeded in getting freedom for India.
(xi) The coach congratulated the Indian team on becoming the No.1 team in test format.

(a) Verb + Object (କର୍ମ) + V-‘ing’

Examples:
(i) I hate people laughing at me.
object
(ii) The girl loves young people admiring her beauty.
object
(iii) The job involves (ସଂପୃକ୍ତି) somebody risking his life.
object

(b) ‘Ing’ form in sentences beginning with ‘It’

Examples:
(i) It is no use/ no good arguing him.
(ତା’ ସହିତ ଯୁକ୍ତିକରି କିଛି ଲାଭ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) It was quite a thrilling experience visiting the Konark Temple.
(କୋଣାର୍କ ମନ୍ଦିର ବୁଲିଯିବା/ଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା ଏକ ରୋମାଞ୍ଚକାରୀ ଅନୁଭୂତି ଥିଲା ।)

(iii) It may be worth encouraging the boy to study hard.
(ବାଳକକୁ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଉତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବା ଭଲ ।)

V-ing Form or To-infinitives
Often different verbs having close meanings in themselves take ‘to + infinitives’ or ‘ingform’. (ଅଧ୍କାଂଶ ସମୟରେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥ‌ିବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ To + infinitive ଓ ଆଉ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ‘ing-form’ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ।)

To + Infinitives	-‘Ing’ Form
1. Raman decided to take a taxi. (‘decide’ takes only ‘to-inf.’’)	1. Raman suggested taking a taxi. (‘suggested’ takes only a ‘v-ing’ form)
2. We are training to run uphill	2. We are practising running uphill. (ପାହାଡ଼ ଉପରକୁ)
(Here ‘training’ and ‘practicing are same in meaning.)
(ଏଠାରେ chose ଓ admitted ପ୍ରାୟ ସମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ବହନ କରୁଛି ।)
3. The man chose not to buy a ticket.	3. The man admitted not buying a ticket.
4. The committee agreed to pay half the cost of blankets.	4. The committee recommended paying half cost of blankets.
5. I prefer to travel by air. (a particular preference) (ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା)	5. I prefer travelling by air. (a general preference) (ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ପସନ୍ଦ)
6. I forgot to do the homework. (a particular occasion) (ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା)	6. I forgot doing the homework. (a more common activity) (ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ଭାବରେ ଘଟୁଥିବା ଘଟଣା ।)

Either ‘To+Infinitive’ or ‘V-Ing’ form But different Meanings
(ବିଭି ଅର୍ଥରେ – ‘Ing’ ଓ ‘To + Inf’ର ବ୍ୟବହାର)
(ନମ୍ନଲିଖତ verbs ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ‘to + infinitives’ ଓ ‘ing form’ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ ।)

• remember
• forget
• try
• regret
• mean
• stop
• go on
• need

V +To + Infinitives	V +Ing form
(i) I must remember to post the letter today. (“Remember to post” means to first remember and then to post)	(i) I remember seeing him in the * meeting hall. (“remember seeing means to first see and then remember it later)
(ii) I forgot to sign the bill. (a necessary action)	(ii) I’ll never forget visiting the zoo with my father. (memories of the past)
(iii) People tried to put out the fire. (to attempt an action)	(iii) First people tried throwing water on the flame, but that didn’t work. (to do something which might solve a problem)
(iv) I regret to inform you that your application has been rejected. ( ‘regret to inform’ means being sorry for giving bad news at present)	(iv) I regret wasting so much time on visiting theatres. ( ‘regret wasting’ means feeling sorry for some past action)
(v) At the next square (ଛକ), the man stopped to buy a book. (to stop to do something)	(v) You had better (should) stop dreaming. (end an action.)
(vi) The teacher introduced himself and went on to discuss, the first lesson. (to do the next thing)	(vi) The teacher told the girls to be quiet but they just went on talking. (continue doing something)
(vii) I need to leave by nine. (necessary to do something)	(vii) The grass needs cutting. It has grown very long. (needs to be done)

(3) Bare Infinitives
A bare infinitive is simply the base form like go, eat, dance, etc. of the verb.
(Bare-infinitive ହେଇଛି କ୍ରିୟା ପରେ ମୂଳରୂପ; ଯଥା – go, eat, dance ଇତ୍ଯାଦି ।)

Patterns with Bare-infinitive:
(i) Verbs make, let, have take an ‘Object + bare infinitive’.
(କ୍ରିୟାପଦ; ଯଥା – make, let, have object ବା କର୍ମ ସହିତ bare infinitive ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

(a) I made the girl dance. (ମୁଁ ଝିଅକୁ ନଚାଇଲି ।)
(the girl = object, dance = bare-infinitive)

(b) The teacher let the pupils go home early.(ଶିକ୍ଷକ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।)
(thepupils = object, go = bare-infinitive)

(c) I’ll have the driver bring home your suitcase. (ମୁଁ ତୁମର ସୁକେଶ୍ୱକୁ driver ଦ୍ବାରା ଘରକୁ ମଗାଇ ଆଣିବି ।)

(ii) Verbs of perception such as see, hear,feel etc. take an object + bare infinitive after them.
[Verbs of perception ବା ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ପରେ object ବା କର୍ମ + bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]

(a) We saw the terrorists leave the building.
( terrorists = object, leave = bare infinitive)
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆକ୍ରମଣକାରୀମାନଙ୍କୁ କୋଠାଘର ଛାତ ଦେଇ ବାହାରିଯିବାର ଦେଖୁଲୁ ।)

(b) I heard someone knock on the door. (କେହି ଜଣେ କବାଟ ଠକ୍ ଠକ୍ କରିବାର ମୁଁ ଶୁଣିଲି ।)
(someone = object, knock= bare infinitive)

(c) He felt someone touch his shoulders. (କେହି ଜଣେ ତା’ କାନ୍ଧ ଛୁଇଁବାର ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କଲା)
( someone = object, touch = bare infinitive)

(iii) A bare infinitive is usually used after‘except’ and ‘but’.
(‘Except’ ଓ ‘but’ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)

(a) Our maid-servant does everything except do the washing-up.
(do = bare infinitive)
(= ଆମର ଚାକରାଣୀ ବାସନକୁସନ ମାଜିବା ଛଡ଼ା ଅନ୍ୟସବୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରେ ।)
This old man does nothing but shout all day.
(shout=bare infinitive)
(= ଏହି ବୁଢ଼ାଟି ଦିନସାରା ଚିତ୍କାର ଛାଡ଼ିବା ବ୍ୟତୀତ କିଛି କରେନାହିଁ ।)

Look at the following sentences :
(i) Will you help me carry the luggage ? (informal)
(carry = bare infinitive)
(ii) Will you help me to carry the luggage ? (formal)
(to carry = to infinitive)

N.B: With the verb of perception in Active Voice, the bare infinitive is changed into a to + infinitive.
(Active voice ରେ verb ofperception ଥ୍ଲେ Passive Voice ରେ Bare infinitiveg To + infinitive ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।)
Active Voice = I heard him cry.
(him = object, cry = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice = He was heard to cry, (to + infinitive)

(4) -‘EN’ forms

-‘En’ ବା -‘Ed’ is the third form of the base verb used as non-infinitive.
[‘-En’ ବା ‘-Ed’ ହେଉଛି ମୂଳ କ୍ରିୟାର ତୃତୀୟ ରୂପ ଯାହାକି non-infinitive verb ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]
‘-En’ or ‘-Ed’ form is used after the verbs had or got with ‘an object’ to mean “to do get something done by somebody.”
[verb ର -Ed ବା -En form ‘had” ଓ ‘got’ verb ଓ object (କର୍ମ) ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ଯାହାର ଅର୍ଥ ନିଜ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅନ୍ୟ ଦ୍ବାରା କରାଇବା]

Examples:
(i) I had my letter typed. (ମୁଁ ମୋ ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ଟାଇପ୍ କରାଇଲି)
(my letter = object, typed = ‘-en’ non-finitive)

(ii) You should have vourphoto taken. (ତୁମେ ତୁମର ଫଟୋ ଉଠାଇନେବା ଉଚିତ ।)
(yourphoto = object , taken= ‘-en’ non-infinitive)

(iii) Father got both his eyes examined. (ବାପା ତାଙ୍କର ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଇଲେ ।)
(both his eyes =object, examined= ‘-en’ non-infinitive)

Difference between ‘Bare’ Infinitive and ‘Ing’ form

‘BARE’ Infinitive (Completed action) (ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)	‘-ING’ Form/ Non-Infinitive (Incomplete action) (ଅସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
Examples: I saw him cross the road. (ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି ।)	I saw him crossing the road. (ତାକୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି ।)

Breaking of a sentence into two Simple Sentences :
(ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଦୁଇଟି ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା)
(i) Use ‘will’ omitting ‘to + infinitive ’.
(To + infinitive କୁ ଉଠାଇ ‘will’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ)

(ii) Use Past Simple Tense placing Bare-infinitive.
(Bare-infinitive କୁ ଉଠାଇ Past Simple Tense ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରାଯାଏ)

Questions with Answers :
(i) I want my friend to get the prize, (‘to get’ = to + infinitive)
Answer:
My friend will get the prize. I want it.

(ii) India expects her people to do their work sincerely, (to do- to + ‘infinitive’)
Answer:
Her people will do their work sincerely. India wants it.

(iii) Our teacher made the girl do the sum. (do = bare infinitive)
Answer:
The girl did (past simple) the work.
Our teacher made it.

Know about Bare infinitives / Zero infinitives :
(i) The expressions like had better, had rather, would rather, sooner than, rather than
carry infinitives without ‘to ’.
Examples:

• I would rather die than beg.
• You had better take your father’s permission.
• The king had ratherfight than surrender. (ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କରିବା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ବରଂ ଯୁଦ୍ଧକଲେ)
• I would rather wait till my friend comes.

(ii) Bare infinitive or Zero infinitive is used after dare and need in interrogative and negative forms.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ Modals ‘dare’ ଓ ‘need’ ପରେ bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
Dare you speak like this? (ତୁ ଏଭଳି କଥା କହି ପାରୁଛୁ ?)
You needn’t go near the hill. (ତୁମେ ପାହାଡ଼ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵକୁ ଯିବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ ।)

(iii) If two infinitives are joined by ‘and’, the ‘to’ of the second is normally dropped.
(ଦୁଇଟି infinitive ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ infinitive ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ‘to’ କୁ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।)
Go there and work hard (to work).
I intend (ଚାହୁଁଛି) to start today and do (to do) the needful.

To + Infinitive
Broadly speaking infinitives are oftwo kinds :
ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ infinitives (with ‘to’) are of two kinds.

1. Simple infinitive
It may be :
(i) the Subject to a verb (କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପେ) :
To smoke (ଧୂମପାନ କରିବା) is bad for health.
To drink (ମଦ୍ୟପାନ କରିବା) tells upon health (ଖରାପ କରିଥାଏ).

(ii) Object ofa verb (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ) :
Children love to play (ଖେଳିବାକୁ).
I intend (ଚାହୁଁଛି) to take part (ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବାକୁ) in the event (କ୍ରୀଡ଼ାରେ).

(iii) Complement ofa verb (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ପୂରକ ରୂପେ) :
(after ‘be’ verbs is, am, are, was, were)
My foremost ( ସର୍ବପ୍ରଧାନ) duty is to build my character (ତିଆରି କରିବା).
His desire (ଇଚ୍ଛା) was to deliver the speech (ବକ୍ତୃତାଦେବା).

(iv) Object ofa preposition (ଏକ ବିଭକ୍ତିର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ) :
The meeting is about to start, (about – preposition) (ସଭାଟି ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବା ଉପରେ)

2. Qualifying infinitive
It is called qualifying infinitive because it is used to qualify a verb, a noun or an adjective.

(i) After the verb ‘be’ (is, are etc) to express a command, order or plan (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ଆଦେଶ ବା ଯୋଜନା ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘be’ verb ପରେ ।
You are to stay here, (are – ‘be’ verb) (are to stay = must stay here) (ଏଠାରେ ରହିବାକୁ ହେବ ।)

→ Neelima is to go there, (must go there)
→ The orientation program is to start next month, (a plan).

(ii) a purpose (ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

→ Father wants to call on uncle. (ଦେଖାକରିବାକୁ । ଦେଖାକରିବା ପାଇଁ)
→ Saroj went to the shop to buy medicine. (କିଣିବାପାଇଁ)

(iii) to qualify noun (ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ)
→ The girl has reason (noun) to smile. (ଝିଅର ହସିବା ପଛରେ କାରଣ ଅଛି ।)
→ It is time (noun) to close the counter.

(iv) to qualify an adjective (ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ)
→ The tea is too hot to drink, (hot = adjective) (ଚାହାଟି ଏତେ ଗରମ ଯେ ପିଇ ହେଉନାହିଁ)
→ This house is decent to live in. (decent = adjective) (ରହିବାପାଇଁ ଘରଟି ସୁନ୍ଦର ହୋଇଛି ।)

(v) equivalent to an adjective clause.
a. Lend (ଧାର ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ) ।me some books that may read.
Answer:
Lend me some book to read.

b. He has no dresses which he can wear.
Answer:
He has no dresses to wear.

Non-Finite Verb Clause (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :
A non-finite verb clause begins with non-finite verb forms.
Examples:
(i) They made Seema write the letter. (ସେମାନେ ସୀମାଦ୍ଵାରା ଚିଠିଟି ଲେଖାଇଲେ ।)
(ii) I did not notice you raiseyour hand. (ମୁଁ ତୋତେ ତୋର ହାତ ଉଠାଇବାର ଦେଖଲି ନାହିଁ ।)
(iii) Please let us go home. (ଦୟାକରି ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ ।)
(iv) You had better leave this place. (ତୁମର ଏହି ଯାଗା ଛାଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଯିବା ଭଲ ।)
(v) The teacher found the girlsplaying on theground. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଝିଅମାନଙ୍କୁ ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଖେଳୁଥିବାର ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ)

Non-finitive verbs (to + infinitives) directly followed by a noun/pronoun + a verb

Help :
(i) Please help me roll the stone, (bare infinitive)
(ii) No one can help you to pass the exam, (to + infinitive)

See/find: We saw/found them eating (ଖାଇବାର) their lunch, (action in progress)

Get :
(i) I got him to do it. (to + infinitive) (ମୁଁ ତାହାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହା କରାଇଲି)
(ii) He got the car moving (participle infinitive)
(iii) We got our food cooked, (past participle infinitive) (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଖାଦ୍ୟ ରନ୍ଧାଇ ନେଲୁ।)

Verbs of Perception (ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟାନୁଭୂତଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ)
(These verbs don’t take the progressive form (+ ing)
See :
(i) I saw them cross (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାର ) the road, (crossing completed)
(ii) I saw them crossing (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବାର) the road, (crossing not completed)
Imagine : (i) I imagine (think/suppose, ମନେ କରୁଛି) this to be the explanation.

Process Verbs :
Keep :
(i) He kept listening to the radio.
(ii) She kept me (pronoun) waiting for an hour. ( ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରୁଥିଲା)

Start :
(i) He started to sing, (but was stopped.)
(ii) He started singing (singing continued for some time)
(iii) Please start the clock going, (clock-noun)

Begin :
(i) As soon as he came down from the university, he began writing novels
(ଉପନ୍ୟାସ), (intentional action, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟମୂଳକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(ii) Suddenly it began to rain. (intentional action, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟହୀନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(iii) I am beginning to grow old. (ମୁଁ ବୁଢ଼ା ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)

Finish :
(i) He finished writing the letters at 9.30 a.m.
Avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା) :
(i) Sheela avoided making the same mistake again.

Verbs like complete, delay (ବିଳମ୍ବ କରିବା), escape (ଖସିଯିବା), practice, so belong to this group.
Examples: Let’s go fishing. (ଚାଲ ମାଛ ଧରି ଯିବା।)
Stand / sit: Theystood / sat talking.
Can’t help: (have no control over)
I can’t help falling asleep. (ମୁଁ ନ ଶୋଇ ରହି ପାରିବି ନାହିଁ)

Verbs of effort (ଚେଷ୍ଟା) and achievement (କୃତିତ୍ଵ / ସଫଳତା)
manage: We managed to reach the village before dark. (ପହଞ୍ଚିବାରେ ସଫଳ ହେଲୁ)

try :
(i) Try to work harder. (Make an attempt)
(ii) A man tried walking more briskly (ଅଧୁକ କ୍ଷିପ୍ର ବେଗରେ).
fail: She failed (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା) to understand my point.

Verbs of Attitude (ମନୋଭାବ)
like :
(i) I like riding (ଘୋଡ଼ା ଚଢ଼ିବା) (like – enjoy)
(ii) I like to go to the temple every day. (I think it right)
(iii) I like going to the temple. (I enjoy my visits)

regret (ଦୁଃଖ କରିବା) :
(i) I regret to say that he is a fool. (I am sorry, but I have to say that)
(ii) I regret saying that he is a fool. (I am sorry that I said that)

miss: I don’t miss going to the library on Sunday.
risk: I can’t risk telling you the secret. (ତୁମକୁ ଗୁପ୍ତ କଥା କହି ମୁଁ ନିଜକୁ ବିପଦରେ ପକାଇ ପାରିବି ନାହିଁ ।)

mind :
(i) We don’t mind sitting on the floor. (don’t object to it.)
(ଚଟାଣ ଉପରେ ବସିବାରେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଆପତ୍ତି ନାହିଁ)
(ii) Would you mind lending me your pen? (Please lend me your pen.)
enjoy: We enjoy travelling in holidays.

• Causative verbs (ପ୍ରେରଣାର୍ଥକ କ୍ରିୟା) : They mean making someone do something.
• help: We helped clean (ସଫା କରିବାରେ) the room.

make :
(i) Sangeeta made me finish my work early.
(ii) I was made to finish my work early. (Passive)
(ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସହଜରେ ଶେଷ କରାଗଲା।)
(iii) You must make your views known.
let : I won’t let you go home so early. (ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ଏତେ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେବି ନାହିଁ ।)

have :
(i) I have my hair cutonce a month. (I get my hair cut once a montyh)
(ମୁଁ ମାସକୁ ଥରେ ମୋର କେଶ କଟାଏ।)
(ii) They had all the prisoners shot

Functions of Non-Finite Verbs (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)

(i) As a Subject (କର୍ରାରୂପେ)
Examples:

• Digging is hard work, {-‘mg’ non-infinitive)
• To find fault with others is easy, (to + infinitive)

(ii) As an object (କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples:

• She plans to buy some presents for her sister. (to + infinitive)
• He would like to stay here for some days, {to + infinitive)

(iii)
(a) As a complement to the (ପୂରକ ରୂପେ) Verb ‘be’ (is/was)
Examples:

• Our duty is protecting our motherland, {-‘ing’ form)
• My aim is to be a doctor, {to + infinitive)

(b)With verbs ‘let’ and ‘make’
Examples:

• The clerk made the girl fill in the form, {bare infintive)
• The police officer let the gentleman go. {bare infintive)

(iv) As an Adjunct (ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦ ରୂପେ)
Examples:

• They killed the snake to save the child, {to + infinitive)
• I saw the beggar cross to the other side, {bare infinitive)

Activity – 1

Underline the non-finite verbs in the following sentences:
(a) He has been answering questions.
Answer:
been answering

(b) They must have finished doing their homework.
Answer:
have finished doing (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଶେଷ କରିଥ୍)

(c) She may have been helped by her brother.
Answer:
have been helped ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରାଯାଇଥାଇ ପାରେ)

(d) You should have been studying English Grammar more thoroughly.
Answer:
have been studying (ପଢ଼ିବା ଉଚିତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତା)

(e) The film must have been screened by now.
Answer:
have been screened (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୋଇଥବ)

Activity – 2

Break the following sentences into two simple sentences each.
(a) I want my friend to get the medal.
Answer:
My friend will get the medal. I want it.

(b) She helped me do the exercise.
Answer:
I did the exercise. She helped me.

(c) I hate telling lies.
Answer:
Telling lies is a sin (ପାପ). I hate it.

(d) I expect to write a story by tomorrow.
Answer:
I will write a story by tomorrow. I expect it.

(e) I expect you to write a story by tomorrow.
Answer:
You will write a story by tomorrow. I expect it.

(f) Our teacher made us write the story.
Answer:
We wrote the story. Our teacher made it.

(Note: while breaking a sentence into two simple sentences, to + infinitive is replaced by will + main and bare infinitive by Past Simple tense.)

Activity – 3

What are the functions (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) of the non-finite verbs clauses in the following sentences?
[The Junctions are: subject, object, complement, and adjunct]
(a) She plans to buy some presents for her sister.
Answer:
to buy- object

(b) Don’t allow others to get into the room.
Answer:
to get into – object/ adjunct

(c) He killed a snake to save the child.
Answer:
to save – adjunct

(d) I heard her sing a song.
Answer:
sing – complement

(e) To find fault with others is easy.
Answer:
To find (fault) – subject

(f) He is to go abroad next month.
Answer:
to go – complement (after the ‘be’ verb ‘is’)

Activity – 4

Complete the following sentences by adding a non-finite clause using the words given in the brackets.
(Non-finite clause ଯୋଗକରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

(a) They made ________________ (I /do /it)
Answer:
They made me do it. (do – bare infinitive)

(b) The gardener won’t let ________________ (they / touch / the flowers)
Answer:
The gardener won’t let them touch the flowers. (touch-bare infinitive)

(c) We heard ______________ (the beggar/curse / the rude boys)
Answer:
We heard the beggar curse the rude boys. (curse – bare infinitive)

(d) The clerk does not allow _______________ (anyone / see / the files)
Answer:
The clerk does not allow anyone to touch the files. (to touch – to infinitive)

(e) Please remind (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) ____________________ (he / write / the letter)
Answer:
Please remind (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) him to write the letter. (to write – to infinitive)

Activity – 5

Complete the following sentences using the non-finite verbs given in brackets. Some of these non-finite verbs may go with a noun phrase of your choice.

(a) The teacher doesn’t let_____________ (make) a noise in the class.
Answer:
the pupils make

(b) I would like _______________ (meet) my uncle.
Answer:
to meet

(c) Hot weather makes___________(feel) uncomfortable.
Answer:
people /me feel

(d) Please remind _____________ (phone) Ashok tomorrow.
Answer:
me to phone

(e) The film was very sad. It made_____________ (cry).
Answer:
me / the audience

(f) Lata’s parents have always encouraged ___________________ (study).
Answer:
her (Lata) to study

(g) He would like _____________ (come) to the party.
Answer:
to come

Activity – 6

Fill in the blanks with to + verb (to + infinitive), j + verb (bare/zero infinitive), or verb+ing.
(a) I enjoy __________________ (play) on the river bank.
Answer:
playing

(b) Where do you want__________________ (go) ?
Answer:
to go

(c) I learned ______________ (swim) when I was eight years old.
Answer:
swimming (ସନ୍ତରଣ)

(d) I am trying ________________ (study). Please stop- (talk).
Answer:
to study (ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ), talking (କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା)

(e) I don’t mind ______________ (travel) by bus but I prefer- (travel) by train.
Answer:
travelling (ଯାତ୍ରାକରିବା)

(f) She would not let me ________________ (read) the letter.
Answer:
read (ସେ ମୋତେ ଚିଠିଟି ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଦେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

(g) Good bye. I hope ________________ (see) you soon.
Answer:
to see (ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ)

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with to + verb or $ + verb, using the verbs given in the list. Select the appropriate ones.
[climb, do, go, cry, clean, come, walk, laugh, sleep, hear]
(a) He is very funny, He makes me _______________.
Answer:
laugh (ହସାଏ)

(b) Please stay with me. I don’t want you _______________.
Answer:
to go (ଯିବାକୁ)

(c) Do you want to go on a bicycle? No, let’s _________________.
Answer:
walk (ଚାଲିକରିଯିବା)

(d) Don’t wake up tomorrow morning. Let me_________________ for some more time.
Answer:
sleep (ଶୋଇନିଏ)

(e) I helped my brother _______________ his room.
Answer:
clean (ସଫା କରିବାରେ)

(f) Talk quietly. I don’t want anybody ________________ us.
Answer:
to hear (ଶୁଣିବାକୁ)

(g) We persuaded our teacher ____________ with us.
Answer:
to come (ଯିବାପାଇଁ)

(h) I saw him ________________ over the wall.
Answer:
climb (ଚଢ଼ିବାର)

Activity – 8

Read the following sentences and the hints are given in the brackets. Write another sentence with a related meaning using the hints given. The first one has been done as an example.

(a) Please don’t tell anyone that I have been punished. (I / not / want / anyone / know)
Answer:
I don’t want anyone to know about it.

(b) I was sure that Ashok would help me. (I / had/asked / him / help me)
Answer:
I had asked Ashok to help me.

(c) “Don’t touch that wire”, the man said to me. (man / told / not / touch)
Answer:
The man told me not to touch that wire.

(d) My father said that I could use his watch. (Father / allow/use / his watch)
Answer:
Father allowed me to use his watch.

(e) He told me that it would be good if I told the police about this accident. (He / advise / report / to the police)
Answer:
He advised me to report to the police.

(f) There is a football match between Mohan Bagan and East Bengal. (You / want / East Bengal / win ?)
Answer:
Do you want East Bengal to win the football match?

Activity – 9

Put the verb given in brackets in the proper form, by using + verb, ø + verb or verb-ing, whichever is appropriate.
(a) When you see Mr. Dash, remember. him my regards (ନମସ୍କାର). (give)
Answer:
to give (ଜଣାଇବାକୁ)

(b) I hate _______________what I have heard about you. (repeat)
Answer:
to repeat (ପୁଣିଥରେ କହିବାକୁ)

(c) I prefer ______________ alone. (be)
Answer:
being (ରହିବାପାଇଁ)

(d) I prefer ______________ silent in this case. (remain)
Answer:
to remain (ରହିବାକୁ)

(e) I hate _______________ lies. (tell)
Answer:
telling (କହିବାକୁ)

(f) Don’t forget _______________ the letter. (post)
Answer:
to post (ଡାକରେ ପଠାଇବାକୁ)

(g) Can you ever forget __________________ that important letter without any postage on it? (post)
Answer:
to post

Non-finite Verb Forms Additional questions with answers

Pick out the non-finite verbs in the following sentences.
1. We saw Seema writing the letter.
Answer:
writing

2. They have been staying in this town.
Answer:
been staying

3. They must have finished doing their homework.
Answer:
have finished doing

4. I got my bicycle repaired.
Answer:
repaired

5. The film must have been screened by now.
Answer:
have been screened

6. I forgot doing the homework.
Answer:
doing

7. I will win the match.
Answer:
win

8. Swimming is a good exercise.
Answer:
swimming

9. Minu helped me do the exercise.
Answer:
do

10. I heard her sing a song.
Answer:
sing

Write the functions of the non-finite verbs in the following sentences

1. Don’t allow others to get into the room.
Answer:
object

2. To find fault with others is easy.
Answer:
subject

3. He is to go abroad next week.
Answer:
complement

4. She made cakes to feed her son.
Answer:
adjunct

5. He let out a part of his house to make some extra money.
Answer:
adjunct

6. I expect him to arrive on time.
Answer:
object

7. I undertake to finish the work.
Answer:
object

8. To err is human.
Answer:
subject

9. He appears to be a gentleman.
Answer:
complement

10. He was about to die.
Answer:
complement

Fill in the blanks using the correct form of non-finite verbs given in the brackets.

1. To see him is ________________ him. (love)
Answer:
to love

2. The children expect ______________. (succeed)
Answer:
to succeed

3. You had better not _______________ here. (remain)
Answer:
remain

4. He did nothing but _______________ (laugh)
Answer:
laugh

5. I felt something ______________ past me. (slip)
Answer:
slip

6. I dare not ___________ into your eyes. (look)
Answer:
look

7. I would rather climb the stairs than ___________ the lift. (take)
Answer:
take

8. I came here ____________ the matter with Suresh Babu. (discuss)
Answer:
to discuss

9. The police left no stone unturned ____________ the missing child. (trace Out)
Answer:
to trace out

10. l am very happy ______________ your results. (know)
Answer:
to know

11. I wouldn’t help _________________. (laugh)
Answer:
laughing

12. The law forbids ________________ others, (cheat)
Answer:
cheating

13. She denied ________________ stolen my watch. (have)
Answer:
having

14. I have never heard him ______________ a lie. (tell)
Answer:
tell

15. Our headmaster didn’t let us _______________ home. (go)
Answer:
go

16. Pooja helped me _______________ the room. (clean)
Answer:
clean

17. Her mother made her _______________ .(cry)
Answer:
cry

18. Teachers train us _______________ good citizens. (be)
Answer:
to be

19. Never fail _________________ your elders. (respect)
Answer:
to respect

20. I smelt something _______________. (bum)
Answer:
burning

21. My shirt needs _______________ .(wash)
Answer:
washing

22. You had better _______________ the place. (leave)
Answer:
leave

23. Would you mind _______________ letters? (post)
Answer:
posting

24. I have already given up ______________ .(smoke)
Answer:
smoking

25. He would hate ______________ us. (join)
Answer:
to join

26. The teacher didn’t allow us _______________ noise in the class. (make)
Answer:
to make

27. My father had his photograph ________________ .(enlarge)
Answer:
enlarged

28. I got my shoes _________________. (mend)
Answer:
mended

29. He had his blood _________________ .(examine)
Answer:
examined

30. I didn’t mind _______________ suggestions. (make)
Answer:
making

31. I regret ________________ it. (say)
Answer:
saying

32. Mahesh advised him _________________ care of his health. (take)
Answer:
to take

33. Theboykepton __________________ the bell. (ring)
Answer:
ringing

34. I enjoy __________________ short stories. (read)
Answer:
reading

35. The commander ordered the soldiers _________________ on. (march)
Answer:
to march

36. We anticipated his _______________ .(come)
Answer:
coming

37. I would like ______________ my uncle. (meet)
Answer:
to meet

38. Please stop ______________ .(talk)
Answer:
talking

39. I hope ________________ you soon. (see)
Answer:
to see

40. They made me ______________ it. (do)
Answer:
do

41. She would not let me _____________ the letter. (read)
Answer:
read

42. The weather makes me _______________ uncomfortable. (feel)
Answer:
feel

43. The man told me not _______________ the wire. (touch)
Answer:
to touch

44. I heard her _______________ a patriotic song. (sing)
Answer:
sing

45. I will have the gardener ____________ these trees.(plant)
Answer:
plant

46. I didn’t notice you _______________ your hand. (raise)
Answer:
raise

47. I hate ____________ lies. (tell)
Answer:
telling

48. I felt _______________ .(insult)
Answer:
insulted

49. He insisted on _____________ in that river. (swim)
Answer:
swimming

50. ________________ of his help, I returned home. (assure)
Answer:
assured

Complete the following sentences by adding a non-finite clause using the words given in the brackets.

1. They made ________________ (I/do/it)
Answer:
me do it

2. The gardener won’t let __________________ (they/touch/the flowers)
Answer:
them touch the flowers

3. We heard ______________ (the beggar/curse/the rudeboys)
Answer:
the beggar cursing the rude boys

4. The clerk doesn’t allow _______________ (anyone/see/the files)
Answer:
anyone to see the files

5. Please remind ________________ (he/write/the letter)
Answer:
him to write the letter

6. Good bye. I hope ____________ (see/you/soon)
Answer:
to see you soon

7. I want _____________ (he/get/the medal)
Answer:
him to get the medal

8. I found _______________ (he/carry/a bag)
Answer:
him carrying
a bag

9. They expected ______________ (I /travel/ by air)
Answer:
me to travel by air

10. The teacher made ________________ (we/write/the answers)
Answer:
us write the answers

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Let’s look at the following sentence :
Mohan stayed at home when everybody else in the family went to the cinema.
(ଯେତେବେଳେ ପରିବାରର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସଦସ୍ୟ ସିନେମାକୁ ଯାଇଥିଲେ, ମୋହନ ଘରେ ରହିଥିଲା ।)

⇒ In this sentence we have two clauses.
(ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଦୁଇଟି ଖଣ୍ଡ ରହିଛି । ଅର୍ଥାତ ୨ଟି ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ନେଇ ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଛି ।)
“Mohan stayed at home first” – Clause (Main clause or independent clause)
“when everybody else in the family went to the cinema ” – 2nd clause (subordinate clause or dependent clause)

⇒ What is a clause?
A clause is a sentence or the part of a sentence that has a subject and a predicate.
(ଏକ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ଯାହାର ଗୋଟିଏ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଓ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଧେୟ ଥାଏ ।)

⇒ What is a Main clause or Independent clause?
The clause that has its indepdent meaning or can stand on its own, is the Main Clause or Independent Clause.
(ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟର ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଅର୍ଥ ରହିଛି ବା ନିଜ ଅର୍ଥ ନିଜେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିପାରେ, ତାହାକୁ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

⇒ What is a Subordinate or Dependent clause?
A clause which can’t stand independently as a sentence, is called a Subordinate or Dependent Clause.
(ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଭାବରେ ଏକ ବାକ୍ୟରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ, ତାହାକୁ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

⇒ Let’s try to remember the three important SENTENCES through clause.

⇒ Phrase (ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
A phrase is a group of words, that makes sense, but not complete sense. (କେତୋଟି ଶବ୍ଦର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ଏକ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଗଠିତ, ଯାହାର ଅର୍ଥ ଥାଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅର୍ଥ ନୁହେଁ)
For example: Mark the underlined phrases.

⇒ Noun Phrase:
(i) To rise early in the morning is a ‘good habit’ (subject to the verb ‘is’)
(ii) He is fond of playing tennis. (Object to the preposition ‘of’)
(iii) He likes to play football. (Object to the verb ‘likes’)

⇒ A sentence or a clause must have a subject and a predicate.
But a phrase has no predicate.

Activity – 1

Mention whether the following expressions are phrases(P), clauses(C) or sentences(S).
1. Where have you been?
Answer:
Where have you been? (sentence)

2. Humpty Dumpty sat on a wall.
Answer:
Humpty Dumpty (ବାମନ) sat on a wall. (sentence)

3. Like a diamond in the sky.
Answer:
Like a diamond in the sky (phrase)

4. Who pulled her out?
Answer:
Who pulled her out? (sentence)

5. And Jill came tumbling after.
Answer:
And Jill came tumbling after (clause)

6. Under the queen’s chair
Answer:
Under the queen’s chair (phrase)

7. All the king’s horses
Answer:
All the king’s horses (phrase)

8. up the hill
Answer:
up the hill (phrase)

9. a nice fairy story
Answer:
a nice fairy story (phrase)

10. Jack fell down
Answer:
Jack fell down (sentence)

11. A stitch in time
Answer:
A stitch in time (phrase)

12. The clock struck one
Answer:
The clock struck one (sentence)

13. Pussy in the well
Answer:
Pussy in the well (phrase)

14. After sealing the letter
Answer:
After sealing the letter (phrase)

15. To fetch a pail of water
Answer:
to fetch a pail of water (phrase)

Activity – 2

Draw double lines under the main clauses and single lines under subordinate clauses in the following sentences. Ignore coordinate clauses.
(ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ତଳେ ୨ଟି ଗାର ଓ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ତଳେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗାର ଦିଅ ।)

1. I can not express how sorry I am.
Answer:
I can’t express how sorry I am.

2. Jack fell down and he broke his crown.
Answer:
Jack fell down and he broke his crown.

3. All depends on how the work is done.
Answer:
All depends on how the work is done.

4. It is feared that he will not help us.
Answer:
It is feared that he will not help us.

5. It is clear that he is honest.
Answer:
It is clear that he is honest.

6. I asked the boy how old he was.
Answer:
I asked the boy how old he was.

7. The point is that he was absolutely honest.
Answer:
The point is that he was absolutely honest.

8. When his father will return is uncertain.
Answer:
When his father will return is uncertain.

9. His great fear is that he may not succeed.
Answer:
His great fear is that he may not succeed.

10. Humpty dumpty sat on a wall and he had a great fall.
Answer:
Humpty dumpty sat on a wall.

11. A proverb is one man’s wit but it is all men’s wisdom.
Answer:
A proverb (ପ୍ରବଚନ) is one man’s wit.

12. There is many a slip before the cup is taken to the lip.
Answer:
There is many a slip before the cup is taken to the lip.

13. Do you know when the next rain arrives?
Answer:
Do you know when the next train arrives?

14. All that glitters is not gold.
Answer:
All that glitters is not gold.

15. He says that his mother is ill.
Answer:
He says that his mother is ill.

16. He told me that he was ready.
Answer:
He told me that he was ready.

17. What he says may be true.
Answer:
What he says may be true.

18. He waved his hand and boarded the bus.
Answer:
He waved his hand.

Noun Clause
⇒ Let’s look at this sentence.
He said that oil floats on water. (Complex Sentence)
He said (Independent or Main clause)
that oil floats on water. (Dependent clause or Subordinate clause)
⇒ “that oil floats on water” (ଯେ ଜଳ ଉପରେ ତେଲ ଭାସେ) is a Dependent Clause or Subordinate Clause since (ଯେହେତୁ) it can’t stand as an independent (clause).
⇒ So “that oil floats on water ” is said to be a Noun Clause as it functions as an object to the verb “said” (what did he say ?) as a noun functions as an object.
⇒ Dependent Clause ବା Subordinate Clause “that oil floats on water ” – ଏଠାରେ ଏକ Noun Clause (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ଏହା verb ‘said’ ର Object (କର୍ମ) ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି, ଯେପରି What did he say ?
Answer:
“That oil floats on water” (noun clause = object to the verb “said”)

Remember :
A noun clause is so called because it functions as a noun.

In Indirect Speech the reported statements and questions are noun clauses.
(i) Reported Statements are introduced by “that” or without “that” – Zero-introducer.
(ii) “Yes – No” questions are introduced by “if” or “whether” (ହଁ କି ନାହିଁ)
(iii) Wh-questions by the same wh-words like what, when, where, how, whom, why etc.

Examples :
(a) Statement (ଭକ୍ତି) : Mark the underlined Noun clauses :

Direct	Indirect
He said, “I live in a town.”	He said (that) he lived in a town.
We said to him, “We are ready to help your brother.”	We told him (that) we were ready to help his brother.

(b) Yes – No questions (Questions beginning with verbs) :

Direct	Indirect
“Do you smoke ?” he inquired	He inquired (ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲା) if/whether I smoked.
“Have you ever been to Darjeeling ?” he asked me.	He asked me if/whether I had ever been to Darjeeling.
He said, “Is your dog an Alsatian ?”	He asked if/whether my dog was an Alsation.

(c) Wh-questions: (Questions beginning with wh-words)

Direct	Indirect
My friend said, “How do you like the picture ?”	My friend asked me how I liked the picture.
The stranger said, “Where is the ATM?”	The stranger asked where the ATM was.
“Who can climb that wall ?” I asked the children.	I asked the children who could climb that wall.

⇒ Functions of Noun Clause:
(1) Noun Clause as the Subject of a sentence (ବିଶେଷ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପରେ)
Examples :
(i) What he says is helpful to us.(Complex Sentence)
(ସେ ଯାହା କହୁଛି, ଆମ ପାଇଁ ଦରକାରୀ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ What he says’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Subject,
‘is helpful to us’ = Main Clause,
‘what’ = Subordinator]

(ii) That the earth moves round the Sun is truth.(Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାରିପଟେ ଘୂରେ, ଏହା ସତ୍ୟ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ That the earth moves round the Sun ‘ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Subject,
‘ is truth ‘ = Main Clause,
‘that’ = Subordinator]

(2) Noun Clause as the Object to the verb (ବିଶେଷ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples :
(i) Gopal said (that) he was happy. (Complex Sentence)
(ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା (ଯେ) ସେ ଖୁସି ଥିଲା ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that he way happy’ = Subordinating Noun Clause
‘that’ = Subordinator,
Gopal said = Main Clause]

(ii) I asked the boy how old he was. (Complex Sentence)
(ତା’ର ବୟସ କେତେ ବୋଲି ମୁଁ ବାଳକକୁ ପଚାରିଲି ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘how old he was ’ = Subordinating Noun Clause,
‘how’ = Subordinator,
‘I asked the boy’ = Main Clause)

(iii) The police officer asked the driver why he was driving so speedily.(Complex Sentence)
(ଡ୍ରାଇଭର କାହିଁକି ଏତେ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଗାଡ଼ି ଚଳାଉଥିଲା ବୋଲି ପୋଲିସ୍ ଅଫିସର ଡ୍ରାଇଭରକୁ ପଚାରିଲେ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘Why he was driving speedily’ = Subordinating Noun Clause,
‘why’= Subondinator,
“The police officer asked the driver’ = Main Clause]

(3) Noun Clause as object to the Preposition
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ Preposition ବା ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା at / on / in / for with from ଇତ୍ୟାଦିର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) Pay careful attention to what I am going to say. (Complex Sentence)
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ କରିବି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ What I am going to say’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘to’,
‘what’ = Subordinator,
‘to’ = Preposition,
‘Pay careful attention to’ = Main Clause]

(ii) There is no meaning in what Gopal says. (Complex Sentence)
(ଗୋପାଳ କ’ଣ କହୁଛି ସେଥ‌ିରେ କିଛି|ଅର୍ଥ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘what Gopal says’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘in’,
‘what’ = Subordinator,
‘in’ = Preposition,
There is no meaning in = Main Clause]

(iii) Mother is anxious about when her son will return from school.(Complex Sentence)
(ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ କେତେବେଳେ ସ୍କୁଲରୁ ଫେରିବେ, ସେ ନେଇ ମା’ ଉଦ୍‌ବିଗ୍ନ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘when her son will return from school’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘about’,
‘when’ = Subordinator,
‘from ’ = Preposition,
‘Mother is anxious’ = Main Clause]

(4) Noun Clause as ‘Complement to the ‘Verb’
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାର ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) The difficulty was how we would arrange the fund.(Complex Sentence) (gl§9dl $[QI 21169016® 9191 §09 601919 9Q§ l)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘how we would arrange the fund’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Complement to the verb ‘was’,
‘how’ = Subordinator,
‘was’ = ‘be’ verb,
‘The difficulty was’ = Main Clause]

(ii) It appears (that) price won’t come down in the near future. (Complex Sentence)
(ଜଣାପଡୁଛି ମୂଲ୍ଯବୃଦ୍ଧି ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ କମିବ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ (that) price won’t come down in the near future = Subordinating Noun Clause = Complement to the verb ‘appears’,
‘that’ = Subordinator,
‘appears’ = Verb,
‘It appears’ = Main Clause]

(5) Noun Clause as Apposition to the Nouns or Pronouns
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବା ସର୍ବନାମର apposition ବା ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ ପଦ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) The news that his father has come, is true. (Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ତା’ ବାପା ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ସତ କଥା ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that his father has come’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Apposition to the noun ‘news’,
‘that’ = Subordinator,
“The news is true” = Main Clause]

(ii) The statement that she found the money in the street, is not believable. (Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ସେ ରାସ୍ତାରୁ ଟଙ୍କା ପାଇଲା, ବିଶ୍ବାସ ହେଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that she found the money in the street’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Apposition to the noun ‘statement’,
‘that’ = subordinator,
The statement is not believable = Main Clause]

⇒ Joining Two Sentences Making One into a Noun Clause :
(ଦୁଇଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଗୋଟିଏକୁ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ରୂପେ ଯୋଗ କରିବା ପଦ୍ଧତି) :
(1) Using Subordinator ‘That’ (Omitting so, it, this) if both the sentences are in declarative pattern.
[ଯଦି ଉଭୟ ବାକ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବ। Declarative Sentence Pattern ରେ ଥାଏ ତା’ହେଲେ so, it, this କୁ ଉଠାଇ ସେଠାରେ ‘That’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । ]
Examples:
(i) Her mother is ill. Nirmal says so.
Answer:
Nirmal says that her mother is ill. (Omitting ‘so’)

(ii) The man was absolutely (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣରୂପେ) dishonest. (ଅସାଧୁ)
This is the point.
Answer:
The point is that the man was absolutely dishonest.

(2) Retaining What / How, etc. [What / How ଇତ୍ୟାଦିକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ନ କରି ]
(Who words + Subject + Verb)
Examples:
(i) Who wrote the Ramayan? Can you tell me?
Answer:
Can you tell me who wrote the Ramayan?

(ii) When did the last train arrive?
A stranger asked the man at the counter.
Answer:
A stranger asked the man at the counter when the last train arrived.

(iii) What is your name?
The gentleman asked the girl.
Answer:
The gentleman asked the girl what her name was.

(3) Using If/ Whether (ହଁ କି ନୁହେଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି)
If one sentence in the question begins with helping verb
(ଯଦି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ କୌଣସି ବାକ୍ୟ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଥାଏ )
Examples:
(i) Will you do this work for me ? (will=helping verb)
Tell me.
Answer:
Tell me if/whether you will do this work for me.

(ii) Are you living here?
I can’t say.
Answer:
I can’t say if you are living here.

Activity – 1

Underline the noun clause in the following sentences. Mention whether they work as subject, object, complement, object of preposition or in apposition to another noun or pronoun.
(i) It is not clear who has done it.
Answer:
It is not clear who has done it. (Complement to the adjective ‘ clear ’)

(ii) You know how hard she works.
Answer:
You know how hard she works. (Object to the verb ‘know’)

(iii) That he is honest is known to all.
Answer:
That he is honest is known to all. (Subject to the verb ‘is’)

(iv) The film depends on how it ends.
Answer:
The film depends on how it ends. [Object to the preposition ‘on’)

(v) “I’m glad to hear it”, Mrs Bethy said.
Answer:
“I’m glad to hear it”. Mrs Bethy said. (Subject to the verb ‘said’)

(vi) My decision is that he must help you.
Answer:
My decision is that he must help you. (Complement to the verb ‘is’)

(vii) What is in our fate can’t be avoided.
Answer:
What is in our fate can’t be avoided. (Subject to the verbs ‘ can’t be avoided’)

(viii) The matter is that they have cheated us.
Answer:
The matter is that they have cheated us. (Complement to the verb ‘is’)

(ix) Shanti didn’t know that her uncle had come.
Answer:
Shanti didn’t know that her uncle had come. (Object to the verbs ‘didn’t know’)

(x) Can you tell me who wrote ‘the Ramayan’?
Answer:
Can you tell me “who wrote the Ramavan”? (Object to the verbs ‘can tell”)

(xi) No one can say how the war will come to an end.
Answer:
No one can say how the war will come to an end. (Object to the verbs ‘can say’)

(xii) Mr. Gupta promised that he would put some flowers on her brother’s grave.
Answer:
Mr Gupta promised that he would put some flowers on her brother’s grave. (Object to the verb ‘promised’)

Activity – 2

Complete the following sentences using noun clauses.
Can you tell me ________?
Answer:
Can you tell me who will take our science class?

His looks prove ________.
Answer:
His looks (ଚାହାଁଣୀ) prove that he is disappointed.

We all thought that ________.
Answer:
We all thought that we would win the match.

His plan is that ________.
Answer:
His plan is that he will succeed.

________ is known to all.
Answer:
That the earth moves round the sun is known to all.

He admitted that ________.
Answer:
He admitted that he had stolen my mobile.

He wanted to know ________.
Answer:
He wanted to know if I would come with him.

I have no objection to ________.
Answer:
I have no objection to what you do.

Copernicus proved that ________.
Answer:
Copernicus proved that the earth moves round the sun.

The rumour ________ is true.
Answer:
The rumour that Rahul Gandhi will get married is true.

Relative Clause

⇒ Study the following sentence :
I have already read the book which you gave me.
The underlined clause “which you gave me”, a dependent clause or (subordinate clause) is a relative clause or adjective clause as it modifies the meaning of the norm “book”.

A : Which book have I already seen?
B : Which you gave me. (Relative clause or Adjective clause)

Another example:
A : Which boy are you talking about?
B : I’m talking about the boy who came to our house yesterday.

Her the second speaker (B) is identifying ‘the boy’ he (the speaker) is talking about by using the relative clause “who came to our house yesterday”

Note :
The Primary function of a Relative clause is to identify a noun.

⇒ How to form Relative Clause Rules :
(1) First find out the identical norm phrase in the two sentence to be combined or joined.
(2) Replace one of the identical noun phrases with an appropriate relative pronoun.
(3) Then move the relative pronoun to the beginning of the relative clause.
(4) Finally, place the relative clause immediately after its antecedent or noun phrase.

⇒ Let’s understand:
I have read the book ________ Naba sir wrote the book.
I have read the hook ________ Naba sir wrote which.
I have read the book which Naba Sir wrote.
[The hook-identical noun phrase, which-relative pronoun]

⇒ Step-to-step method of making Relative clause :
The girl was very friendly. I talked to the girl.
Step 1/2 : The girl was very friendly. ________. I talked to whom.
Step 3 : The girl was very friendly. who/whom I talked to.
Step 4 : The girl who / whom I talked to was very friendly.

Example 2:
The people were kind. Father stayed with them.
Step 1/2 : The people were kind. ________ father stayed with
Step 3 : The people were kind. Who father stayed with.
Step 4 : The people who father stayed with were kind.
Or,
Step 1/2 : The people were,kind. ________ father stayed With whom
Step 3 : The people were kind. With whom father stayed.
Step 4 : The people with whom father stayed were kind.

Example 3 :
Did you see the letter ? It came this morning.
Step 1/2 : Did you see letter ? That came this morning.
Step 3 : Did you see the letter that came this morning ?
the letter – identical noun phrase
that – relative pronoun

⇒ Defining Relative Clause / Identifying Relative clause :
The teacher who has worked here for thirty years is retiring next week. (Complex sentence)
Here the relative clause “who has worked for thirty years” is a defining relative clause since we speaks of the particular teacher who has worked here for thirty years.

⇒ Non-defining relative clause / Non-identifying Relative Clause :
“Mr. Mohanty, who has worked here for thirty years, is retiring next week. ”
Here “who has worked here for thirty years” gives more information about Mr Mohanty.
So we drop this clause, the sentence will have no harm. So this is the example of a Nondefining relative clause.

Remember :
A non-defining relative clause must have comma (,), before and after the relative clause.

“That not ‘which’ is used after all, everything, anything, little, much, only, none, no, nothing. same, superlatives (superlative degree of adjectives), first, last, next, and after two antecedents, one personal and the other non-personal.
Examples:
(i) All / Everything / Anything that (not ‘which’) you see here is unclean.
(ii) There is little / nothing that I can do for you. (not ‘which’)
(iii) There is not much that I can do for you. (not ‘which’)
(iv) This is perhaps the last that we can expect. (not ‘which’)
(v) The next car that arrives here will find the gates closed. (not ‘which’)
(vi) Man is the only animal that can talk. (not ‘which’)
(vii) This is the same bicycle that my brother has lost. (not ‘which’)
(viii) The boy (personal) and his dog (non-personal) that had entered the club were turned (not ‘which’)

⇒ Relative adverbs introducing relative clauses.
Mark the underlined relative clauses.
(i) Do you remember the year when (in which) Sarojini Naidu died?
(ii) The day when (on which) the prince (ରାଜପୁତ୍ର) was born was celebrated (ପାଳନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) with rejoicings (ଆନନ୍ଦ ଉଲ୍ଲାସର ସହିତ).
(iii) The reason why he came wasn’t disclosed.
(iv) The house where (in which) we lived had a mud floor and a thatched house.
In these sentences when, where, why are relative adverbs introducing relative clauses.

⇒ Preposition introducing relative clause :
(i) The chair on which I sit on is a shaking, cracking thing.
(The chair when I sit on is a shaking, cracking thing) (Preposition ‘on’) (ଯାହା ଉପରେ)

(ii) Mr Tripathy with whom father works in this office, is a kind person.
(Mr. Tripathy father works with in this office, is a kind person) (Preposition – with) (ଯାହାଙ୍କ ସହିତ)

⇒ Changing Complex Sentence into Simple Sentences :
(1) Noun Clause
Complex : I do not know where Mr Roy lives.
Simple : I do not know Mr Roy’s address.
Complex : Can you teel me when your father will arrive.
Simple : Can you tell me the time of your father’s arrival?
Complex : I do not believe what he says.
Simple : I do not believe his words.
Complex : The teacher remarked how intelligent the boy was.
Simple : The teacher remarked about the great intelligence of the boy.
Complex : I told the teacher why I was absent.
Simple : I told the teacher the reason of my absence.
Complex : This proves that you are guilty.
Simple : This proves your guilt.
Complex : I know who has done this wrongful act.
Simple : I know the doer (ଯାହାଙ୍କ ସହିତ) of this wrongful act.
Complex : Nobody knows where Ram is.
Simple : Nobody knows Ram’s whereabouts.

(2) Relative Clause:
Complex : I have no money that I can spare.
Simple : I have no money to spare.
Complex : Students who work hard will succeed.
Simple : Hard-working students will succeed.
Complex : He likes to die in the village where he was born.
Simple : He likes to die in his native village.
Complex : The book which he lost has been found.
Simple : His lost book has been found.
Complex : The exact time when he died was not known.
Simple : The exact time of his death was not known.
Complex : I do not know the place where he will go.
Simple : I don not know his destination.
Complex : The young man who was the glory of the family is dead.
Simple .: The young man, the glory of the family, is dead.

Activity – 1

Combine the following pairs of sentences using one of them as a relative clause :

The birds are chirping.	+	The birds live in the neighbourhood.
I write with the pen.	+	My father bought the pen for me.
The sick were delighted.	+	Florence Nightingale nursed the sick.
I like the man.	+	The man has a smiling face.
The thief escaped in the dark.	+	The thief had robbed me.
The boy is our monitor.	+	I have borrowed his book.
The chair has a cracked leg.	+	He is sitting in the chair.

Answers:
(i) The birds which live in the neighbourhood are chirping.
(ii) I write with the pen which my father bought for me.
(iii) The sick whom Florence Nightingale nursed were delighted.
(iv) I like the man who /that has a smiling face.
(v) The thief who had robbed me escaped in the dark.
(vi) The boy whose book I have borrowed is our monitor.
(vii) The chair whiah/that he is sitting in has a cracked leg.

Activity – 2

In some of the following sentences the relative pronoun can be dropped. Rewrite those sentences without the relative pronouns. [You are not allowed to perform any other change.]
The children who are playing cricket live in this locality.
I have read the story book that my father bought yesterday.
The shopkeeper who I was working for is a good person.
It is the best possible explanation that we can give about Socrates.
The only question that drew everybody’s attention is worth discussing.
Our school, which works for the young people of our area, is highly popular.
Pramod, who is my classmate, is very sincere.
The travellers who knew about the floods took another road.
The travellers, who knew about the floods, took another road.
The man that Mohan was talking to is his uncle.
The music which we were listening to was a 16th century devotional song.
I write with the pen which my father bought.
Answers:
l have read the story book my father bought yesterday.
The shopkeeper I was working for is a good person.
It is the best possible explanation we can give about Socrates.
The man Mohan was talking to is his uncle.
The music we were listening to was a 16th century devotional song (ଭକ୍ତି ସଙ୍ଗୀତ).
I write with the pen my father bought.

Remember :
From all relative clause, relative pronouns can’t be dropped. The means all relative clauses can’t be zero – relatives.)

Activity – 3

Define the terms given in the example.
Example: A greengrocer
Answer:
is a person who sells fruits and vegetables.

A driver is a person who…
Answer:
A driver is a person who drives motors.

An actor is a person who…
Answer:
An actor (କଳାକାର) is a person who acts.

A journalist is a person who…
Answer:
A journalist (ସାମ୍ବାଦିକ) is a person who writes for newspaper.

A farmer is a person who…
Answer:
A farmer is a person who works on a farm.

A patient is a person who…
Answer:
A patient is a person who suffers from disease (s).

A newspaper is a document in which …
Answer:
A newspaper is a document in which there are different news.

A conductor is a person who…
Answer:
A conductor is a person who collects fares on buses.

A teacher is a person who…
Answer:
A teacher is a person who teaches.

A plumber is a person who…
Answer:
A plumber (ଜଳ ପାଇପ ମରାମତିକାରୀ) is a person who mends (ମରାମତି କରେ) water-pipes.

A doctor is a person who…
Answer:
A doctor is a person who treats patients.

A hospital is a place where…
Answer:
A hospital is a place where the patients are treated.

A transitive verb is a verb which…
Answer:
A transitive (ସକର୍ମକ) verb is a verb which has object (s).

Activity – 4

In the following four columns some proverbs or quotations have been given. Expressions in column A and column D belong to the same proverb. Put a suitable relative pronoun in column B and choose the correct expression from column C. In this way write the proverbs. As soon as you complete, raise your hand and draw the teacher’s attention.

A	B	C	D
All	________	pays the piper	is not gold.
People	________	laughs last	should not throw stones.
All’s well	________	prays together	well.
He	________	glitters	calls the tune.
He	________	blows nobody	laughs best.
It’s along lane	________	do not want
It’s an ill wind	________	ends	any good.
There are no one	________
so deaf as those	________	live in glass houses	to hear.
The family	________	has no turning	stays together.

Answer:

A	B	C	D
All	that	glitters	is not gold.
People	who	live in glass houses	shouldn’t throw stones.
All’s well	that	ends	well.
He	who	pays the piper	calls the tune.
He	who	laughs last	laughs best.
It’s a long lane	that	has no turning.
It’s an ill wind	that	blows nobody
There are no one
so deaf as those	that	don’t want	to hear
The family	that	prays together	stays together

Activity – 5

Underline the relative clauses in the following sentences. Write D for defining and N for non-defining relative clauses.
(i) A greengrocer is a person who sells fruits and vegetables.
Answer:
(D)

(ii) Bhola, who is a greengrocer, goes to the fields every morning.
Answer:
(N)

(iii) What is the name of your friend who often comes to our house?
Answer:
(D)

(iv) Where does Amit, who often comes to our house, live?
Answer:
(N)

(v) My uncle who is a judge is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
(D)

(vi) My uncle, who is a judge, is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
(N)

(vii) My father, who is a teacher, loves ot take.
Answer:
(N)

(viii) Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
(D)

(ix) We love the man who thinks of our welfare.
Answer:
(D)

(x) We call uncle Bhola, who thinks of our welfare as the Gandhi of our village.
Answer:
(N)

Activity – 6

Put commas in the following sentences, if they are necessary.
(i) The man whom the police arrested is not known to us.
(ii) The strike at the factory which lasted ten days is over now.
(iii) My father who is working at Koraput is a doctor.
(iv) I have found the book which I was looking for.
(v) Mira’s grandmother who is sick is in hospital now.
(vi) Eintstein who discovered the theory of relativity once failed in an examination.
(vii) Engineer Choudhury who got this bridge built is on a visit to our village.
(viii) Mother Teresa who faithfully served the poor is called a saint now.
(ix) The chairman of the committee who is impartial solves all the problems cleverly.
Answers:
(iii) My father, who is working at Koraput, is a doctor.
(iv) Mira’s grandmother, who is sick, is in hospital now.
(v) Eintstein, who discovered the theory of relativity, once failed in an examination.
(vii) Engineer Choudhury, who got this bridge built, is on a visit to our village.
(viii) Mother Teresa, who faithfully served the poor, is called a saint now.
(ix) The chairman of the committee, who is impartial, solves all the problems cleverly.

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with relative pronouns such as who, which, where, whose, that etc.
The house in ________ I lived as a child has been pulled down now.
Answer:
The house in which I lived as a child has been pulled down now.

My grandmother, ________ was an extraordinary woman, lived to the age of one hundred.
Answer:
My grandmother, who was an extraordinary woman, lived to the age of one hundred.

Stop him ! He’s the man ________ stole my purse.
Answer:
Stop him ! He’s the man who stole my purse.

They have invented a television set ________ is as small as a watch.
Answer:
They have invented a television set that is as small as a watch.

There are many people ________ lives have been spoilt by this factory.
Answer:
There are many people whose lives have been spoilt by this factory.

Is that the button ________ you pressed?
Answer:
Is that the button that you pressed?

Could everybody ________ answer sheets are with me raise their hands?
Answer:
Could everybody whose answer sheets are with me raise their hands?

That scientist has invented a kind of ink ________ is visible in darkness.
Answer:
That scientist has invented a kind of ink that is visible in darkness.

Activity – 8

Work in pairs. Think of puzzle whose answer you now. The clue you give must have a relative clause.
For example:
A black and white bird which can swim but can’t fly.
Answer:
Penguin (seven letters)

Now, the other partner (friend) must think of a puzzle whose answer must contain one of the letters of Penguine. For example, A snow house that an Eskimo builds.
Answer:
(Igloo) (Five letters).

In this process make a cross-word puzzle, always an existing letter, e.g.

A wind that is strong and hot – (Loo), The tool that we write with – (Pen), A thing that is hung at the post for game – (Net), A tool that is used for carrying under ground water – Pipe, The tool is fitted in vehicles to make it run – Engine, The place where birds lie – Nest

At A Glance

⇒ The Noun Clause :
A Noun functions as subject, object, complement or apposition to some other noun.
(ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା, କର୍ମ, ପୂରକ ବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର apposition ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।)
Similarly a Noun clause functions as subject, object, complement etc.
(ସେଇଭଳି ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା, କର୍ମ ବା ପୂରକ ଆଦି ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।)
A Noun clause being a subordinate clause begins with subordinators like that or whether / if or Wh-words.
(ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବା ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହା subordinator; ଯଥା – that ବା whether / if ବା Wh – ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

⇒ In Apposition to Nouns :
(a) The fact that he betrayed his friends is well-known. (ଯେ ସେ ତାହାର ବନ୍ଧୁପ୍ରତି ବିଶ୍ୱାସଘାତକତା କଲା ।)
(b) Who gave you the idea that I can sing (ଯେ ମୁଁ ଗାଇପାରେ) ? ( = apposition to the noun ‘idea)
(c) My question, who is responsible for our sad plight, (କିଏ ଆମର ଦୁଃଖଦ ଅବସ୍ଥା ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ), has not yet been answered (= apposition to the noun ‘question’)

Relative Clauses:

⇒ Defining Relative Clause :
I. I met a friend (who was at school with me ten years ago).
[The clause inside the brackets “who was at school with me ten years ago (ଯିଏ ମୋ ସହିତ ଦଶବର୍ଷ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ପଢ଼ୁଥିଲା ।) is a Defining Relative Clause answering the question ‘Which friends ?’]

II. The shot (ଗୁଳି) (that hit him on the head) killed him.
Similarly, the clause inside the brackets that hit him on the head (ଯେଉଁଟି ତାହାର ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ଆଘାତ ଦେଲା) is also a Defining Relative Clause answering the question ‘Which shot ?’

Non-Defining Relative Clause :
III. I met Robin (who was at school with me ten years ago).
The clause inside the brackets who was at school with me ten years ago is a Non-Defining Relative Clause called so because it already answers the question ‘which friend ?’
Answer:
Who was a school with me ten years ago.
In the Main Clause (I met Robin) the use of proper noun ‘Robin’ only makes the friend definite, (ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ନାମବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ Robin କେବଳ Noun phrase ‘a friend’ କୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କରୁଛି ।) (‘Robin’ only gives some information about the Noun phrase)

Defining Relative Clause (without comma) (Noun phrase as antecedent indefinite)	Non-Defining Relative clause (with comma) or antecedent. Noun phrase is made definite with proper noun or determiners this, that, these, those, one two, second, tenth, my, his, her, their, etc.)
(Mark the underlined determiners or proper nouns in Non-Defining Relative Clauses and commas.)
I. Don’t ride in a bus which has poor brakes, (norm phrase – ‘a bus’)	Don’t ride in this bus, which has poor brakes. (noun phrase – ‘this bus’)
II. The shot that hit him on the head killed him. (noun phrase – ‘the shot’)	The second shot, which hit his on the head, killed him. (noun phrase – ‘the second shot’)
III. The dog which is black wears a collar. (noun phrase – ‘the dog’)	My dog, which is black, wears a collar, (noun phrase – ‘my dog’)

Noun Clauses And Relative Clauses Additional Questions With Answers

Noun Clauses

⇒ Identify the subordinate clauses
1. It is clear that he is innocent.
Answer:
that he is honest

2. All that glitters is not gold.
Answer:
that glitters

3 . When his father will return is uncertain.
Answer:
when his father will return

4. What he says doesn’t affect me.
Answer:
what he says.

5. The house he lives in has been damaged.
Answer:
he lives in

6. All depends on how the work is done.
Answer:
how the work is done.

7. This is what you say.
Answer:
what you say

8. After sealing the letter, he posted it.
Answer:
After sealing the letter

9. I will help him if he comes.
Answer:
If he comes

10. Since he is liar, nobody likes him.
Answer:
since he is a liar

11. He says that his mother is ill.
Answer:
that his mother is ill

12. He wanted to know whether I needed any help.
Answer:
whether I needed any help

13. He arrived here after everybody had left.
Answer:
after everybody had left

14. I cannot express how I am sorry.
Answer:
how I am sorry

15. The news that he has come is true.
Answer:
that he has come

⇒ Say the functions of the noun clauses.
1. That he is honest is known to all.
Answer:
Subject of a verb,

2. My decision is that he must help you.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

3. You know how hard she works.
Answer:
Object of verb,

4. It is true that his father has come.
Answer:
In apposition to noun,

5. You should pay attention to what I say.
Answer:
Object of a preposition,

6. I asked her how she felt.
Answer:
Object of verb,

7. The problem is that we do not have any money.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

8. Can you tell me who wrote Meghadoot?
Answer:
Object of verb,

9. What is in our fate cannot be avoided.
Answer:
Subject of verb,

10. Whether he will stay here depends on him.
Answer:
Subject of verb,

11. I expected that he would pass in the examination.
Answer:
Object of verb,

12. It appears that he won’t help me.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

13. The fact that he is dead is true.
Answer:
In apposition to noun,

14. It is not clear who has done it.
Answer:
In apposition to pronoun,

15. I don’t believe in what you say.
Answer:
Object of preposition,

16. Life is how we spend it.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

17. Tell me where you are going.
Answer:
Object of verb,

18. He didn’t agree to what I said.
Answer:
Object of preposition,

⇒ Complete the sentences using noun clauses.
1. The teacher told ________.
Answer:
that the earth moves round the sun.

2. His plan is ________.
Answer:
that he will study science.

3. Do you object to ________.
Answer:
what he says?

4. I suggested that ________.
Answer:
we should go home.

5. I don’t believe in ________.
Answer:
what you say.

6. Give it to ________.
Answer:
whoever comes first.

7. I told you ________.
Answer:
what I thought.

8. ________ is a mystery.
Answer:
where he lives.

9. ________ is true.
Answer:
what he said.

10. No one can say ________.
Answer:
when the earth was created.

11. ________ cannot can be taken hack.
Answer:
what is said.

12. It seems that ________.
Answer:
no one knew it.

13. ________ is doubtful.
Answer:
whether he will come.

14. I knew ________.
Answer:
what his name is.

15. Copernicus proved that ________.
Answer:
the sun is stationary.

⇒ Combine the sentences making one of the clauses as Noun Clause.
1. She will be a doctor. This is Shruti’s plan.
Answer:
Shruti’s plan is that she will be a doctor.

2. When will the train come ? The station master cannot say it.
Answer:
The station master cannot say when the train will come.

3. Did I need any help ? He wanted to know it.
Answer:
He wanted to know if I needed any help.

4. Who has done it ? It is not clear.
Answer:
It is not clear who has done it.

5. Her uncle has come. Bubli doesn’t know it.
Answer:
Bubli doesn’t know that her uncle has come.

6. Deepak has misbehaved. He admits so.
Answer:
Deepak admits that he has misbehaved.

7. What have I said? I can prove it.
Answer:
I can prove what I have said.

8. The earth is flat. People in the old times believed it.
Answer:
People in the old times believed that the earth is flat.

9. Oil floats on water. Everybody knows this.
Answer:
Everybody knows that oil floats on water.

10. How will the war come to an end? Nobody can say this.
Answer:
Nobody can say how the war will come to an end.

11. What is our fate? It cannot be avoided.
Answer:
What is in our fate cannot be avoided.

12. We don’t have any money. This is the problem.
Answer:
The problem is that we don’t have any money.

13. Man is mortal. The teacher said it.
Answer:
The teacher said that man is mortal.

14. What does she say? Do you object to it?
Answer:
Do you object to what she says?

15. His father has come. The news is true.
Answer:
The news that his father has come is true.

Relative Clauses

⇒ Fill in the blanks with suitable relative pronouns.
1. Man is the only animal ________ can talk.
Answer:
that

2. All ________ glitters is not gold.
Answer:
that

3. He is the tallest man ________ I have ever seen.
Answer:
that

4. The bus ________ I waited for came late.
Answer:
which

5. The house in ________ he lives is new.
Answer:
which

6. This is the lady ________ age you can never guess.
Answer:
whose

7. God helps those ________ help themselves.
Answer:
who

8. Papu, with ________ I competed yesterday, was a better player.
Answer:
whom

9. The book, ________ I wanted, was published last month.
Answer:
which

10. There are many people ________ lives have been spoilt by this factory.
Answer:
whose

11. He is the man ________stole my purse.
Answer:
who

12. They have invented a television set ________ is as small as a watch.
Answer:
which

13. The scientist has invented a kind of ink ________ is visible in darkness.
Answer:
which

14. He ________ God loves, dies young.
Answer:
whom

15. This is the film ________ story is very interesting.
Answer:
whose

16. I have, no one ________ can help me.
Answer:
that

17. She is the best girl ________ I have ever seen.
Answer:
that

18. A conductor is a person ________ collects fares on a bus.
Answer:
who

19. The camel ________ lives in desert, is called the ship of the desert.
Answer:
which

20. All ________ is mine is yours.
Answer:
that

21. This is the age ________ children become naughty.
Answer:
when

22. Tree ________ oxygen, sustains life.
Answer:
which

23. Mr. Panda ________ son is staying in Calcutta, is a close friend of father’s.
Answer:
whose

24. He ________ laughs last laughs best.
Answer:
who

25. I have a plan ________ will succeed.
Answer:
that

26. The girl ________ everyone admires is my daughter.
Answer:
whom

27. There was nothing ________ you could do.
Answer:
that

28. Here is a notice ________ warns us not to go head.
Answer:
which

29. The man ________ was injured was taken to hospital.
Answer:
who

30. She was wearing a dress ________colour is red.
Answer:
whose.

⇒ Identify the relative clause and say whether it is defining or non-defining relative clause.
1. Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
that wears a crown – defining relative clause.

2. A conductor is a person who collects fare in a bus.
Answer:
who collects fare in a bus – defining relative clause.

3. My father, who is working at Puri, is a doctor.
Answer:
who is working at Puri – non-defining relative clause.

4. Dibankar, who is my classmate, is very sincere.
Answer:
who is my classmate – non-delining relative clause.

5. Our school, which works for the young people of our area, is highly popular.
Answer:
which works for the young people of our area – non-defining relative clause.

6. Rakesh, who always gives me books, is my friend.
Answer:
who always gives me books – non-defining relative clause.

7. I have read the book that my father bought yesterday.
Answer:
that my father bought yesterday – defining relative clause.

8. We love the man who thinks of our welfare.
Answer:
who thinks of our welfare – defining relative clause

9. Pragyan’s grandmother, who is sick, is in hospital now.
Answer:
who is sick- non-defining relative clause.

10. Mother Teresa, who faithfully served the poor, is called a saint now.
Answer:
who faithfully served the poor – non-defining relative clause.

11. This is the cheapest thing that I know.
Answer:
that I know – defining relative clause.

12. My uncle, who is a judge, is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
who is a judge – non-defining relative clause.

13. We call Bhola uncle, who thinks of our welfare, as the Gandhi of our village.
Answer:
who thinks of our welfare – non-defining relative clause.

14. Einstein, who discovered the theory of relativity, once failed in an examination.
Answer:
who discovered the theory of relativity – non-defining relative clause.

15. Do you remember the year in which he was born?
Answer:
in which he was born – defining relative clause.

⇒ Combine the sentences making one of them as relative clause.
1. All is well. It ends well.
Answer:
All is well that ends well.

2. All is not gold. It glitters.
Answer:
All that glitters is not gold.

3. Sumitra is my classmate. She is very sincere.
Answer:
Sumitra, who is very sincere, is my classmate.

4. Krushna is my best friend. Everybody loves him.
Answer:
Krushna, whom everybody loves, is my best friend.

5. The man is his father. Mahesh is talking to him.
Answer:
The man that Mahesh is talking to is his father.

6. Is this the book? You asked me for it.
Answer:
Is this the book which you asked me for.

7. The boy is our monitor. I have borrowed his book.
Answer:
The boy whose book I have borrowed is our monitor.

8. The thief escaped in the dark. He robbed me.
Answer:
The thief who robbed me escaped in the dark.

9. I like the man. He has a bald head.
Answer:
I like the man who has a bald head.

10. The chair has a broken leg. He is sitting on the chair.
Answer:
The chair which he is sitting on has a broken leg.

11. The girl is Lata’s sister. She is wearing a red frock.
Answer:
The girl who is wearing a red frock is Lata’s sister.

12. The shopkeeper is a good person. I was working for him.
Answer:
The shopkeeper for whom I was working is a good person.

13. A driver is a person. He drives a motor car.
Answer:
A driver is a person who drives a motor car.

14. She is lady. You can never guess her age.
Answer:
She is a lady whose age you can never guess.

15. Tell me the name of the person. You gave him the money.
Answer:
Tell me the name of the person whom you gave the money.

16. We admire the pictures. You drew them yourself.
Answer:
We admire the pictures which you drew yourself.

17. They are searching for the tiger. It has been wounded in the leg.
Answer:
They are searching for the tiger which has been wounded in the leg.

18. I like the man. The man has a smiling face.
Answer:
I like the man who has a smiling face.

19. The sick were delighted. Florence Nightingale nursed them.
Answer:
The sick whom Florence Nightingale nursed were delighted.

20. The birds are chirping. They live in the neighbourhood.
Answer:
The birds which live in the neighbourhood are chirping.

21. The children live in this locality. They are playing cricket.
Answer:
The children who are playing cricket live in this locality.

22. I have read the book. My father bought it yesterday.
Answer:
I have read the book which my father bought yesterday.

23. The man is not known to us. The police arrested him.
Answer:
The man whom the police arrested is not known to us.

24. Uneasy lies the head. It wears a crown.
Answer:
Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.

25. The number is busy. You are calling it.
Answer:
The number that you are calling is busy.

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

What is Narration / Speech?
⇒ The art of reporting the words of a speaker (ବକ୍ତା) is called Narration.
There are two ways in which a speaker can express his ideas and thoughts
(i) Direct Speech (Direct Narrations) (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତି
(ii) Indirect speech (Indirect Narration) (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି)

The speech in which the actual words of the speaker are reported is known as the Direct Speech / Narrations. (ଯେଉଁ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ନିଜସ୍ଵ ମତ ବିଶେଷଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

The speech in which the substance of the speaker’s speech is given is known as the Indirect Speech or Narration. (ଯେଉଁ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ବାକ୍ୟର ସାରକଥାକୁ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

The following sentences will enable (help) you to understand the difference between a Direct speech and an Indirect Speech:
(i) He said to me, “I can’t help you.” (Direct speech)
He told me that he couldn’t help me. (Indirect speech)

(Mark the changed words in the indirect speech)
(ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)
Every “Direct speech” has two parts.
(i) The Reporting verb, and
(ii) The Reported speech.

⇒ Please remember the following three things about in a Direct Speech :
(i) The speaker is known as a “Reporter”.
(ii) The verb initiating (ଆରମ୍ଭ କରୁଥିବା) the speech of the speaker is known as the Reporting Verb.
(iii) The words of the speaker which are repeated are known as the Reported Speech.

Now see the following example of Direct Speech carefully.
He             said to me,          “I can’t help you.”
Reporter   Reporting Verb    Reported Speech

Please note that in a Direct Speech :
(a) The Reported Speech and the Reporting verb are separated by a comma.
(ଏକ କମା ଚିହ୍ନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

(b) The Reported speech always begins with a capital letter.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସର୍ବଦା ଏକ ବଡ଼ ଅକ୍ଷରରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

(c) The Reported speech is always enclosed in inverted comma.
(ଉଦ୍ଧୃତି ଚିହ୍ନଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସୀମିତ ରହିଥାଏ।)
Example : “I can’t help you.”

(d) The Reported speech may contain all types of sentences. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାର ବାକ୍ୟ ଧାରଣ
କରିପାରେ ।)
(i) Assertive or Declarative Sentence (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(ii) Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(iii) Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(iv) Imperative Sentence (ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ଆଶିଷ ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(v) Optative Sentence (କାମନା ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

⇒ Some Facts About the Indirect Speech (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ କେତେକ ତଥ୍ୟ):
(a) Inverted commas (“___”) are removed (ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ) in the Indirect Speech.
(b) The comma that separates the Reporting verb from the Reported speech is also removed.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ Reporting verb ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଲଗା କରୁଥିବା Comma (,) କୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ।)
(c) A conjunction (ଅବ୍ୟୟ ପଦ) is used after the Reporting verb:
For example : that, if / whether, wh-words etc.)
(d) The Interrogative and the Exclamatory moods are changed into the Assertive moods.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ଭାବ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଭାବରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)
(e) The words showing nearness are changed into the words showing distance:
(ନିକଟତା ଆଦି ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥୁବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୂରତା ସୂଚିତକାରୀ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)

(A) Change of Tense and Verbs :

Direct Speech	Indirect Speech
Present Simple – changes into Present	Past Simple
Progressive / Continuous	Past Progressive / Continuous
Present Perfect	Past Perfect
Present Perfect Progressive / Continuous	Past Perfect Progressive / Continuous
Past Simple	Past Perfect
Past Progressive / Continuous	Past Perfect Progressive / Continuous
Past Perfect	No change
Past Perfect Continuous	No change

(B) Verbs-Change at a glance:

Direct Speech	Indirect Speech
is / am	was
are	were
has / have	had
was / were	had been
shall	should /would
may	might
can	could

(C) Change of words Denoting “Nearness” (ନିକଟତା (ସମୟ / ସ୍ଥାନ)

Direct Speech	Indirect Speech
Now	Then
This	That
These	Those
Here	There
Hither	Thither
Hence	Thence
Thus	So
Ago	Before
Today	That day
Tonight	That night
Tomorrow	The next day
Yesterday	The previous day / The day after
Tomorrow	The next day / The following day
Just	Then
Come	Go
Next week	The following week
Next month/year	The following month/year

‘Indirect Speech’ in which tensed verbs remain unchanged [ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତି ଯେଉଁଥିରେ tensed verb ର ଆଦୌ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ]

⇒ Rule 1
If the reporting verb in the Direct Speech is in present simple [say / says] or shall/will + Main Verb [ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷଭକ୍ତିରେ Reporting verbs present simple ବା shall/will + Main Verb ରେଥିଲେ ]
Examples :
(i) He will say, “I can’t play today’s match.” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
He will say (that) he can’t play that day’s match. (Indirect Speech)

(ii) Father says, “I am very sorry for delay. ((ବିଳମ୍ବ)” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
Father says (that) he is very sorry for delay. (Indirect Speech)

(iii) Mita says, “Naba sir hasn’t come to our house today.” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
Mita says (that) Naba sir hasn’t come to their house that day.(Indirect Speech)

⇒ Rule 2
If the Direct Speech expresses a universal truth or a habitual action or a scientific truth.
(ଯଦି Direct Speech ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସତ୍ୟ ବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସତ୍ୟତାକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ)
Examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “Puri is famous for Lord Jagannath.”(Universal truth)
Indirect Speech: He said (that) Puri is famous for Lord Jagannath.

(ii) Direct Speech The history teacher said, “India got freedom in 1947.” (Historical truth)
Indirect Speech: The history teacher said (that) India got freedom in 1947.

(iii) Direct Speech: The science teacher said, “Iron expands as temperature rises.” (Scientific truth)
Indirect Speech: The science teacher said (that) Iron expands as temperature rises.

(iv) Direct Speech : Bikram said, “I always keep my words.” (Habitual action)
Indirect Speech: Bikram said (that) he always keeps his own words. (n’t ‘kept’)

⇒ Rule 3
If the Direct Speech contains ‘If-clause (ଯଦି D.S. ‘IF’ clause ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ]
Examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said. “If I were Neil Armstrong, I would land on the moon.”
Indirect Speech : He said if he were Neil Armstrong, he would land on the moon.

(ii) Direct Speech : The boy said, “If I were the President of India !”
Indirect Speech : The boy said if he were the President of India.

⇒ Rule 4
For two simultaneous actions in the past. [ଅତୀତରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି ପାଖାପାଖୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : The newspaper reported, “The police surrounded the village, arrested the criminal and threw him in the lock-up.” (Narrative report)
Indirect Speech : The newspaper reported (that) the police surrounded the village, arrested the criminal and threw him in the lock-up.

(ii) Direct Speech : Reeta told me, “Mita had already gone whenI phoned her this morning.”
Indirect Speech: Reeta told me (that) Mita had already gone when she phoned her that morning.

Indirect Speech in which tensed verb are changed
[ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ tensed verb ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ]
N.B.
If the reporting verb is in the past simple tense like (said/told/enquired/asked/reported etc.) [ଯଦି Direct Speech ର Reporting Verb ‘Past Simple Tense’ ରେ ଥାଏ; ଯଥା – said/told/asked etc.]

⇒Rule 1
If the Direct Speech is said to be in Declarative Sentence pattern (begins with Subject) [ଯଦି Direct Speech ବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ (Subject ବା କର୍ଲାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭହୋଇଥାଏ) ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : Kasim said, “I am going to America next year.” (Sub = I)
Indirect Speech : Kasim said (that) he was going to America the following year.

(ii) Direct Speech : Mohit said to father, “I came to you last night but you weren’t at home. (Sub = I)
Indirect Speech : Mohit told father (that) he had came to him the previous night but he (father) hadn’t been at home.

(iii) Direct Speech : The gentleman said, “The rate of vegetables may go up further.” (Sub = the rate of vegetables)
Indirect Speech : The gentleman said(that) the rate of vegetables might go up still further.

⇒ Rule 2
If the Direct Speech is said to be in Exclamatory sentence pattern beginning with ‘How / What’. [ଯଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ଏବଂ / How ବା What ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବ ।]
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “What a long beard!”
Indirect Speech : He said (that) the beard was very long. (Omit ‘what’)

(ii) Direct Speech : Amit said, “How beautiful his building looks!”
Indirect Speech : Amit said (that) that the building was very beautiful. (Omit ‘how’)

⇒ Rule 3
If the Direct Speech is said to be in ‘Yes-No’ interrogative/question pattern beginning with helping verbs, the Indirect Speech has If + Sub + Verb + ……… [ଯଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ‘Yes – No’ question ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥବ, Indirect Speech ରେ asked (object) If+Subject + Verb +…. ରହିବ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : The teacher said to Sthitipragyan, “Is this your problem in mathematics?” (Is – helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The teacher asked Sthitipragyan if this was her problem in mathematics.

(ii) Direct Speech : The dealer said to the gentleman, “Shall I help you, sir?” (Shall = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The dealer asked the gentleman if he should help him.

(iii) Direct Speech : I said to the postman, “Have you brought any letter for mother?” (Have = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : I asked the postman if he had brought any letter for mother.

(iv) Direct Speech : The nurse said to the doctor, “Did you need my services in the Operation Theatre ?” (Did = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The nurse asked/enquired of the doctor if he had needed his services in the Operation Theater.

(v) Direct Speech : Mr Singh asked his wife, “Do you want to have this necklace ?” (Do = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : Mr Singh asked his wife if she wanted to have that necklace.

⇒ Rule 4
If the Direct Speech is said to be Wh-interrogative / question pattern, the Indirect Speech will have asked + (Object) Wh-question + Subject + Verb …. [ଯଦି Direct Speech ରେ Wh-interrogative question pattern ବା ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତିରେ asked + (object) Wh-word + Subject + Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : I asked the stranger, “What is your name ?” (Wh-word=what)
Indirect Speech : I asked the stranger what his name was.

(ii) Direct Speech : The teacher said, “Where was Napoleon born?” (Wh-word = where)
Indirect Speech : The teacher asked where Napoleon was born (n’t ‘had born’)

(iii) Direct Speech : Chikul said to his teacher, “How can I work out these tough (difficult) sum?” (Wh-word = how)
Indirect Speech : Chikul asked his teacher how he could work out those tough sums.

⇒ Rule 5
If the Direct Speech is in the Imperative pattern(expressing order, advice, request, suggestion, warning etc.), the Indirect Speech will have asked/advised/requested/warned/suggested + to + Main Verb etc. [Direct Speech ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟର pattern ଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ Indirect Speech ରେ ordered/asked (ଆଦେଶ) / advised (ଉପଦେଶ)/ requested (ଅନୁରୋଧ) । warned (ସତର୍କ/ସାବଧାନ)/ suggested (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ) + to + Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
(i) Direct Speech : “Open your mouth”, asked the dentist (ଦନ୍ତ ଚିକିତ୍ସକ) to the patient.
Indirect Speech : The dentist asked the patient to open (to + Main Verb) his mouth.

(ii) Direct Speech : “Speak English most of the time,” said the teacher to Rahim.
Indirect Speech : The teacher advised Rahim to speak (to + Main Verb) English most of the time.

(iii) Direct Speech : Rani said to Arun, “Please lend me your dictionary.” (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
Indirect Speech : Rani requested Arun to lend (to + Main Verb) her his (Arun’s) dictionary.

(iv) Direct Speech: “Have your lunch early”, Pratik said to his father. (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା)
Indirect Speech : Pratik reminded (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) his father to have (to + Main Verb) his lunch early.

(v) Direct Speech: “Hurry up or I’ll miss the train,” he asked his servant. (ସତର୍କ)
Indirect Speech : He warned his servant to hurry up (to + Main Verb) or he would miss the train.

(vi) Direct Speech : “March on,” said the captain to the players. (ଆଦେଶ)
Indirect Speech : The captain asked/commanded the players to march on. (to+MainVerb)

(vii) Direct Speech : He said, “Let’s stop here and rest for a while.” (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ)
Indirect Speech : He suggested stopping (n’t ‘to stop’) there and resting for a while.

Optative Sentence (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛାମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
1. “Said to” is changed into wished’ (In the case of Good morning, Good noon, Good afternoon, Good evening etc.)
2. “Said to” is changed into ‘bade’. (In the case of Good night, Goodbye, Farewell etc.)
3. No conjunction is used in place of the “inverted commas”.
4. If the sentence has some desire (starts with ‘would that ! “O that!’ ‘If !’ etc), ‘said to’ is changed into ‘wished’.
5. If the sentence expresses some ‘wish’ or ‘prayer’ (starts with May …….. !’ or May God….! ‘said to’ is changed into ‘wished’ or ‘prayed’.

Now Consider the following examples.
1. He said to me, “Good morning”! (Direct)
He wished me good morning. (Indirect)

2. He said, “Goodbye friends !” (Direct)
He bade his friends goodbye. (Indirect)

3. The young man said, “If I could marry a film actress”. (Direct)
The young man wished that he could marry a film actress. (Indirect)

4. He said, “O for a drop of water !” (Direct)
He wished for a drop of water. (Indirect)

5. The old woman said to her son, “May you live long !” (Direct)
The old woman wished that her son might live long. (Indirect)

6. She said to me, “May God bless you with a son!”
She prayed that God might bless me with a son. (Indirect)

7. I said, “May you succeed in every field” ! (Direct)
I wished that he might succeed in every field. (Indirect)

8. I said, “May your father soon recover!” (Direct)
I wisher (or prayed) that his father might soon recover.

Imperative Sentence with ‘Let’
1. The officer said to the peon, “Let the visitor come in”. (Direct)
The officer ordered the peon to let the visitor come in.
Or, The officer ordered the peon that the visitor should be allowed to come in.

2. Mohan said to his father, “Let me finish my work. (Direct)
Mohan requested his father to let him finish his work. (Indirect)

3. The dying soldier said, “Let me have a look at the battlefield”. (Direct)
The dying soldier wished to have a look at the battlefield. (Indirect).

4. John said to Dipu, “Let us go out for a walk”. (Direct)
John proposed to Dipu that they should go out for a walk. (Indirect)

5. I said, “Let him try ever so hard, he will not succeed”. (Direct)
I said that however he might try he wouldn’t succeed. (Indirect)

6. I said, “Let him have his own way.” (ତାହାର ଯାହାଇଚ୍ଛା, ସେ କରୁ) (Direct)
I suggested that he should be allowed to have his own way. (Indirect)

Important Note :
If ‘this’, ‘these’ and ‘here’ refer to a person or thing present before the speaker, they will not undergo any change in the indirect speech.

* Mark the following examples :
1. Radha said, “This is my pen.” (Direct)
Radha said that this was her pen. (Indirect)

2. I said, “Here is the book I wanted”. (Direct)
I said that here was the book I wanted.

Changing Dialogue into Reporting :
Wolf (ଗଧୂଆ) : Why do you make the water dirty?
Lamb (ମେଣ୍ଢାଛୁଆ) : How can I make the water dirty. Sir, when it is flowing down from you to me?
Wolf : Then you must have spoiled it last year.
Lamb : I’m only three months old, sir.
Wolf : Then your father must have spoiled the water last year, I will, therefore, kill you.
Answer:
The wolf asked the lamb why he made the water dirty. The lamb respectfully (for Sir) replied how could he make the water dirty when it was flowing down from him (wolf) to him (lamb). The wolf told the lamb that then he must have spoiled at the previous year. The lamb replied that he was only three months old. At this the wolf asserted I (told confidently) that his father (lamb’s father) must have spoiled the water the previous year. He (wolf) would therefore kill him (the lamb).

Activity – 1

A nationally famous magician has arrived in your city and has presented his performance. His magic show has proved to be amazingly popular. Different local newspapers have given their comments on his performance as follows:
“The show is brilliant,” the Samaj.
“It made me jump up in delight,” the reporters from the Sambad.
“We can’t have a better show,” the Dharitri.
“You’ll love it,” the Dinalipi.
“You shouldn’t miss it”, the Prajatantra.
“His performance is outstanding,” the Matrubhasa.

Now put their comments in reported speech :
1. The Samaj reported that the show was brilliant.
2. The reporters from the Sambad said that it made him jump up in delight.
3. The Dharitri reported that they couldn’t have a better show.
4. The Dinalipi told the readers they would love it.
5. The Prajatantra urged the readers not to miss it.
6. The Matrubhasa commented that his (magician’s) performance was outstanding.

Activity – 2 :

Last Sunday you met your cousin (FFU) Makhan in the morning. Hereunder are some of the things he said to you.
Report the conversation to your mother the next day using indirect speech:

1. “I’d like to go to a good college, but my parents can’t afford to pay the fees”.
Answer:
I told mother that he (Makhan) would like to go to a good college, but his parents couldn’t afford to pay the fees.

2. “I’m living with a friend and working part-time”.
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan told me that he was living with a friend and working part time.

3. “I’m enjoying my work.”
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan told me that he (Makhan) was enjoying his work.

4. “My friend has got a scholarship for his higher studies.”
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan (he) told me that his friend had got a scholarship for his higher studies.

5. “I’ll tell my mother about our meeting”.
Answer:
(To mother) He (Makhan) would tell his mother about their meeting.

6. “I want to have my lunch with you.”
Answer:
(To mother) He (Makhan) offered to have lunch with me.

Activity – 3

Rewrite the following statements in Indirect Speech :
1. Rakhal said, “I shall never forget my childhood days.”
Answer:
Rakhal said that he would never forget his childhood days.

2. The children said, “We play football everyday.”
Answer:
The children said that they play football everyday. (habitual action)

3. The man said, “The house is on fire.”
Answer:
The man said that the house was on fire.

4. She says, “I don’t like sweets.”
Answer:
She says that she doesn’t like sweets. (repoting verb ‘says’ in simple present tense)

5. The guide said, “Puri is famous for the temple of Lord Jagannath.”
Answer:
The guide said that Puri is famous for the temple of Lord Jagannath. (general truth)

6. The teacher said, “The earth moves round the sun.”
Answer:
The teacher said that the earth moves round the sun. (general truth)

7. Father said, “Spring comes after winter.”
Answer:
Father said that spring comes after winter. (general fact)

8. He has said, “My son is going to hospital for treatment.”
Answer:
He has said that his son is going to hospital for treatment.

Activity – 4

Rewrite the following in indirect speech :
(i) Rabi said to me, “I know where you were born.”
Answer:
Rabi told me that he knew where I was born.

(ii) Father said, “Morning is at six today”.
Answer:
Father said that morning is at six today. (no change since father speaks in the morning)

(iii) She said, “I’ll help you in the hour of your need.”
Answer:
She said that she would help me in the hour of my need.
Or, She assured to help me in the hour of my need.

(iv) He said, “I collected these pebbles at the seashore.”
Answer:
He said that he had collected these pebbles (ଗୋଡ଼ି) at the seashore.

(v) I said to him, “You didn’t keep fit last year.
Answer:
I told him that he hadn’t kept fit the previous year.

(vi) The teacher said to me, “You must work hard for your examination.”
Answer:
The teacher advised me to work hard for my examination.

(vii) The doctor said to me, “You mustn’t smoke.”
Answer:
The doctor forbade me to smoke.

(viii) Sushil said, “We celebrate our Republic Day on 26th January every year.
Answer:
Sushil said that they celebrate their Republic Day on 26th January every year.

(ix) He said, “I was playing the violin every morning last year.
Answer:
He said that he was playing the violin every morning the previous year.

(x) He said, “These are my toys”.
Answer:
He said these (not ‘those’) are his toys.

Activity – 5

The wedding of your sister has just been over. Your friend Mahesh asks you a lot of questions about the bridegroom. Now report, in indirect speech, the questions Mahesh asked you.
(i) What is the name of your sister’s husband?
(ii) What is he doing?
(iii) Where is he posted at present?
(iv) Has he ever been abroad?
(v) How long did he stay there ?
(vi) Has he ever gone to Australia ?
(vii) What salary does he get?
(viii) Will his salary increase next year?
Answers
Mahesh asked me :
(i) what the name of my sister’s husband was.
(ii) what he was doing.
(iii) where he was posted at present.
(iv) if he had ever been abroad.
(v) how long he had stayed there.
(vi) if he had ever gone to Australia.
(vii) what salary he got.
(viii) if his salary

Activity – 6

Suppose your father is a retired headmaster of a high school. The Director, Doordarshan Centre, Bhubaneswar, invited him on the Teacher’s Day to give a message to the students. The Programme Assistant asked him the following questions. Report them in indirect speech:
(i) Why is this day observed in the whole of India?
Answer:
Why this day is observed in the whole of India.

(ii) What difference do you mark between the education imparted now and that which was imparted at your time?
Answer:
What difference he marked between the education imparted then and the education imparted (given) at his time.

(iii) What is your impression on the teachers working at present and those who were working at your time?
Answer:
What his impression (idea) on the teachers working at present and those working at his time was.

(iv) Do you think that the system of education has improved a lot?
Answer:
If he thought that the system of education had improved a lot.

(v) Haven’t the students become more knowledgeable than before?
Answer:
If the students hadn’t become more knowledgeable than before.

(vi) Has their conduct changed for the better?
Answer:
If their conduct had changed for the better.

(vii) Will they grow into good citizens of our country?
Answer:
If they would grow into good citizens of their country.

(viii) What message do you have for the students of our counry?
Answer:
What message (ବାର୍ତ୍ତା) he did have for the students of the country.

Activity – 7

Turn into indirect speech :
(i) “Consult a doctor immediately,” he said to me.
Answer:
He advised me to consult (ଦେଖା କରିବାପାଇଁ) a doctor immediately.

(ii) “Hurry up, or you will miss the train,” he said to me.
Answer:
He asked me to hurry up or I would miss the train.

(iii) “Don’t get addicted to tea,” he said to me.
Answer:
He advised me not to get addicted to tea.

(iv) “Your mouth smells foul. Don’t open it,” he said.
Answer:
He said that my mouth smells foul (ଗନ୍ଧ କରୁଛି). So he asked me not to open it.

(v) The captain said, “Hurrah! We have scored two goals !”
Answer:
The captain applauded saying that they had scored tow goals.

(vi) The General said, “Bravo! You have done wonders !”
Answer:
The General admired me and told that I had done wonders.

(vii) The teacher said to Nirmal, “What a lazy boy you are!”
Answer:
The teacher told Nirmal that he was a very lazy boy.

(viii) My friend said to me, “How nice of you to have come !”
Answer:
My friend exclaimed in joy that it was nice of me to have come.

(ix) The traveller said, “Farewell, friends.”
Answer:
The travellers bade his friends goodbye.

(x) The beggar, “Oh, for a morsel of food!”
Answer:
The beggar wished for a morsel of food.

(xi) “If only I had the wings of a dove !” he said.
Answer:
He wished that if only he had the wings of a dove.

Activity – 8

“Are you leaving today?” Maggie asked, “Yes”, I replied, “Today is the day of my departure.”
“How long will it take to reach your country? In which part of the country do you live?” She wanted to know. I replied, “Punjab, in the west.”
“Please, put a flower on my brother’s grave, “She requested me with tears in her eyes.
Answer:
Maggie asked (me) if he was leaving that day. At this I replied that today was the day of my departure. Then she (Maggie) asked me how long it would take me to reach my country and in which part of the country I lived. I replied that I live (d) in the western Punjab. Maggie, with tears in her hands, requested me to put a flower on her brother’s grave.

At A Glance :
The following types of sentences can be changed from the Direct into Indirect form of Naration :
(a) Assertive Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବା ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(b) Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(c) Imperative Sentence (ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ଅନୁରୋଧସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(d) Optative Sentence (ଆଶିଷ ବା କାମନାସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(e) Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

(A) Assertive Delcrative Sentence.
⇒ Rule 1:
If the Reporting Verb is in the Present Simple or will / shall + main verb, the tense of the verb in the reported speech will remain unchanged. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ Reporting Verb Present Simple (say / says) ବା will / shall + main verb (will / shall say) ରୂପରେ ଥିଲେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ tense verb ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେବ / ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Mark the following examples with the underlined Reporting Verbs:
I. She says, “My father is a doctor.” (Direct Speech)
She says that (ଯେ) her father is a doctor. (Indirect Speech)
Here the Reporting Verb ‘says’ remains unchanged.
So the tensed verb ‘is’ remains unchanged, ‘my’ is changed into ‘her’, ‘that’ as a conjunction (ଏକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ରୂପେ) is usually used.

II. Meera will say, “My father has gone to Mumbai.” (Direct Speech)
Meera will say that her father has gone to Mumbai. (Indirect Speech)

⇒ Rule 2 :
If the Reporting Verb is in the Past Simple tense (said or told etc.), the tensed verbs in the Reported Speech are changed in the corresponding Past tense.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ Reporting Verb Past Simple tense ରେ ଥିଲେ, tensed verb ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସେହି ଅନୁସାରେ Past tense ରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ।)

Mark the underlined changed words:
(i) Gopal said, “I am very hungry.” (Direct)
Gopal said that he was very hungry. (Indirect)

(ii) You said, “He was a philosopher.” (ଦାର୍ଶନିକ) (Direct)
You said that he had been a philosopher. (Indirect)

(iii) Rahul said, “I may win a prize in this competition today.” (Direct)
Rahul said that he might win a prize in that competition that day. (Indirect)

(iv) Mr Mishra said, “I was listening to the radio commentary. (Direct Past Progressive)
Mr Mishra said that he had been listening to the radio commentary. (Indirect) (Past Perfect Progressive)

A very important information:
If in a Direct Speech, the Reporting Verb ‘said to’ and it is followed by on object, then ‘said to’ changed into ‘told’ while changing it into an Indirect Speech. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିର Reporting Verb ‘said to’ (with object ବା କର୍ମ) ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତିରେ told କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ ।)

Mark the following examples :
(v) He said to me, “I am not going to Kolkata.” (Direct)
He told me that he was not going to Kolkata. (Indirect)

(vi) Sheela said to her mother, “I have finished my work.” (Direct)
Sheela told her mother that she had finished her work. (Indirect)

Please keep in mind :
This is not necessary that ‘said to’ should be changed into ‘told’ in every sentence. ‘Said to’ can be changed into ‘replied’, stated, informed, remarked, complained, added, asserted, assured, pleaded, reported, reminded, complained, etc. depending on the nature of the sentence.

(Direct Speech ବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତିର ଅର୍ଥାନୁସାରେ ‘said to’ କୁ ଉପରୋକ୍ତ verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରାଯାଏ।)

Direct Speech		Indirect Speech
(Reporting verbs)
said to	_______________	replied (ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲା / ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ)
said to	_______________	stated (ଦର୍ଶାଇଲା / ଦର୍ଶାଇଲେ)
said to	_______________	informed (ସୂଚନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)
said to	_______________	remarked (ମନ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to	_______________	added (ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to	_______________	asserted (ଦୃଢ଼ତାର ସହିତ କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to	_______________	assured (ଆଶ୍ଵାସନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)
said to	_______________	pleaded (ଅନୁନୟ କରି କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to	_______________	reported (ଖବର ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to	_______________	reminded (ମନେପକାଇ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to	_______________	complained (ଅଭିଯୋଗ କର କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)

(vii) I said to my neighboiur, “Your children have spoiled my garden.” (Direct)
I complained to my neighbour that his children had spoiled my garden. (Indirect)

(viii) The culprit (ଦୋଷୀ) said, “I am innocent (ନିଦୋଷ). (Direct)
The culprit pleaded that he was innocent. (Indirect)

(ix) Mother said to father, “Remember to bring my umbrella.” (Direct)
Mother reminded father to bring her umbrella. (Indirect)

(x) My friend Suresh said to me, “I will help you.” (Direct)
My friend Suresh assured me of his help. (Indirect)

(xi) I said to my enemy, “I will throw you into the lock-up (jail).” (Direct)
I threatened (ଧମକାଇ କହିଲି) my enemy to throw him into the lock-up. (Indirect)

Exception to the Rule (ନିୟମର ବ୍ୟତିକ୍ରମ) :
If the Reported Speech has some universal truth, scientific fact, proverbial truth, past historical fact or some habitual truth, the tense will not change according to the past tense of the reporting verb.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତିରେ ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସତ୍ୟ, ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସତ୍ୟ, ଲୋକବାଣୀ, ଅତୀତର ଐତିହାସିକ ସତ୍ୟ ବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ ସତ୍ୟ ଆଦି ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ଥଲେ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ tense ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Study the following examples carefully:
(i) The teacher said, “The earth is round.” (Direct / Universal truth)
The teacher said that the earth is round. (Indirect)

(ii) Newton said, “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” (Direct / Scientific fact)
Newton said that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. (Indirect)

(iii) My father said, “Honesty is the best policy.” (Direct / Proverbial truth)
My father said that honesty is the best policy. (Indirect)

(iv) I said, “India became free in 1947.” (Direct/Historical truth)
I said that India became free in 1947. (Indirect)

(v) Father said, “I am an early riser.” (Direct / Habitual truth)
Father said that he is an early riser. (Indirect)

If the Reported Speech has two actions in the Past Continuous or Progressive tense, its tense will not change according to the Past Simple tense of the Reporting verb.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଦୁଇଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ Past continuous ବା Progressive tense ରେ ଥିଲେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଏହି tense ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

He said, “The speaker was speaking and the audience were cheering.” (Direct)
He said that the speaker was speaking and the audience were cheering.

Change of Tense in Sentences having “Must” and “Needn’t”.
During a conversation (କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ) “Must” expresses some “necessity” or “compulsion” (ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା କିମ୍ବା। ବାଧ୍ୟକତା) in the present tense. In this sense (ଏହି ଅର୍ଥରେ), it is used in place of “have to”. “Needn’t” is also used in the same tense.

Mark the following examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “I must go now”. (Present tense)
Indirect Speech : He said that he had to go then. (Changed into past tense)

(ii) Direct Speech : The girl said, “I needn’t go.” (Present tense)
Indirect Speech : The girl said that she didn’t have to go.

“Must” sometimes expresses (ସୂଚିତ କରେ) “Necessity” or “Compulsion” in the future tense. In this sense it is used in place of “shall have to”.

Mark the following examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “I must leave for Puri next week.”
Indirect Speech : He said that he would have to leave for Puri the following week.

(ii) Direct Speech : He said, “I needn’t go to Puri next week.”
Indirect Speech : He said that he wouldn’t have to go to Puri the following week.

“Must” sometimes expresses “permanent prohibition” (ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ନିଷେଧ) or “Permanent Ruling” (ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ନିୟମ).

Examples
(i) Direct Speech : The policeman said to us, “You mustn’t cross the road against the red-light.”
Indirect Speech : The policeman told us that we mustn’t cross the road against the red light.

(B) Interrogative Sentence:
For change from Direct to Indirect in the case of Interrogative sentence, follow the following procedure.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ପରିଣତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ନିମ୍ନଳିଖୁତ ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କର।)

Yes-No question	Wh-question
‘said to’ is changed into asked or enquired depending on the nature or mood of the sentences. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଭାବନା ଅନୁସାରେ ‘said to’ କୁ asked ବା enquired (ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ / ଚାହିଁଲି ଆଦିରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)	‘said to’ is changed into asked or enquired depending on the nature or mood of the sentences. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଭାବନା ଅନୁସାରେ said to କୁ asked ବା enquired ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ ।)
(i) Auxiliary verbs beginning with is, am, are, was, were, do does, did, have, had, has, may, might, can, could, shall, would, etc	(i) Questions words beginning with who, whose, whom, when, where, how etc. are retained with wh-words + subject + verbs(s) (wh-words + + କର୍ତ୍ତା + କ୍ରିୟାପଦରୁ ରହିଥାଏ।)

Study the following examples :
(i) Father said to me, “Have you done your home work ? (Direct Speech / Yes – No) (Have – auxiliary question verb)
Answer:
Father asked me if I had done my homework, (if + subject (I) + had done (verbs) + … )

(ii) Father said to me, “How have you done your homework ?” (Direct Speech / wh-question, How-wh-word)
Answer:
Father asked me how I had done my homework.

Yes-No question	Wh-question
(i) The girl said to me, “Does Das Sir teach you English.” (Does – auxiliary verb) (Direct) Answer: The girl asked me if Das Sir taught me English (Indirect)	(i) The girl said to me, “Who teaches you English?” (Who-wh-word) (Direct) Answer: The girl asked me who taught me English (Indirect)
(ii) He said, “Shall I open the window ?” (Shall – auxiliary verb) (Direct) Answer: He asked if he should open the window. (Indirect)	(ii) He said, “When shall I opwn the window ?” (Wh-wh-word) (Direct) Answer: He asked when he should open the window. (Indirect)
(iii) The teacher said to Sangita, “Did you take my class yesterday?” (Did – auxiliary verb)(Direct) Answer: The teacher asked Sangita if she had liked has class the day before. (Indirect)	(iii) The teacher said to Sangita, “How did you like my class yesterday?” (How-wh-word) (Direct) Answer: The teacher asked Sangita how she had liked his class the day before. (Indirect)

(C) Imperative Sentence:
In the imperative sentences, as the sense of Order, Command, Advice, Request, Warning, Suggestion etc. are conveyed, said to is changed into different verb forms depending on the nature of the sentences.

Direct Speech	for	Indirect Speech
‘said to’	order command (ଆଦେଶ)	ordered / commanded ..
‘said to’	advice (ଉପଦେଶ)	advised …
‘said to’	warning (ସତର୍କ)	warned …
‘said to’	request (ଅନୁରୋଧ) (please)	reqiested …
‘said to’	(forbid) (ବାରଣ)	forbade …
main verb	_____________	to + main verb …
Don’t + main verb	_____________	not to + main verb …

If the imperative sentence starts with ‘Let’ and expresses some proposal or suggestion, ‘said to’ is changed into ‘proposed to’ or suggested to and ‘that …. should’ be used in place of ‘that’.

But, if the ‘Let’ convey (ସୂଚିତ କରାଏ) the sense (ଅର୍ଥ) or ‘allow’ or ‘persuade’, ‘said to’ is changed into ‘ordered’ or requested.

Now consider the following examples :
(i) The master said to the servant, “Post the letter at once.” (Direct/Order)
The master ordered (ଆଦେଶ ଦେଲେ) the servant to post (to + main verb) the letter at once. (Indirect).

(ii) Father said to me, “Work hard for your examination”. (Direct / Advice)
Father advised me to work hard for my examination. (Indirect)

(iii) The commander said to the soldiers, :Attack the enemy post at once”. (Direct/Command)
The commander commanded the soldiers to attack the enemy post at once. (Indirect)

(iv) Father said to me, “Beware (ସତର୍କ ରହ) of fairweather (ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥପର) friends”. (Direct/ warning)
Father warned me to beware of fairweather friends. (Indirect)

(v) The girl said to the class teacher, “Please grant me a day’s leave”. (Indirect / Request)
The girl requested the class teacher to grant her a day’s leave. (Indirect)

(vi) I said to my brother, “Let’s open a shop”. (Direct / Suggestion)
I suggested (or proposed) my brother that we should open shop. (Indirect)

But
⇒ The headmaster said to the peon, “Let the boy come in”. (ବାଳକକୁ ଭିତରକୁ ଆସିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।) (Direct / Order)
The headmaster ordered the peon that the boy might be allowed to come in. (Indirect)

⇒ Mohan said to his father, “Let me finish my work”. (Direct / Request)
Mohan requested his father to let him finish his work. (Indirect)

(D) Exclamatory Sentence
When a sentence expresses a sudden feeling of joy, sorrow, surprise or admiration etc., it is said to be exclamatory sentence, (ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ହଠାତ୍ ଆନନ୍ଦ, ଦୁଃଖ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଶଂସା ଆଦିର ଆଦେଶ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ‘ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ’ କୁହାଯାଏ।)

1. Now Look at the following chart:

The words of Exclamation	Gives the sense of	‘said to’ should be changed into
(ବିସ୍ମୟାଦି ଶବ୍ଦବିଶେଷ) Alas ! (ଆହାଃ)	(ଅର୍ଥ ସୂଚିତ କରିଥାଏ) sorrow (ଦୁଃଖ)	exclaimed (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ଗଲା) with sorrow
Hurrah ! (ହୁରେ…)	joy (ଆନନ୍ଦ)	exclaimed with joy
Sorry ! (ଦୁଃଖତ)	Regret (ଅନୁତାପଜନିତ ଦୁଃଖ)	exclaimed with regret
Bravo ! (ସାବାସ୍)	Applaud (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)	applauded (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରି କହିଲେ)

2. ‘What’ or ‘How’ changes into ‘Very’ or ‘Great’.
3. The Inverted commas are replaced by ‘that’.

⇒ Study the following examples :
(i) They said, “Hurrah! We have won the match”. (Direct)
They exclaimed with joy that they had won the match. (Indirect)

(ii) The old miser said, “Alas ! I am undone !” (ମୋର ସର୍ବନାଶ ହୋଇଗଲା !)
The old man exclaimed with sorrow that he was undone. (Indirect)

(iii) The commander said to the soldiers, “Bravo ! You fought bravely. (Direct)
The commander applauded the soldiers saying that they had fought bravely. (Indirect)

(iv) I said to him, “What a fool you are !” (Direct)
I exclaimed that he was a great fool. (Indirect)

(v) She said, “How lovely the child is !” (Direct)
She said that the child was very lovely. (Indirect)

(E) OPERATIVE TYPE Follow the following rules :
1. ‘Said to’ is changed into ‘wished’.
[In the case of Good morning, Good noonm, Good afternoon, Good evening etc.]

2. ‘Said to’ is changed into ‘bade’ (ବିଦାୟ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
[In the case of Good night, Goodbye, Farewell etc.]

3. If the sentence conveys (ଜଣାଏ) some desire (କାମନା) (i.e. ‘would that’ / ‘O that!’, ‘If!’ etc.) ‘said to’ is changed into wished or prayed.

See the following examples :
(i) Rama said to me, “Good morning! (Direct)
Rama wished me good morning. (Indirect)

(ii) He said, “Goodbye, friends!” (Direct)
He bade his friends goodbye. (Indirect)

(iii) The young man said, “If I could marry a film actress !” (Direct)
The young man wished that the could marry a film actress. (Indirect)

(iv) The drunkard (ମଦୁଆ) said, “O for a drop of wine !” (Direct)
The drunkard wished for a drop of wine. (Indirect)

(v) The saint (ଋଷି) said to the girl, “May you live long !” (Direct)
The saint wished that she might live long. (Indirect)

(vi) She said to me, “May God bless you with a son!” (Direct)
She prayed that God might bless me with a son. (Indirect)

Direct and Indirect Speech Additional Questions With Answers

Complete the sentences.

1. The teacher said that _________.
Answer:
the earth goes round the sun.

2. He asked me _________.
Answer:
where I lived.

3. She asked her mother _________.
Answer:
how she felt.

4. Galileo proved that _________.
Answer:
the sun is stationary.

5. Newton opined that _________.
Answer:
every action has equal and opposite reaction.

6. The commander commanded the soldiers _________.
Answer:
to march ahead.

7. Minu requested her friend _________.
Answer:
to give her a pen.

8. Mother reminded father _________.
Answer:
to take his medicine in time.

9. Mother warned the child _________.
Answer:
not to play with fire.

10. My friend wished me _________.
Answer:
good luck.

Rewrite the sentences in Indirect Speech.

1. My father said “ I go for a morning walk everyday”.
Answer:
My father said that he goes for a morning walk everyday.

2. The teacher said, “Oil floats on water”.
Answer:
The teacher said that oil floats on water.

3. He said, “ Marconi invented radio”.
Answer:
He said that Marconi invented radio.

4. Rabi said to me, “I know where you were born”.
Answer:
Rabi said to me that he knew where I was born.

5. She said, “These are my toys”.
Answer:
She said that those were her toys.

6. He said, “I collected the pebbles at the seashore”.
Answer:
He said that he had collected the pebbles at the seashore.

7. She said to me, “I’ll help you in the hour of your need”.
Answer:
She told me that she would help me in the hour of my need.

8. I thought, “There must be some mistake”.
Answer:
I thought that there must be some mistake.

9. My friend said, “I was playing the piano every morning”.
Answer:
My friend said that he had been playing the piano every morning,

10. She said, “I must go soon”.
Answer:
She said that she would have to go soon.

11. He said, “I bought a pen for my sister”.
Answer:
He said that he had bought a pen for his sister,

12. My friend said to me, “When did you return home ?”
Answer:
My friend asked me when I had returned home.

13. She said, “What happened” ?
Answer:
She asked what had happened.

14. He said, “Who lives next door ?”
Answer:
He asked who lived next door.

15. Rahim said to me, “ Do you know him ?”
Answer:
Rahim asked me if/whether I knew him.

16. Rakesh said, “I must go to the library today”.
Answer:
Rakesh told that he had to go to the library that day.

17. Reshma said, “I shall be sitting here tomorrow.”
Answer:
Reshma said thatshe would be sitting there the next day.

18. He said, “Everybody stood up when the guest arrived”.
Answer:
He said that everybody stood up when the guest arrived.

19. He said, “I bought the house because it was on the main road”.
Answer:
He told that he had bought the house because it was on the main road.

20. She said, “I was reading ten hours a day”.
Answer:
She said that she was/had been reading ten hours a day.

21. He said, “ I had been reading a lot in my teens”.
Answer:
He Said that he had been reading a lot in his teens.

22. “You must eat all the cakes,” mother told us.
Answer:
Mother told us that we had to eat all the cakes.

23. “He must be ill,” his friend said.
Answer:
His friend said that he must be ill.

24. He said, “Is it raining heavily ?”
Answer:
He asked if it was raining heavily.

25. He said, “Shall I open the window ?”
Answer:
He asked if he would open the window.

26. The teacher said, “Where was Alexander born ?”
Answer:
The teacher asked/wanted to know where Alexander was born.

27. Mother said to father, “Remember to bring your umbrella”.
Answer:
Mother reminded father to bring his umbrella.

28. Mother said to me, “Don’t keep late hours”.
Answer:
Mother advised me not to keep late hours.

29. He said, “Let’s stop here”.
Answer:
He suggested stopping there / He suggested that we should stop there

30. The teacher said, “Don’t move, boys”.
Answer:
The teacher told the boys not to move.

31. Mother said to the child, “ Don’t touch fire”.
Answer:
Mother warned the child not to touch the fire.

32. The commander said to the soldiers, “March on”.
Answer:
The commander commanded/ordered the soldiers to march on.

33. Dhoni said to Kohli, “Congratulations”.
Answer:
Dhoni congratulated Kohli

34. He said, “How foolish you are !”
Answer:
He said that I was very foolish

35. My friend said, “Good morning”.
Answer:
My friend wished me a good moming/my friend greeted me.

36. Babul said to Ashish, “Would you mind helping me ?”
Answer:
Babul requested Ashish to help him.

37. He said, “Hello! Where do you live?”
Answer:
He greeted me and asked where I lived.

38. The priest said, “May God save the poor”.
Answer:
The priest prayed that God might save the poor

39. He said, “Alas! The poor old man is dead”.
Answer:
He exclaimed in sorrow that the poor old man was dead.

40. He said, “ Good luck”.
Answer:
He wished me good luck.

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pre- modifiers ଓ Post- modifiers
Look at the following sentences (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର) :

(i) Flowers are beautiful.
(ii) The red flowers are beautiful.
(iii) The red flowers in the pot (ଫୁଲଦାନୀ) are beautiful.

In these sentences the Bold parts are noun phrases. (ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ Bold ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ noun phrases ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)
As we know, a noun phrase can be a single word and a group of words with noun or pronoun as the head. (ଆମେ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଯାହା ଜାଣିଛୁ ଗୋଟିଏ noun phrase ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଏକାଧିକ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ଯାହାର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ।)
The pronouns as headwords or head nouns can be of two kinds. (Head word ବାHead noun ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pronoun ଦୁଇପ୍ରକାରର ।)

In the first sentence ‘flowers’ is the noun phrase or head word or head noun.
In the second sentence before the head word/noun, ‘the red’ is used as pre-modifier modifying ‘flowers’. ( ୨ୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ the redକୁ head noun flowers ର modifier ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇଛି ଓ flowers ର ପୂର୍ବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ Pre-modifier କୁହାଯାଏ।) In the third sentence ‘the red’ is the pre-modifier and ‘in the pot’ is the post-modifier as it modifies the head noun ‘flowers’ and is used after (post) ‘flowers’. (ତୃତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ in the pot (ଫୁଲଦାନୀରେ) ହେଉଛି post-modifier, କାରଣ ଏହା head noun ‘flowers’ କୁ modify କରି ଏହାର ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି।)

Other Examples:
(i) The little birds in the tree were twittering. (ଗଛରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଛୋଟ ଚଢ଼େଇମାନେ କିଚିରିମିଚିରି ହେଉଥ୍ଲେ।)
The little birds in the tree- noun phrase

କେଉଁ ପକ୍ଷୀ (Q) – (A) ଛୋଟ ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ (Pre-modifier)
କେଉଁ ଛୋଟ ପକ୍ଷୀସବୁ (Q) – (A) ଗଛରେ ଥ‌ିବା (Post-modifier)

(ii) A country ruled by the corrupt ministers will be ruined. ( ଦୁର୍ନୀତିଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଶାସିତ ଦେଶ ଧ୍ବଂସ ପାଇଯିବ।) (A country ruled by the corrupt ministers = noun phrase)

Analysis of the Noun Phrase (ବିଶେଷ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ)
(i) The little birds in the tree are chirping.
(ii) The beautiful girl dressed in the blue frock is my sister.
(iii) Every one of them knows English.

Let’s put the different elements in the Noun phrase (ଏବେ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଉପାଦାନକ ରଖିବା)

Pre-modifier	Head (word/noun)	Post-modifier
(i) The little	birds	in the tree
(ii) The beautiful	girl	in a blue frock
X	Everyone	of them

Pre-Modifiers ofthe Noun Phrase ( ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର Pre-modifiers)

1. Articles (a, an, the): a flower, an apple, the books
2. Demonstratives (this, that, these, those): this magazine, that woman, these potatoes, those maps
3. Numerals (ସଂଖ୍ୟାବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) : (one, two, three, first, tenth)
   two pupils, three puppies (କୁକୁରଛୁଆ), second car, hundredth (ଶହେତମ) goal
4. Quantifiers (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) : (many, much, all, a few, a little, some, any, a great number of, several, a lot of.)
   a few doctors, much wealth, some roses. all nations, a little milk
5. Genitives / Possessives (ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ): Anil’s watch, my shoes, their building, Meera’s ribbon, one’s health
6. Distributives (ବଣ୍ଟନକାରୀ ଶବ୍ଦ): each boy, every car, either road, neither pen
7. Multipliers (ବାକ୍ୟଶ ରୂପକ ଶବ୍ଦ ବିଶେଷ) : double the amount , one-third players, twice the number
8. Wh-words (ଶବ୍ଦ): whose book, what colour, which road.
9. Adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ): strong (କଡ଼ା) tea, weak goats, black suitcase, old people
10. Participles (Present and Past): walking-stick (ଆଶ୍ରାବାଡ଼ି), swimming pool (ସନ୍ତରଣ), trained soldiers (ତାଲିମପ୍ରାପ୍ତ), sliced tomatoes (କଟା ହୋଇଥିବା ଟମାଟୋ)
11. Nouns (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ): Paper boats, school garden, oil lamp, Kashmir apples, TATA trucks, kitchen chair, dog biscuits, table cloth.
12. Intensifiers (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର ବିଶେଷକ): extremely beautiful park, (beautiful-adjective) most boring film (boring = adjective)

Post-Modifiers ofthe Noun Phrase (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର Post-Modifiers):
Note: The word or words used after the headword or head noun is Post-modifier.
(head word ବା head noun ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Post-modifier କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
The Post-modifier is otherwise known as a qualifier in the noun phrase.
(noun phrase ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Post-modifierକୁ qualifier ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

• Here is the list of Post-modifiers or qualifiers of the noun phrase (ଏଠାରେ Post- modifier ବା qualifiers ର କେତୋଟି ଉଦାହରଣ) :

(i) Adjective (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ) :

• There is nothing secret in this information.
  [nothing- headword, secret- post-modifier (adjective)]
  My father sometimes does something strange. [something- headword, strange adjective / post-modifier]

(ii) Adverbs or Adverbials (କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ) :

• The books on the table are mine.
  [books- headword, on the table- post-modifier / adverbial]
• The children here are quite noisy.
  [children- headword, here- post-modifier / adverbial]
• The example below has been illustrated.
  [example- headword, below- post-modifier / adverbial]

(iii) Prepositional Phrase :

• People in general love Gandhiji.
  [in general- prepositional phrase / post-modifier, people- head word]
• We have a house to let. (ଘର ଭଡ଼ା ଦିଆଯିବାକୁ ଅଛି)
  [house- headword, to let- prepositional phrase / post-modifier]
• The old man with his only daughter is living in our house.
  [man- headword, with his only daughter- prepositional phrase / post-modifier]
• Can you see the house over the hill?
  [house- headword, over the hill- prepositional phrase / post-modifier] (A Prepositional Phrase usually begins with a preposition)

→ Note: Post-modifier ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା ଗୋଟିଏ Prepositional phrase ସାଧାରଣତଃ Preposition ଋୁ (an, in, with, over, at, across, under, of) ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(iv) Non-finite Clause (ଅସମାପିକା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :

• Did you see the man sitting in the corner?
  [man- headword, sitting in the comer- non-finite clause / post-modifier]
• Who is sitting in the comer = finite clause
• Have you read the plays (ନାଟକ ବହି) written by Shakespeare? plays- headword
  [written by Shakespeare- non-finite clause / post-modifier which were written by Shakespeare = finite clause]

(v) Self-Pronouns:

• The children themselves are to be blamed.
  [children- headword, themselves- self-word /post-modifier]
• The girl herself (ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିବାକୁ) decided to commit suicide.
  [girl- headword, herself- self-pronoun / post-modifier]

(vi) Relative Clauses :

• The site where Gandhi was born, is historical.
  [site ( ସ୍ଥାନ) – headword, where Gandhi was bom- relative clause / post-modifier]
• The reason why he discontinued (ଅଧାରୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲା) his studies, still remains a mystery. (ରହସ୍ୟ)
  [reason- head word, whyhe discontinued his studies- relative clause / Post-modifier]

→ Remember :
The above Bold parts given in various examples are noun phrases. ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଅଂଶଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟଶ ଅଟେ ।)

Activity- 1

Complete the following passage by filling in the blanks with suitable pre-modifiers. You can choose the pre-modifiers from those in the brackets, (brackets ଭିତରେ ଥିବା ସଠିକ Pre-modifiers ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦକୁ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(story, two, the, some, a, different, friend’s, my, happy)

There was _____________ fair going on near _____________ village. I went to my ____________ house and called him. We went to ____________ fair together. We went round the ____________ stalls in ____________ fair. I bought ___________ books. My friend bought _____________ toys one for his nephew and another for his niece. We came back home in the evening. It was a very _______________ experience for us.
Answer:
There was a fair (ମେଳା) going on near my village. I went to my friend’s house and called him. We went to the fair together. We went round the different stalls in the fair. I bought some storybooks. My friend bought two toys one for his nephew and another for his niece. We came back home in the evening. It was a very happy experience for us.

Activity- 2

Fill in the blanks choosing the post-modifiers from those given in brackets, (brackets ଭିତରୁ Post-modifiers ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(nearby, sitting in the gallery, in colorful jerseys, posted around the field, in general, kept for the winners, who acted as the referee)

Boys of our school love to play football _____________. So we arranged a football match in the field ______________. The players entered the field. The children __________ encouraged the players. A teacher ___________ conducted the game. The linesman _____________ helped him. The trophy ______________ was given away after the match.
Answer:
Boys ofour school love to play football in general (ସାଧାରଣତଃ). So we arranged a football match in the field nearby (ପାଖରେ ଥ‌ିବା). The players entered the field. The children sitting in the gallery (ଗ୍ୟାଲେରୀରେ ବସିଥିବା) encouraged the players. Ateacher who acted as the referee (ଯିଏ ରେଫେରୀ ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲେ) conducted the game. The linesman posted around the field ( ପଡ଼ିଆର ଚାରିପଟେ ଜଗିଥିବା) in colourful iersevs (ରଂଗୀନ ଜର୍ସି (ପୋଷାକ) ପନ୍ଧିଥିବା) helped him. The trophy kept for the winners ( ବିଜେତାମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ରଖାଯାଇଥିବା) was given away after the match.

Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase Additional Questions With Answers

Identify the Pre-modifiers of the noun phrase.
1. Which class are you in?
Answer:
which – wh-determiner

2. There are some books on the table.
Answer:
Some- quantifier, the – article

3. Neither pen will do for me.
Answer:
Neither – distributive

4. My friend comes to our house on Sunday.
Answer:
My, our- Possessive

5. Everyday he takes an apple.
Answer:
an- article

6. Don’t try to catch the running train.
Answer:
the – article, running- participle

7. There is enough time for him.
Answer:
enough – quantifier

8. My father has built a brick house.
Answer:
my – possessive, a- article, brick – noun

9. Those elephants are trained.
Answer:
Those – demonstrative

10. One-third members were present at the meeting.
Answer:
One-third multiplier

11. The red flowers are beautiful.
Answer:
The – article, red – adjective

12. You can take either book.
Answer:
either – distributive

13. There is a little water in the glass.
Answer:
a little – quantifier, the – article

14. His first ten stories are interesting.
Answer:
His – possessive, first, ten – numerals

15. I have given him twice the quantity of rice.
Answer:
twice – multiplier

16. Now every town faces pollution problem.
Answer:
every distributive

17. She is washing a table-cloth.
Answer:
a – article, table – noun

18. A black cat is sitting there.
Answer:
a – article, black – adjective

19. I have three brothers.
Answer:
three – number (cardinal number)

20. This is Mr. Prusty’s bike.
Answer:
Mr. Prusty – possessive.

Identify the Post-modifiers in the noun phrases.
1. He told me something interesting about the place.
Answer:
interesting – adjective

2. People in general love Gandhiji.
Answer:
in general – prepositional phrase

3. Did you meet the man sitting in the comer?
Answer:
sitting in the comer – non-finite clause

4. We helped the girl who was new in our class.
Answer:
who was new in our class – finite clause

5. He is a boy from our village.
Answer:
from our village – prepositional phrase

6. You can take anything necessary for you.
Answer:
necessary – adjective

7. The book kept on the table is mine.
Answer:
kept on the table – non-finite clause

8. The teacher who acted as the referee conducted the match.
Answer:
who acted as referee – finite clause

9. The weather today is fine.
Answer:
today – adverb

10. The match was held in the field nearby.
Answer:
nearby – adverb

11. Boys love to play football in colourful jerseys.
Answer:
in colourful jersey – prepositional phrase

12. The trophy kept for the winners was given away after the match.
Answer:
kept for the winners – non-finite clause

13. I notice the girl playing in the field.
Answer:
playing in the field – non-finite clause

14. Do you feel something disgusting?
Answer:
disgusting – adjective

15. A friend in need is a friend indeed.
Answer:
in need – prepositional phrase

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

Look at the following sentences. [ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖ ।]

1. Look at this picture. (ଏହି ଛବିଟିକୁ ଚାହଁ ।)
2. Egg doesn’t agree with me. (ଅଣ୍ଡା ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଯାଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
3. The birds flew away. (ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଉଡ଼ିଗଲେ ।)
4. I have run out of money. (ମୋ ପାଖରୁ ଟଙ୍କା ଶେଷ ହୋଇ ଆସିଲାଣି ।)

In the above sentences, the underlined words are two-word Verbs or Phrasal Verbs. [ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦସବୁ two-word Verbs ବା Phrasal Verbs ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ।]

1. What is a Phrasal Verb?
A Main Verb combined with a preposition or adverb particle is called a Phrasal Verb. [ଗୋଟିଏ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଭକ୍ତି ସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ (preposition) ବା adverb particle ର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ଗଠିତ two-word verb କୁ Phrasal Verb କୁହାଯାଏ ।]

A Phrasal Verb has a new and different meaning from what we mean by a simple main verb. [ଏକ Phrasal Verb ର ଏକ ନୂଆ ଓ ଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ଥାଏ, ଯାହାକି ସେଇ Phrasal Verb ରେ ଥିବା ସାଧାରଣ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାର ଅର୍ଥଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ।]
Examples :
Using the Simple main verb ‘put’. [ଏକ ସରଳ ମୁଖ୍ୟକ୍ରିୟା ‘put? ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦ୍ଵାରା]
(i) He put up in the hostel. (ସେ ହଷ୍ଟେଲରେ ରହିଲା ।)
(ii) The tail-enders put up a brave fight in the match against Australia. (ଅଷ୍ଟ୍ରେଲିଆ ଖେଳରେ ଶେଷଧାଡ଼ିର ବ୍ୟାଟ୍ସମ୍ୟାନ୍‌ମାନେ ଏକ ଲଢ଼ୁଆ ଖେଳ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ ।)
(iii) Mitali has put up a beautiful picture on the wall. (ମିତାଲି କାନ୍ଥରେ ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦରଚିତ୍ର ଟଙ୍ଗାଇଛି ।)
(iv) They put up a play in the village. (ସେମାନେ ଗ୍ରାମରେ ଏକ ନାଟକ ମଞ୍ଚସ୍ଥ କଲେ ।)
(v) The students put up a tough question to the teacher. (ପିଲାମାନେ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ।)

Difference between a Preposition and an Adverb Particle in the Phrasal Verb (Phrasal verb ରେ ଏକ Preposition ଓ ଏକ Adverb particle ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ )
‘Preposition’ is before an object (noun or pronoun) but an adverb particle has no object after the verb. (Noun ବା pronoun ରୂପକ object ପୂର୍ବରୁ Preposition ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ Adverb particle ର verb ପରେ object ନଥାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) Look at this picture. [at = preposition, this picture = object (noun phrase)
(ii) Egg doesn’t agree with me. [with = preposition, me = object (pronoun)]
(iii) The birds flew away. [away = adverb particle, (no object)]
(iv) Prices have come down. [down = adverb particle(no object)]

Structures of Phrasal Verbs:
(a) Verb + Adverb + Particles Examples:
(i) The children sat down.
(ii) The thief ran away. (ଦୌଡ଼ି ପଳାଇଲା)
(iii) Please come in (ଭିତରକୁ ଆସ).
(iv) The light went out (was extinguished, ଲିଭିଗଲା).
(v) The plane took off (left the ground, ଉଡ଼ାଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା).
(vi) How are you getting on (making progress, ଉନ୍ନତି କରୁଛେ) now?
(vii) The car has broken down (stopped working, ଅଚଳ ହୋଇ ପଡ଼ିଛି).

(b) Verb + Adverb Particle + Object
Examples:
(i) Take off (remove, କାଢ଼ି ଦିଅ) your hat.
(ii) Call in (summon, ଡକାଅ) the doctor.
(iii) He won’t give up (stop, ଛାଡ଼ିବ ନାହିଁ) his bad habits.

(c) Verb + Adverb Particle + Prepositional Particle
Examples:
(i) She puts up with (bears patiently, ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସହିତ ସହି ନେଉଛନ୍ତି) a lot of trouble from her neighbors.
(ii) We want to do away with ଲୋପ କରିବା ପାଇଁ) the dowry system (ଯୌତୁକ ପ୍ରଥା).
(iii) Don’t look down on (have a low opinion of, ଘୃଣା କର ନାହିଁ) the poor.
(iv) Will you stand up for (support, ସମର୍ଥନ କରିବ କି ?) me?

Transitive Phrasal Verbs (with object) :
Examples:
Intransitive Phrasal Verbs
(i) My brother is looking for his book. (his job : Object) (ମୋ ଭାଇ ତା’ ବହି ଖୋଜୁଛି ।)
(ii) Suresh took off (removed, ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଦେଲା) his clothes. (his clothes: Object)

Intransitive Phrasal Verbs (without object):
(i) The machine broke down (ଅଚଳ ହୋଇଗଲା).
(ii) The plane will take off (ଉଡ଼ାଣ କରିବ) now.

Particles with various meanings :
1. Up ( = completely)
Fill up with petrol ( ଭର୍ତ୍ତିକର).
The prices of vegetables are going up (ବଢୁଛି).

2. Down (= completely to the ground)
They knocked down the building (ଧରାଶାୟୀ କଲେ).
Cut down the tree.
(= decreasing) : He turned the TV down. (ଶବ୍ଦ କମାଇ ଦେଲା)
Will the government bring down the prices? ( କମାଇବେ, ହ୍ରାସକରିବେ)

3. Over (= from start to finish)
I thought the problem over. ( ଆରମ୍ଭରୁ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚିନ୍ତା କରି)

4. On (= connect) Switch on the lights. (ଜଳାଅ)
(=continue) Hold on, please. (ଫୋନଟି ଧରିରଖ)
Carry on (ଚାଲୁରଖ) the work.

5. Off(=departing)
The thief ran off. (ପଳାୟନ କଲା)
The pain is wearing off. ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦୂରେଇ ଯାଉଛି)

6. Out (=disappearing)
Mother washed out the dirt. (ଧୋଇ ଛଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ)
Cross out the mistakes. (ଛକି ପକାଅ)
(=completely) : Work out the sums. (ପୂରାପୂରି କଷିଦିଅ ।)
(=aloud) The teacher called out the names. (ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ ଡ଼ାକିଲେ)
I read out the letter to him. (ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ ପଢ଼ି ଶୁଣାଇଲି ।)

Let’s look at the phrasal verbs made with the verb ‘BREAK’ and ‘TAKE’ :

Some Common Phrasal Verbs 
I. Transitive Phrasal Verbs [ Verb + Particle + Object]

1. abide by [to act according to law](ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା)
A good citizen must abide by the traffic rules.
(ଜଣେ ଉତ୍ତମ ନାଗରିକ ଟ୍ରାଫିକ ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

2. account for [to explain the cause of something](କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଇବା)
His illness accounts for his absence. (ଅସୁସ୍ଥତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ସେ ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତ ଅଟେ ।)

3. agree with [to suit somebody’s health] (ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟପ୍ରତି ଅନୁକୂଳ ହେବା)
Fish doesn’t agree with me. (ମାଛ ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

4. bank on [to depend on] (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
I bank on my teachers for my study. (ମୋ ପାଠ ପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ଶିକ୍ଷକମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ ।)

5. break into [to enter by force] (ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବା)
The thieves broke into our house last night.
(ଗତକାଲି ରାତିରେ ଚୋରମାନେ ଆମ ଘରେ ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲେ ।)

6. call on [to visit someone](ଦେଖା କରିବା)
I called on my headmaster to thank him.
( ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଧାନ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକଲି ।)

7. go into [to examine /investigate in detail] (ତଦନ୍ତ କରିବା/ ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
You should go into the problem before coming to any conclusion.
(ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ତୁମେ ସମସ୍ୟା ବିଷୟରେ ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ଜାଣିନେବା ଉଚିତ ।)

8.(a) go through [to experience something unpleasant] (କୌଣସି ଅସୁଖୀକର ଅନୁଭୂତିର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେବା)
They have gone through a lot of suffering. (ସେମାନେ ଅନେକ ଦୁର୍ଦ୍ଦଶାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ।)

(b) [to read/ use/ spend/ eat all of something] (ମୂଳରୁ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପଢ଼ିବା। ସବୁକିଛି ଖାଇ ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା/ସବୁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିଦେବା)
Have you gone through the Ramayan ? (ତୁମେ ରାମାୟଣକୁ ଆମୂଳଚୂଳ ପଢ଼ିଛ କି ?)

9. keep off [to avoid something/ somebody] (କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି/ଜିନିଷଠାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
You should keep off bad company. (ତୁମେ ଖରାପ ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

10. keep on [to continue doing something] (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁ ରଖୁବା)
We kept on working long after the evening. (ସଂଧ୍ୟାପରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁରଖିଲୁ ।)

11. laugh at [to mock at somebody/something] (ଥଟ୍ଟା କରିବା)
Don’t laugh at the poor. (ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ପରିହାସ | ଥଟ୍ଟା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

12. look after [to take care of somebody / something] (ଯତ୍ନନେବା)
Who is looking after the sick man ? (କିଏ ଏହି ରୋଗଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଯତ୍ନ ନେଉଛି ? )

13. look upon [to consider somebody] (ବିବେଚନା କରିବା)
I look upon Reeta as my own sister. (ମୁଁ ରୀତାକୁ ମୋ ଭଉଣୀ ଭାବରେ ବିବେଚନା କରେ।)
We look upon Madhusudan Utkal Gaurav.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ମଧୁସୂଦନଙ୍କୁ ଉତ୍କଳ ଗୌରବ ରୂପେ ବିବେଚନା କରୁ ।)

14. send for [to ask someone to come](ଡକାଇ ପଠାଇବା)
We sent for a doctor when my mother was ill.
(ମା’ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ଥିଲାବେଳେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଜଣେ ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଡକାଇ ପଠାଇଲୁ ।)

15. stand by [to help and support some one in difficulties ] (ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ଜଣକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା)
My parents stand by me during my difficulties.
(ମୋର ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ମୋର ବାପାମା’ ମୋତେ ସମର୍ଥନ କରିଥାନ୍ତି ।)

16. look into [to investigate](ତଦନ୍ତ କରିବା)
The police are looking into the murder case. (ପୋଲିସ୍‌ମାନେ ହତ୍ୟାକାଣ୍ଡର ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

17. make for [to move towards some place](ଅଗ୍ରସର ହେବା)
The children are making for school. (ପିଲାମାନେ ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି ।)

18. come across/upon [ to meet someone/ something by chance] (ହଠାତ୍ ଜଣଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଭେଟ ହୋଇଯିବା| ହଠାତ୍ କିଛି ଲାଭ କରିବା)
I came across an old friend in the market.
(ବଜାରରେ ମୋର ହଠାତ୍ ଜଣେ ପୁରୁଣା ବନ୍ଧୁ ସହିତ ଦେଖା ହୋଇଗଲା ।)

19. hit on [ to think of a good idea suddenly] (ହଠାତ୍ ଏକ ଉତ୍ତମ ଚିନ୍ତା ପାଞ୍ଚବା)
At last the rabbit hit on an idea to outwit the lion.
( ସିଂହକୁ ବୋକା ବନେଇବା ପାଇଁ ଠେକୁଆ ଶେଷରେ ଏକ ଉପାୟ ପାଞ୍ଚିଲା ।)

20. come over [strong feelings affecting somebody] (ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିବା/ ବିରାଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣିବା)
A great change came over Ashok after the Kalinga war.
(କଳିଙ୍ଗ ଯୁଦ୍ଧପରେ ଅଶୋକଙ୍କ ଠାରେ ଏକ ବିରାଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଦେଖାଗଲା ।)

II. Intransitive Phrasal Verbs (ଅକର୍ମକ) [Verb + Particle]
1. break down [ to lose control of one’s feelings](ନିଜ ଉପରୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ହରାଇବା)
The woman broke down on hearing her only son’s death.

2. break out [to begin and spread suddenly] (ହଠାତ୍ ବ୍ୟାପିଯିବା– ରୋଗ, ନିଆଁ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)
The fire broke out at midnight. (ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରିରେ ନିଆଁ ବ୍ୟାପିଗଲା ।)

3. come about [ to happen](ଘଟିବା)
How did the accident come about ? (ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାଟି କିପରି ଘଟିଲା ?)

4. come out [ to be visible / to appear](ଦେଖାଯିବା)
The sun comes out in the morning. (ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସକାଳେ ବାହାରି ଆସେ ।)

5. fall out [to quarrel](କଳି କରିବା)
The two brothers fell out and came to blows. (ଦୁଇ ଭାଇ କଳି କଲେ ଓ ମୁଥ ମରାମରି କଲେ ।)

6. give in [to surrender] (ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କରିବା)
The soldiers fought on but finally gave in.
(ସୈନ୍ୟମାନେ ଯୁଦ୍ଧ କରିଥିଲେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଶେଷରେ ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କଲେ ।)

7. go out [ to stop burning](ଜଳିବା ବନ୍ଦ ହେବା |ଲିଭିଯିବା)
The fire has gone out. (ନିଆଁ ଲିଭି ଯାଇଛି ।)

8. take off [ to leave ground, plane]( ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜ ଭୂମି ଛାଡ଼ିବା)
When will the flight take off ? ( ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି କେତେବେଳେ ଘାଟି ଛାଡ଼ିବ ?)

9. pass away [dic](ମରିଯିବା)
His father passed away at the age of eighty. (ତାଙ୍କ ବାପା ଅଶୀ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ ଦେହତ୍ୟାଗ କଲେ ।)

10. fall through [fail to be implemented] (ଯୋଜନା ଆଦି ଅସଫଳ ହେବା)
All his plans to go abroad fell through due to his father’s sudden demise. ଯୋଗୁଁ ତାହାର ବିଦେଶ ଯିବାର ସମସ୍ତ ଯୋଜନା ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା ।)
(ତାଙ୍କ ବାପାଙ୍କ ଅକାଳ ମୃତ୍ୟୁ

11. hold on [to wait](ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
Please hold on; I’ll call my father. (ଦୟାକରି ଅପେକ୍ଷା କର; ମୁଁ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଡାକୁଛି ।)

12. set in [season/ weather begin and continue] (ଋତୁ, ପାଗ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଜାରି ରହିବା)
Winter has set in. (ଶୀତଋତୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)

13. turn up [come to / arrive at a meeting / assembly](ସଭା/ ସମ୍ମିଳନୀରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା)
Only a few students turned up for the meeting. (କେବଳ ଅଳ୍ପ କେତେଜଣ ପିଲା ସଭାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ।)

14. give away [to distribute] (ବାଣ୍ଟିବା)
The chief guest gave away the prizes. ( ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅତିଥୁ ପୁରସ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଣ୍ଟିଲେ ।)

15. die away [sound becoming slow and weak](ଶବ୍ଦ| କାକଳୀ ଆଦି କମି ଆସିବା)
The noise the spectators died away. (ଦର୍ଶକମାନଙ୍କର ଧ୍ଵନି କମି ଆସିଲା ।)

16.go up [price becoming more]( ମୂଲ୍ୟବୃଦ୍ଧି ହେବା)
The price of essential commodities has gone up.
(ଆବଶ୍ୟକୀୟ ଜିନିଷଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଛି ।)

17. go down [price beginning to be less](ମୂଲ୍ୟ ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା )
The price of rice has gone down. (ଚାଉଳର ମୂଲ୍ୟ କମିଯାଇଛି।)

18. wear out [to become thin / weak through constant use] (ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଯୋଗୁଁ କ୍ଷୟ ହୋଇଯିବା)
My shoes have worn out. (ମୋ ଜୋତା ଛିଣ୍ଡିଗଲାଣି ।)

19. get up [to leave bed after sleeping](ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
When will the child get up ? (ପିଲାଟି କେତେବେଳେ ବିଛଣାରୁ ଉଠିବ ?)

20. look out [to be careful] (ସତର୍କ ରହିବା)
Look out ! There might be a snake.
( ସତର୍କ ରୁହ ! ଏଠାରେ ସାପଟିଏ ଥାଇପାରେ ।)

III (A) Verb + Object + Particle
1. answer back [to reply rudely] (ନିଷ୍ଠୁରଭାବରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବା)
It is not proper to answer your parents back.(ବାପାମା’ଙ୍କୁ ନିଷ୍ଠୁର ଭାବରେ ଜବାବ ଦେବା ଭଲ ନୁହେଁ ।)

2. count….in [ to include](ସାମିଲ କରିବା)
If you are going on a picnic, please count me in.
(ଯଦି ତୁମେ ବଣଭୋଜିରେ ଯାଉଛ, ଦୟାକରି ମୋତେ ସାମିଲ କରିବ ।)

3. see….through [ to help somebody during difficult times(ଅସୁବିଧା ସମୟରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା)
Her courage saw her through during hard times. (her-object)
(ତାହାର ସାହସ ଅସୁବିଧା ବେଳେ ତାକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲା ।)

4. take….for [to consider somebody wrongly](ଜଣକୁ ଭୁଲ୍ ଧରି ନେବା)
My friend took my aunt for my mother. (my aunt = object)
(ମୋ ସାଙ୍ଗ ମୋ ମାଇଁଙ୍କୁ ଭୁଲ ଭାବରେ ମୋ ମା’ ରୂପେ ଧରିନେଲେ ।)

5. tear….away [to leave something unwillingly] (ଅନିଚ୍ଛା ସତ୍ତ୍ଵେ କୌଣସି ଜାଣିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
I have to tear myself away from the TV to study.
(ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିବା ପାଇଁ ମୋତେ ଟିଭି ଦେଖାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିବ ।)

6. tell …..apart (ପ୍ରଭେଦ ଦେଖାଇବା)
You can’t tell the two brothers apart. (the two brothers= object)
(ତୁମେ ଦୁଇ ଭାଇଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ବାରି ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।)

7. tell….off [to scold/ tell angrily] (ଗାଳିଦେବା/ ଖରାପ ଭାଷାରେ କହିବା)
The teacher told Raju off for not doing his homework.
(ଘରପଢ଼ା କରି ନଥୁବାରୁ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ରାଜୁକୁ ଗାଳି ଦେଲେ ।)

III (B) Verb + Particle + Object କିମ୍ବା, Verb + Object + Particle
1. blow up [to destroy something by an explosion] (ବିସ୍ଫୋରଣ ଘଟାଇ ଧ୍ବଂସ କରିବା)
The terrorists blew up the bridge.(ଆତଙ୍କବାଦୀମାନେ ପୋଲଟିକୁ ଉଡ଼ାଇଦେଲେ ।)

2. bring about [cause to happen] (ଘଟାଇବା। ଘଟଣାର କାରଣ ହେବା)
Education has brought about many changes in society.
(ଶିକ୍ଷା ସମାଜରେ ଅନେକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣିପାରିଛି ।)

3. bring down [lower prices / aeroplanes] (ଦରଦାମ୍/ ଉଡ଼ାଜାହଜ ଖସାଇବା | ନିମ୍ନମୁଖୀ ହେବା ।)
The pilot brought down the plane. (ଉଡାଜାହାଜଟିକୁ ପାଇଲଟ୍‌ ତଳକୁ ଖସାଇଲେ ।)
Good harvest has brought down the prices of vegetables.

4. bring out [to publish] (ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବା)
I am going to bring out a new book this week.
(ଏହି ସପ୍ତାହରେ ମୁଁ ଏକ ନୂତନ ପୁସ୍ତକଟିଏ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବି ।)

5. bring up [to educate/ take care of a child] (ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା; ଲାଳନ ପାଳନ କରିବା )
We should bring up children with care. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଯତ୍ନରେ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

6. call off [to cancel] (ରଦ୍ଦ କରିବା/ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାହାର କରିନେବା)
The strike was called off. (ଧର୍ମଘଟ ସ୍ଥଗିତ ହେଲା ।)

7. carry on [to continue] (ଚାଲୁ ରଖିବା)
We carried on working till the end. (ଶେଷ ହେବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଆମେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି ଚାଲୁରଖୁଲୁ ।)

8. carry out
(a)[to do something that you have been told to do] (ଆଦେଶ/ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଳନ କରିବା)
I carried out the instructions of my parents. (ମୁଁ ମୋ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଳନ କଲି ।).
(b) [to do a particular piece of work] (ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବା )
The construction of this building was carried out last year.

9. close down [close permanently] (ସବୁଦିନ ପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ ରଖିବା)
We closed down the factory after a fire. (ଅଗ୍ନିକାଣ୍ଡ ପରେ ଆମେ କାରଖାନାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲୁ ।)

10. cut down [to reduce an amount of something] (କିଛିର ପରିମାଣ ହ୍ରାସ କରିବା)
We cut down our expenses after our father’s retirement.
(ପିତାଙ୍କ ଅବସର ପରେ ଆମେ ଆମର ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚକାଟ କରୁ ।)

11. cut off [to stop the supply of something] (ଯୋଗାଣ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା| ଯୋଗାଣ ବ୍ୟାହତ ହେବା)
Electricity was cut off after the cyclone. (ବାତ୍ୟାପରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଯୋଗାଣ ବ୍ୟାହତ ହେଲା ।)

12. do up [to make something attractive by repair, painting or make-up.]
(ପରିଷ୍କାର କରିବା| ଆକର୍ଷଣୀୟ କରିବା)
We did up our houses before our sister’s marriage ceremony.
(ଆମେ ଆମର ଘରକୁ ଭଉଣୀର ବିଭାଘର ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସୁସଜ୍ଜିତ କଲୁ ।)

13. find out [to know something by enquiry] (ଖୋଜି ବାହାର କରିବା )
Please find out the date of our annual examination from the notice board.

14. fix up [to arrange something to happen] (କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା)
We have fixed up the meeting for the next week.(ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ସଭା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରିଛୁ ।)

15. give away [to distribute] (ବାଣ୍ଟିଦେବା। ଦେଇଦେବା)
The chief guest gave away the prizes.(ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅତିଥୁ ପୁରସ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିତରଣ କଲେ ।)

16. give up [to stop doing something] (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା| କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ ରଖିବା)
I have given up smoking. Don’t give up hopes. (ଆଶା ପରିତ୍ୟାଗ କର ନାହିଁ ।)

17. hold up [to obstruct] (ଅଟକାଇବା| ଧରି ରଖୁବା)
A marriage procession held up the traffic for long hours.

18. keep up [to keep something at a high level] (ବଜାୟ ରଖୁବା )
We must try to keep up the honour of our school.
(ଆମ ସ୍କୁଲର ସମ୍ମାନ ଲାଗି ଆମେ ଚେଷ୍ଟା ଅବ୍ୟାହତ ରଖିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

19. knock down [to hit somebody and make him fall to the ground] (ଧକ୍କା / ଆଘାତ ଦେଇ ତଳେ ପକାଇ ଦେବା)
A car knocked my sister down.(ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ ମୋ ଭଉଣୀକୁ ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେଲା ।)

20. lay down [to state a plan officially] ( ଯୋଜନା ଉପସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବା)
We laid down the plan of our journey and went ahead accordingly.
(ଆମେ ଏକ ଯୋଜନା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କଲୁ ଏବଂ ତଦନୁସାରେ ଅଗ୍ରସର ହେଲୁ ।)

21. lay by [to save something for future use] (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ବ୍ୟବହାର ପାଇଁ ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା। ସାଇତି ରଖୁବା)
Everyone must lay something by for their old age.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ବାର୍ଦ୍ଧକ୍ୟ ନିମିତ୍ତ ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

22. let down [to disappoint somebody by not doing something well]
(ଜଣକ ପାଇଁ କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନକରି ଶେଷରେ ହତାଶ କରିବା)
I let down my parents with my poor results.
( ମୁଁ ମୋର ଖରାପ ଫଳାଫଳରେ ମୋ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କୁ ନିରାଶ କଲି ।)

23. look up [to search for something in a dictionary or a book of reference]
(ପୁସ୍ତକ ଖୋଲି ସେଥୁରୁ କିଛି ଦେଖିବା| ଜାଣିବା)
Please look up the word in a dictionary.
(ଦୟାକରି ଅଭିଧାନରୁ ଶବ୍ଦଟିକୁ ଦେଖ ।)

24. make out [to hear/ understand someone with difficulty]
(କଷ୍ଟରେ କିଛି ଶୁଣିବା | ବୁଝିପାରିବା ବା ଜାଣିବା)
I can hardly make out what you say. (ସେ କ’ଣ କହେ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାୟ ବୁଝିପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।)

25. make up [to replace some lost thing] (ଭରଣା କରିବା | (କ୍ଷତି) ପୂରଣ କରିବା)
We must work hard to make up the lost hours.
(ବରବାଦ କରିଥିବା ସମୟକୁ ଭରଣା କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

26. pack up [to stop working] (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା)
It’s getting darker. We should pack up and go home.
(ଅନ୍ଧାର ମାଡ଼ିଆସୁଛି । ଆମେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବନ୍ଦ କରି ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ସଜାଡିବା ଉଚିତ ଓ ଘରକୁ ଯିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

27. pick out [to choose] (ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବା | ବାଛିବା)
We picked out the best players for our cricket team.

28. point out [to direct attention to something] (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ କରିବା; ଦେଖାଇଦେବା)
The teacher pointed out the errors. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଭୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖାଇଦେଲେ ।)

29. pull down [to destroy] (ନଷ୍ଟ | ଧ୍ୱଂସ କରିଦେବା)
We pulled down the old building to build a new one.
(ନୂଆ କୋଠାଘର ନିର୍ମାଣପାଇଁ ଆମେ ପୁରାତନ ଅଟ୍ଟାଳିକାକୁ ନଷ୍ଟ କରୁ ।)

30. put down
(a) [to write down] (ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ କରିବା/ ଟିପି ରଖୁବା)
Put down your request on a piece of paper. (ଖଣ୍ଡେ କାଗଜରେ ତୁମର ଦାବି ଲେଖ ।)
(b) [to suppress] (ଦମନ କରିବା)
The riot was put down firmly. (ଦଙ୍ଗାକୁ ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବରେ ଦମନ କରାଗଲା ।)

31. put on [to wear something] (ବସ୍ତ୍ର ଆଦି ପରିଧାନ କରିବା)
Put on warm clothes before going out in the cold. (ବାହାରେ ଥଣ୍ଡାରେ ଯିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଗରମ ପୋଷାକ ପିନ୍ଧ ।)

32. put off [to keep something for a later date] (ଅନ୍ୟ ସମୟକୁ ସ୍ଥଗିତ ରଖୁବା)
Don’t put off today’s work for tomorrow.

33. put out [to stop something burning] (ନିଆଁ ଲିଭାଇ ଦେବା)
The firemen put out the fire with water. (ନିଆଁଲିଭାଳି ପାଣିରେ ନିଆଁକୁ ଲିଭାଇଲେ ।)

34. rule out [to stop/ exclude something as a possibility]
(ବନ୍ଦ ରଖ୍ / ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ କିଛି ବାଦ୍ କରିଦେବା)
It may rain today. The possibility of cricket match cannot be ruled out.

35. run over [to hit somebody and drive over it] (ଆଘାତ ଦେଇ ଗାଡ଼ି ମାଡ଼ିଯିବା)
The speeding car ran over a street dog.

36. see off [to go to a railway station, bus-stop or airport to say goodbye to somebody]
I went to the station to see off my friends. ( ମୁଁ ମୋ ବନ୍ଧୁମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିଦାୟ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଷ୍ଟେସନ୍‌କୁ ଯାଇଥୁଲି ।)

37. set up [to start business or an institution] (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ | ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା କରିବା )
I plan to set up a business after I pass out matriculation.
(ମାଟ୍ରିକୁଲେସନ୍ ପାସ୍ କରିବା ପରେ ମୁଁ ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ଯୋଜନା କରୁଛି ।)

38. show off [to show something to others that you are proud of] (ଦେଖେଇ ହେବା)
Children like to show off their toys to others. (ପିଲାମାନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଖେଳଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାଇ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ।)

39. take over [to take charge of another person’s work] (ଅନ୍ୟର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହାତକୁ ନେବା/କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଭାର ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା)
The new headmaster took over charge from the old headmaster.
(ପୂର୍ବ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କଠାରୁ ନୂତନ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଗ୍ରହଣ କଲେ ।)

40. take off [to remove dress etc.] (ପୋଷାକ ପରିଚ୍ଛଦ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି କାଢ଼ିବା)
We take off shoes before entering temples.
(ମନ୍ଦିର ଭିତରକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମେ ଜୋତା କାଢୁ ।)

41. turn down [to reject an offer / request] (ଅନୁରୋଧ | ଦାନ ଆଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିବା)
(a) The government turned down the employee’s request for a pay revision.
(b) Who can turn down such a good job ? (କିଏ ଏଭଳି ଭଲ ଚାକିରି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିପାରେ ?)

42. turn on [to switch on a machine or light] (ଆଲୋକ ଜଳାଇବା । ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି ଚଳାଇବା)
Please turn on the generator. (ଦୟାକରି ଜେନେରେଟର୍‌ ଚଳାଅ ।)

43. use up [to use all of something so that nothing is left] (ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶେଷ କରିଦେବା)
I have used up all the petrol in my car. (ମୁଁ ମୋ କାର୍‌ରେ ଥିବା ସବୁ ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ ସାରି ଦେଇଛି ।)

44. wipe up [to destroy something completely] (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଦେବା, ନିଶ୍ଚିହ୍ନ କରିଦେବା)
Many villages were wiped out in the last super cyclone.
(ଗତ ମହାବାତ୍ୟାରେ ଅନେକ ଗାଁ ନିଶ୍ଚିହ୍ନ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)

45. work out [solve a problem / sum / puzzle] (ସମସ୍ୟା/ ଅଙ୍କ | ଧନ୍ଦା ସମାଧାନ କରିଦେବା/ ବୁଝିପାରିବା/
Only intelligent students can work out this sum. (କେବଳ ବୁଦ୍ଧିମାନ ଛାତ୍ରମାନେ ଏ ଅଙ୍କଟିକୁ କଷିପାରିବେ ।)

IV Verb + Adverb particle + Preposition + Object (Phrasal Prepositional Verbs)
1. break out of [ to escape by force] (ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ଖସି ପଳାଇବା)
Some prisoners broke out of the jail. (କେତେକ ବନ୍ଦୀ ଜେଲରୁ ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ଖସି ପଳାଇଲେ ।)

2. come out of [to develop from something] (କୌଣସି ଘଟଣା। କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ କିଛି ସୁଫଳ ବାହାରିବା)
Something good will come out of hard abour. (କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମରୁ କିଛି ସୁଫଳ ବାହାରିବ ।)

3. do away with [ to stop doing/having something] (କୁସଂସ୍କାର ଆଦି ଲୋପ କରିବା )
Lord William Bentinck did away with the Sati system.
(ଲର୍ଡ଼ ଉଇଲିୟମ୍ ବେଣ୍ଟିକ୍ ‘ସତୀ ପ୍ରଥା’ ଉଠାଇ ଦେଇଥିଲେ ।)

4. fall back on [to seek support/ help during adversary condition]
( ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ସମର୍ଥନ ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା )
I always fall back on my friends during difficulties.
(ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ମୁଁ ସର୍ବଦା ବଂଧୁମାନଙ୍କର ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ ।)

5. get on with [to make progress with something] (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଆଗେଇ ଯିବା)
Are you getting on with your new job ? (ତୁମେ ତୁମର ନୂଆ ଚାକିରିରେ ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲିଛ ତ ?)

6. go back on [to fail to keep a promise](ଶପଥରୁ ଓହରିଯିବା)
Please don’t go back on your promise.
(ଦୟାକରି ତୁମର ଶପଥରୁ ଓହରି ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)

7. live upto [to perform as expected] (ଆଶାନୁରୂପେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା)
I am trying my level best to live upto my parent’s expectation.
(ବାପାମା’ଙ୍କର ଆଶା ପୂରଣ ପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ଯତ୍‌ପରୋନାସ୍ତି ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଛି ।)

8. look down on [ to consider others with contempt] (ଘୃଣା କରିବା)
Never look down on/ upon the poor. (କେବେହେଲେ ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘୃଣା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

9. put up with [ to tolerate] ( ସହିବା)
Nobody will put up with his misbehaviour.
(କେହି ତାଙ୍କର ଅଭଦ୍ର ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ ସହିବେ ନାହିଁ ।)

10. run out of [to use all of something] (ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା)
We have run out of all our food grains.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭର ଖାଦ୍ୟଶସ୍ୟକୁ ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇଛୁ ।)

Use of ‘Pronouns’ :

Nouns (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)	Pronouns(Object)(ସର୍ବନାମ)
Single male (ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ )	Him
Singular female (ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ)	Her
Singular thing/animal (ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ବସ୍ତୁ, ପ୍ରାଣୀ)	It
Plural things/animals/persons (ବହୁ ବଚନରେ ବସ୍ତୁ/ ପ୍ରାଣୀ| ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)	Them

1. I saw off my uncle at the station.
Answer:
I saw him of fat the station, (him = pronoun)

2. Please take of your shoes before entering the temple.
Answer:
Please take them off before (them =pronoun)

3. Uncle has brought up my sister.
Answer:
Uncle has brought her up. (her = pronoun)

4. Please give up smoking or you will contract cancer.
Answer:
Please give it up or you will contract cancer, (it= pronoun)

5. The terrorists blew up the bridge.
Answer:
The terrorists blew it up. (it=pronoun)

Activity – 1

In some sentences given below the particles can be separated from the verb and put after the noun phrase (the object). Find out such sentences and rewrite them with the particles after the objects. Write NS (not separable) against the sentences where particles cannot be separated.
Examples:
1. I depend on you. (NS)
2. He turned off the light.
Answer:
He turned the light off.

1. She is looking for a good dress.
Answer:
She is looking for (ଚାହୁଁଛି ) a good dress. (NS)

2. The enemy blew up the bridge.
Answer:
The enemy blew up the bridge.
Or, The enemy blew the bridge up. (up = particle, the bridge = noun phrase = object.

3. The police are looking into the matter.
Answer:
The police are looking into (ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛି) the matter. (NS)

4. Take off your shoes before coming in.
Answer:
Take off your shoes before coming in.
Or, Take your shoes off before coming in. (off = particle, your shoes = noun phrase or object)

5. I called on an old friend yesterday.
Answer:
I called on (6) an old friend yesterday. (NS)

6. You should keep up your honour.
Answer:
You should keep up your honour (ବଜାୟ ରଖୁବା ଉଚିତ) (NS)

7. Can I count on your help during difficulties?
Answer:
Can I count on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିପାରେ) your help during difficulties? (NS)

8. The government put down the revolt firmly.
Answer:
The government put down the revolt (ବିଦ୍ରୋହ ଦମନକଲେ) firmly.(NS)

9. The child hit on a plan to escape punishment.
Answer:
The child hit on (ଉପାୟ ବାହାରକଲା) a plan to escape punishment. (ଦଣ୍ଡରୁ ମୁକୁଳିବା ପାଇଁ) (NS)

10. We called off the strike after an agreement.
Answer:
We called off (ସ୍ଥଗିତ କରିଦେଲୁ) the strike (ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ) after an agreement.
Or, We called the strike off after an agreement. (the strike = noun phrase / object, off = particle)

Activity – 2

Replace the noun phrases in italics by an appropriate pronoun and use it in the right place.
Examples: We saw our friends at the airport.
Answer: We saw them off. ( ବିଦାୟ ଦେଲୁ)

1. Can you pick out the correct answers?
Answer:
Can you pick them out. (ବାଛିପାରିବ)

2. We have pointed out many mistakes.
Answer:
We have pointed them out. (ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି)

3. It is time to wind up the speech.
Answer:
It is time to wind it out. (ଶେଷକରିବା)

4. The soldiers pulled down the fort.
Answer:
The soldiers pulled it down. (ଧ୍ୱଂସ କରିଦେଲେ)

5. Can you carry on this work a little longer?
Answer:
Can you carry it on a little longer? (ଆଗେଇ ଦେଇ ପାରିବ)

6. They threw away all the useless things.
Answer:
They threw them away. (ଫିଙ୍ଗିଦେଲେ)

7. We closed down our business as it was not profitable.
Answer:
We closed it down as it wasn’t profitable (ଆରାମଦାୟକ) (ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲୁ)

8. You must lay by apart of your income for future use.
Answer:
You must lay it by. (ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା ଜରୁରୀ)

9. Please look up the word in a dictionary.
Answer:
Please look it up. (ଅଭିଧାନରେ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ବାହାର କର ।)

10. They have ruled out any change in his behaviour.
Answer:
They have ruled it out. (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିଛନ୍ତି)

Activity – 3

Complete the sentences using the phrasal verbs and the objects in the appropriate places.
Put the verbs given in brackets into the correct tenses:
Examples:
(i) I will __________________ after lunch, (call back / you)
Answer:
I will call you back after lunch.

(ii) It’s a trick. Only a fool will ________________. (fall for / it)
Answer:
Only a fool will fall for it.

1. I _____________ on my way to school, (came across / a strange animal)
Answer:
I came across (ହଠାତ୍ ଦେଖୁଦେଲି) a strange animal on my way to school.

2. It is better to _______________. (throw away / broken chairs)
Answer:
It is better to throw away ( ଫିଙ୍ଗିଦେବା) broken chairs.

3. It was a mistake. My friend ________________. (point out / it)
Answer:
It was a mistake. My friend pointed it out (ଦେଖାଇଦେଲା).

4. Who is ______________ nowadays? (looking after / this building)
Answer:
Who is looking after ( ଯତ୍ନନେଉଛି । ଦେଖାଶୁଣା କରୁଛି) this building nowadays ?

5. His son died. He has never __________________. (get over / his sorrows)
Answer:
His son died. He has never got over (ଦୁଃଖରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ପାରିନାହିଁ) his sorrows.

6. This machine is making a lot of noise. Can you ______________? (switch off/ it)
Answer:
This machine is making a lot of noise. Can you switch it off? ( ବନ୍ଦ କରିପାରିବ ? )

7. She offered to help me, but I ____________. (turn down / it)
Answer:
She offered to help me, but I turned it down (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କଲି).

8. I met Ramesh today. He _______________. (asking after / you)
Answer:
I met Ramesh today. He was asking you after (ତୁମ ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥୁଲା).

9. This school is not running well. We will _______________. (close down / it)
Answer:
This school is not running well. We will close it down ( ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେବା).

10. Your brother is in trouble. You must ________________ during his distress. (stand by / him)
Answer:
Your brother is in trouble. You must stand by (ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବରେ ସମର୍ଥନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ) him during his distress.

Activity – 4

Dictionary use. Study the diagram given below.

Combine the verb look with the particles shown as rays and use them in the following sentences.
The verb and the meaning of the two-word verb have been given in each case.
Example:
(a situation getting better) The weather is looking ___________ after the stormy days.
(Answer = up) (ଭଲ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି)

(i) (to be careful) ‘Look ______________! There might be a snake there !’
Answer:
Look out (ସତର୍କ ରୁହ) ! There might be a snake there!

(ii) (to be care of) Grandma looked ____________ Fakirmohan.
Answer:
Grandma looked after ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ନେଉଥିଲେ) Fakirmohan.

(iii) (to investigate) A team of experts is looking _____________ this problem.
Answer:
A team ofexperts is looking jnto (ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି) this problem.

(iv) (to consider somebody in a particular way) I look _______________ Reeta as my sister.
Answer:
I look upon (ବିବେଚନା କରେ/ ମାନ୍ୟତା ଦିଏ) Reeta as my sister.

(v) (to search for something in a dictionary) Please look ___________ the word in a dictionary.
Answer:
Please look up (ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ବାହାର କର) the word in a dictionary.

(vi) (to consider with contempt) Never look _______________ girls; they can work wonders.
Answer:
Never look down upon (ଘୃଣାକର ନାହିଁ) girls; they can work wonders.

(vii) (to expect something enjoyable) I am looking ______________ my birthday.
Answer:
I am looking forward to ( ଆଗ୍ରହର ସହିତ) my birthday.

(viii) (to think about or study) Look ______________ the following sentences.
Answer:
Look at (ଭଲଭାବରେ ଚିନ୍ତାକର) the following sentences.

(ix) (to watch something happening) Everyone looked _______________ in silence.
Answer:
Everyone looked at (ଚାହିଁଲେ) in silence.

(x) (to consider with respect) After the morning prayers all the children looked ______________ Swami.
Answer:
After the morning prayers all the children looked upon ( ସମ୍ମାନ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ) Swami.

(xi) (to search) Where is my grammar book? I have been looking _______________ it since morning.
Answer:
Where is my grammar book? I have been looking for (ଖୋଜୁଛି) it since morning.

Do similar exercises using break /come /give /go /put

Activity – 5

Dictionary use. Study the diagram given below:

Combine the particle up with the verbs shown as rays and use them in the following sentences putting them into the correct tense form. The meaning of the two-word verb has been given in each case.
Example: (To search for something in a dictionary) Please __________________ up in the dictionary how the phrase is used.
Answer:
Look

(i) (To replace some lost thing) We must work hard to ________________ up the lost hours.
Answer:
make up (ଭରଣା କରିବାପାଇଁ)

(ii) (to stop working) It’s going to rain, we should _________________ up and go home.
Answer:
pack up (କାମ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ପାଇଁ)

(iii) (to start a business / an institution) I plan to ______________ up a business after getting the degree.
Answer:
set up (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ)

(iv) (to exhaust something so that nothing is left) I have _______________ up all the petrol in my scooter.
Answer:
run up (ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇଛି)

(v) (to separate) The group _______________ up after the quarrel.
Answer:
broke up ( ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଗଲେ । ଛତ୍ରଭଙ୍ଗ ହେଲେ)

(vi) (to leave bed after sleeping) We usually _______________ up early in the morning.
Answer:
get up (ଶଯ୍ୟା ତ୍ୟାଗ କରୁ)

(vii) (a situation getting better) After three long rainy days the weather is _____________ up.
Answer:
looking up ( ସୁନ୍ଦର ଲାଗୁଛି)

(viii) (to come to a meeting) Only a few students ________________ up in the class due to heavy rain.
Answer:
turn up (ଆସନ୍ତି)

(ix) (to destroy by exploration) The platoon ofsoldiers _______________ up a bridge.
Answer:
blew up (ବିସ୍ଫୋରଣରେ ଉଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ)

(x) (to take care of) We should ____________ up children with care.
Answer:
bring up (ଲାଳନ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ୍)

(xi) (to make something attractive) We _______________ up our house before my sister’s marriage.
Answer:
did up ( ସଜାଇଲୁ)

(xii) (to arrange something to happen) We have _______________ up the meeting for the next week.
Answer:
fixed up (ସ୍ଥିର କରିଛୁ)

(xiii) (to stop doing something) Don’t ________________ up hopes.
Answer:
give up (ତ୍ୟାଗକର ନାହିଁ)

(xiv) (to obstruct) A marriage procession _______________ up the traffic for an hour.
Answer:
held up (ବାଧା ଦେଲା)

(xv) (to maintain something at a high level) We must try to _________________ up the honour ofour school.
Answer:
keep up (ଅକ୍ଷୁଣ୍ଣ ରଖୁବା)

→ Do similar exercises using after/for/off/on /out Let there be a competition in the class.

Activity – 6

Replace the underlined expression with phrasal verbs using the verbs given in brackets.
(i) I don’t like the way Swami is being educated. (bring)
Answer:
brought up (ଲାଳିତପାଳିତ ହେଉଛି)

(ii) The government rejected the employees’ request for pay revision. (turn)
Answer:
turned down (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିଦେଲେ)

(iii) The strike was cancelled. (call)
Answer:
called off (ସୁଗିତ କରାଗଲା)

(iv) We reduced our expenses after our father’s retirement. (cut)
Answer:
cut down (କମାଇ ଦେଲୁ)

(v) I disappointed my parents by my poor results. (let)
Answer:
let down (ହତାଶ କଲି)

(vi) I can hardly understand what you say. (make)
Answer:
make out ( ବୁଝିପାରେ)

(vii) Most children resemble their parents. (take)
Answer:
take after (ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଏକାପରି)

(viii)We called a doctor when my mother was ill. (send)
Answer:
sent for (ଡ଼କାଇଲୁ)

(ix) We continued working long after the evening. (keep)
Answer:
kept on ( ଜାରି ରଖଲୁ)

(x) Have you read the book I gave you? (go)
Answer:
gone through (ଭଲଭାବରେ ପଢ଼ିଛୁ)

Activity – 7

Combine one verb from group -A with a suitable particle from group – B. In this way, frame 10 phrasal verbs. Use them in sentences. Who will do it first in the class?
Group – A: break, bring, call, come, cut, get, give, go, keep, let, make, put, set, take.
Group – B: after, at, away, by, down,for,from, in, into, off, on, out, over, to, up.
Answer:
Group A : (Verbs)
Group B : (Particles)

Answers :
(i) break down: He broke down (ହଠାତ୍ କାନ୍ଦିପକାଇଲେ) on hearing the news.
(ii) bring up: educate (ଲାଳନପାଳନ କରିବା) – Who will bring up this orphan ( ଅନାଥ) ?
(iii) call out : call loudly (ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଡ଼ାକିବା) – Mother called out Sonu.
(iv) come out : appear ଗାଡ଼ି ଭିତରକୁ ଯିବା) – Flowers come out in spring.
(v) cut down: reduce (ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କମାଇବା) – I cut down my expenses (SI©).
(vi) get into (board; ଗାଡ଼ି ଭିତରକୁ ଯିବା) – He got into the bus.
(vii) give up : discontinue (ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ତ୍ୟାଗକରିବାକୁ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ) – Please give up smoking.
(viii) go for: is known (ଜଣାଶୁଣା, ପରିଚିତ)- He goes for a clever boy.
(ix) keep on: continue (ଚାଲୁ ରଖିବା) – Keep on trying.
(x) let in: allow to come – The teacher let Madhabi in.
(xi) makeover: translate (ଅନୁବାଦ କରିବା) – Please make this passage over to Odia.
(xii) put up: stay (ରହିବା) – I am putting up (ରହୁଛି) in the school hostel.
(xiii) set on: instigate (ଉସୁକାଇବା) – Don’t set me on.
(xiv) Take off: remove (କାଢ଼ିପକାଇବା) – Take off your dirty shoes.

Activity – 8

Choose the correct particles and complete the phrasal verbs in the sentences.
1. Please turn _____________ the radio. (on, up)
Answer:
on (ଲଗାଅ)

2. Cholera broke _______________ everywhere. (down, out)
Answer:
out (ବ୍ୟାପିଗଲା)

3. The meeting came ______________ very successfully. (up, off)
Answer:
off (ସଫଳତାର ସହିତ ହେଲା

4. I do not give _____________ to anybody’s pressure. (out, in)
Answer:
in (ଆତ୍ମ ସମର୍ପଣକରେ ନାହିଁ)

5. I agree ______________ you on this point. (with, to)
Answer:
with

6. They have closed ________________ their old business. (up, down)
Answer:
down

7. I look ______________ him as my own father. (after, upon)
Answer:
upon (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ)

8. Every month I lay ______________ a few rupees formy child’s education. (by, down)
Answer:
by (ସଞ୍ଚୟକରେ))

9. I could not make ______________ what he was saying. (up, out)
Answer:
out

10. The police put ______________ the violence. (off, down)
Answer:
down (ଦମନକଲେ)

11. Nobody was at the airport to see him ______________. (out, off)
Answer:
off (ବିଦାୟ ଦେବାକୁ)

12. Why did he turn _______________ your request? (down, off)
Answer:
down

13. A nuclear war cannot be ruled _________________ in the future. (out, over)
Answer:
out (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାର କରାଯାଇନପାରେ)

14. The thief made _______________ with a large amount of money. (off, out)
Answer:
out (ନେଇ ପଳାଇଲା)

15. The old man passed _______________ in his sleep. (away, out)
Answer:
away ( ମରିଗଲା)

Activity – 9

Replace the word(s) in italics with their corresponding phrasal verbs choosing from the list given)
(get over, pack up, look up, brought out, keep on, do away with, drop out, stand by, go back on, fell through)

1. He has published a new book.
Answer:
He has brought out (ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି) a new book.

2. We are tired. We must stop working now.
Answer:
We are tired. We must pack up (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ଜରୁରୀ) now.

3. You can continue working if you like.
Answer:
You can carry on / go on / keep on (ଚାଲୁରଖ୍ପାର) working if you like.

4. Will you help me during my bad days?
Answer:
Will you stand by me during my bad days?

5. He has not been able to overcome his fears.
Answer:
He hasn’t been able to get over ( ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବାପାଇଁ) his fears.

6. We withdrew from the match after a quarrel.
Answer:
We dropped out (ଓହରିଗଲୁ) from the match after a quarrel.

7. The talk between India and Pakistan failed due to many disagreements.
Answer:
The talk between India and Pakistan fell through (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା) due to may disagreements.

8. He promised to help me, but later he failed to keep his promise.
Answer:
He promised to help me, but later (ପରେ) he went back on (ଓହରିଗଲା) his promise.

9. India has stopped having the caste system.
Answer:
India has done away with (ଦୂରେଇଯାଇଛି) the caste system (ଜାତିପ୍ରଥା).

10. The situation is improving day by day.
Answer:
The situation is looking up ( ଭଲ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି।ସୁଧୁରୁଛି) day by day.

Activity – 10

Choose the appropriate phrasal-prepositional verb from the given list for each of the sentences below and complete the sentences.
(run out of, get on (well) with, come out with, looking forward to, put up with, catch up with, come in for)

1. When the whole class was worried how to solve the problem, Suresh ________________ a solution.
Answer:
came out with

2. We all are eagerly ______________ our sister’s wedding.
Answer:
looking forward to (କାମ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ପାଇଁ)

3. I _____________ a rude shock when my friend cheated me.
Answer:
came in for

4. We have _____________ sugar. Can you buy some?
Answer:
run out of ( ସାରି ଦେଇଛୁ )

5. We do not ________________ our new neighbour.
Answer:
get on (well) with

6. Who can _______________ such mischief?
Answer:
put up with ( ସହିପାରିବ)

7. The child walked fast to _____________ his parents.
Answer:
catch up with (ସାଥରେ ଯାଇ ମିଶିବାପାଇଁ)

Phrasal Verbs Additional Questions With Answers

I. Fill in the blanks with participles and complete the Phrasal verbs in the sentences.

1. I could not make _____________ what he said.
Answer:
out

2. The meeting came _______________ successfully.
Answer:
off

3. I agree _______________ you on this point.
Answer:
with

4. The police put ____________ the violence.
Answer:
down

5. I do not give _______________ to anybody’s pressure.
Answer:
in

6. The workers have decided to call ________________ their strike.
Answer:
off

7. I bank _____________ my teachers for my study.
Answer:
on

8. The old man passed ____________ last night.
Answer:
away

9. He turned ____________ my request.
Answer:
down

10. His friends went to the airport to see him ____________.
Answer:
off

11. Mr. Routray set _____________ a school in the village.
Answer:
up

12. Don’t put _______________ today’s work till tomorrow.
Answer:
off

13. They have closed ______________ their business.
Answer:
down

14. Shall I put ____________ the light?
Answer:
out

15. Winter has set ________________.
Answer:
in

16. I look _________________ him as my own father.
Answer:
upon

17. Cholera has broken ______________ in this town.
Answer:
out

18. The thief made ______________ with a large amount of money.
Answer:
off

19. A nuclear war cannot be ruled ______________ in future.
Answer:
out

20. His result let _____________ us.
Answer:
down

21. The terrorists blew _______________ the railway track.
Answer:
up

22. Please turn ____________ the radio.
Answer:
on

23. The noise will die _____________.
Answer:
down

24. Every month I lay _______________ a few rupees for my child’s education.
Answer:
by

25. The chief guest gave _____________ the prizes.
Answer:
away

26. Chess calls _____________ concentration of mind.
Answer:
for

27. I shall call ______________ my friend tonight.
Answer:
on

28. Shall I put ______________ the light?
Answer:
out

29. Try to give ______________ bad habits.
Answer:
up

30. The thieves broke _____________ the house.
Answer:
into

31. Riki and Miki have Men _____________ over a petty matter.
Answer:
out

32. Please carry _____________ the plan.
Answer:
out

33. Please put ______________ your new dress.
Answer:
on

34. I never answer my parents ________________.
Answer:
back

35. The soldiers put _______________ a brave fight.
Answer:
up

36. I don’t care _____________ chicken curry.
Answer:
for

37. I agree _______________ you.
Answer:
with

38. Pabak got ______________ his difficulties.
Answer:
over

39. I wouldn’t go back ________________ my words.
Answer:
on

40. Carry _______________ with your work.
Answer:
on

41. The girl takes ______________ her mother.
Answer:
after

42. Please go ______________ the letter.
Answer:
through

43. The students did ________________ the school budding.
Answer:
up

44. The bus broke _______________ on the way.
Answer:
down

45. The new headmaster took ______________ the charges yesterday.
Answer:
over

46. The police are looking _____________ the matter.
Answer:
into

47. The thieves got ______________ with a lot of money.
Answer:
away

48. You shouldn’t break ____________ when someone is speaking.
Answer:
in

49. I never put up ______________ angry words.
Answer:
with

50. The price of gold may come _______________.
Answer:
down

51. I have rim out ______________ time.
Answer:
of

52. He tried to make _______________ his studies on holidays.
Answer:
up

53. He couldn’t keep up ____________ the class.
Answer:
with

54. It is better to throw ______________ the broken chairs.
Answer:
away

55. I came ______________ a strange animal on the way.
Answer:
across

56. My friend pointed ___________ my mistake.
Answer:
out

57. Who is looking _______________ the old man?
Answer:
after

58. Your father was asking _____________ you.
Answer:
after

59. You must stand ____________ him during his distress.
Answer:
by

60. Don’t look down ____________ girls; they can do wonders.
Answer:
upon

61. It is raining, we should pack ___________ and go home.
Answer:
up

62. Please look ____________ in the dictionary how the phrase is used.
Answer:
up

63. He was brought _____________ by his uncle.
Answer:
up

64. We sent ____________ a doctor when mother was ill.
Answer:
for

65. I never let _____________ my parents.
Answer:
down

66. He has picked ______________ some bad habits.
Answer:
up

67. Lots of people go in ____________ cricket these days.
Answer:
for

68. He set _______________ on a long journey.
Answer:
out

69. The reporter took ________________ the speech.
Answer:
down

70. Keep ______________ your courage.
Answer:
up

71. I will call you _______________ if I need your help.
Answer:
up

72. The plane took _______________ late.
Answer:
off

73. The factory turns _____________ two hundred cars a week.
Answer:
out

74. Two men were fighting and the rest were looking _____________.
Answer:
on

75. Let’s break ______________ for ten minutes.
Answer:
off.

II. Replace the underlined words with the corresponding phrasal verbs.
1. He has published a new book.
Answer:
brought out

2. The situation is improving day by day.
Answer:
getting on

3. Will you help during my bad days?
Answer:
stand by

4. You can continue working if you like.
Answer:
keep on

5. We withdrew from the match after a quarrel.
Answer:
dropped out

6. India has stopped having the caste system.
Answer:
done away with

7. I don’t like the way Swami is being educated.
Answer:
brought up

8. The strike was cancelled.
Answer:
called off

9. The meeting was postponed.
Answer:
put off

10. We have reduced our expenses.
Answer:
cut down

11. Many children resemble their parents.
Answer:
take after

12. My father rejected my request.
Answer:
turned down

13. I can hardly understand what you say.
Answer:
make out

14. Have you read the book I gave you?
Answer:
gone through

15. We called a doctor when my mother was ill.
Answer:
sent for

16. We continued working long after the evening.
Answer:
kept on

17. I disappointed my parents by my poor results?
Answer:
let down

18. The rich man died last night.
Answer:
passed away

19. I rejected her request.
Answer:
turned down

20. They have closed their business permanently.
Answer:
closed down

21. Malaria spread everywhere.
Answer:
broke out

22. I couldn’t understand what he said.
Answer:
make out

23. A team of experts is investigating this problem.
Answer:
looking into

24. The chief guest distributed the prizes.
Answer:
gave away

25. Can you choose the correct answers?
Answer:
pick out

26. He has not been able to overcome his fears.
Answer:
get over

27. The talk between India and Pakistan failed due to many disagreements.
Answer:
fell through

28. He tried to compensate for all the trouble he had caused.
Answer:
makeup

29. Lots of people enjoy cricket these days.
Answer:
go in for

30. I won’t fail to keep my word.
Answer:
go back on

31. Summer has started.
Answer:
set in

32. He established a school for the poor children.
Answer:
set up

33. Shall I extinguish the light?
Answer:
put out

34. The aeroplane left the ground smoothly.
Answer:
took off

35. The police suppressed the revolt.
Answer:
put down

36. A marriage procession obstructed the traffic for an hour.
Answer:
held up

37. He is searching a new house.
Answer:
looking for

38. They have settled their quarrel.
Answer:
made up

39. Save something for future.
Answer:
lay by

40. I’ll summon you if I need your help.
Answer:
call up

41. It is difficult to tame that horse.
Answer:
break in

42. Let’s stop for rest for ten minutes.
Answer:
break off

43. The children decorated the building.
Answer:
did up

44. The group separated after the quarrel.
Answer:
broke up

45. I am making progress quite well.
Answer:
getting on with

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Mark these sentences from your textbook for class IX and their changed forms.
1. (a) After five years I came back home and (I) was met (ସାକ୍ଷାତ ହେଲା) by her at the station.
2. (a) The unique attempt was made (by Janaki) on 28 July 1 992.
1. (b) After five years I came back home and she met me at the station.
2. (b) Janaki made this unique attempt on 28 July 1 992.

•  In the above examples, the first two sentences are in the passive voice since the subjects ‘I’ and ‘the unique attempt’ are said to have been acted upon.
• But the sentences given in 1(b) and 2(b) are in the active voice as the subjects ‘she’ and ‘Janaki’ are said to be acting.
• In English, Verb has some forms, like Mood, Tense, Aspect and Voices
  [ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ (Verb) ର କେତୋଟି ରୂପ ଅଛି; ଯଥା : Mood (ଭାବ), Tense (କାଳ), Aspect (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସମାପ୍ତି| ଅସମାପ୍ତି ଅବସ୍ଥା) ଓ Voice (ବାଚ୍ୟ) ।
• Voice of the verb is of two types, namely Active Voice and Passive Voice.
  (କ୍ରିୟାର ବାଚ୍ୟ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାରର; ଯଥା – କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟ ଓ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟ ।)

Active Voice :
Examples:
We do our homework regularly in this school.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ନିୟମିତ ଘରପଢ଼ା କରୁ ।)
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘We’ ହେଉଛି subject ବା ‘doer’ (କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ), ‘do’ ହେଉଛି verb ଏବଂ homework ହେଉଛି object ବା କର୍ମ I
Now question (ଏବେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କର)

Questions:
1. Who does ? (କିଏ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
we (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ)

2. What do ? (କ’ଣ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
nework (ଘର ପଢ଼ା)

When a subject/doer does something in a sentence, the sentence is said to be in the Active Voice. (ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରେ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Active Voice ରେ ଥାଏ ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘something’ ହେଉଛି ‘object’ କର୍ମ ।)
ତେଣୁ “We do our homework regularly in this school” ହେଉଛି ଏକ Active Voice

N.B. Subject in the Active Voice is always aDoer or an Actor and the received thing or person is always an Object.
Active Voice ବା କର୍ଡ଼ବାଚ୍ୟରେ Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ହେଉଛି ଏକ ‘କାରକ’ ବା ‘କଲାବାଲା (= we) ଏବଂ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରୁଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ହେଉଛି ଏକ କର୍ମ (= homework).

Passive Voice :
Examples:
Homework is done regularly in this school. (ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଘରପଢ଼ା ନିୟମିତ କରାଯାଏ । )
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘Homework’ (ଘରପଢ଼ା) ହେଉଛି Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ।

1. What is done ? (କ’ଣ କରାଯାଏ ? )
Answer:
homework (ଘରପଢ଼ା)
(ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତାରୂପକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ (action/person/thing) ଉପରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦିଆଯାଏ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Passive Voice ହୁଏ ।)

Know the differences between Active Voice and Passive Voice

Active voice	Passive voice
(1) A subject does/acts something (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ କିଛି କରେ ।)	(1) A subject is acted upon. (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତାକୁ କରାଯାଏ । )
(2) As the subject acts something, it is like an Actor. (କର୍ତ୍ତା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Actor ଭଳି ।)	(2) As the subject doesn’t an act, it is like a Patient. (କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରୁନଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Patient ଭଳି ।
(3) Verb(s) is Active verb. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Active verb ଅଟେ ।)	(3) Verb(s) is Passive Verb. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Passive verb ଅଟେ ।)

Some More Examples:
(i) (a) I have painted this picture, (ମୁଁ ଏହି ଛବିଟି ଆଙ୍କିଛି ।) (Active Voice)
(T = Subject, have painted = Active verbs, this picture = Object)

1. Who has painted?
(କିଏ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
I (ମୁଁ)

2. What have I painted?
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
= This picture.
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି)

(b) This picture has been painted by me. (Passive Voice)
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି ।)
This picture = subject/patient
has been painted = passive verbs.
(ଏଠାରେ this picture (ଚିତ୍ର)କୁ ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହା ନିଜେ ଆଙ୍କି ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) (a) You mustn’t take such a risk. (Active Voice)
(ତୁମେ ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
You = subject/doer/actor
must take = verbs/active verbs
such a risk = object.

(b) Such a risk mustn’t be taken by you. (Passive Voice)
(ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ତୁମଦ୍ୱାରା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
Such a risk = subject/patient
must not be taken = verbs/passive verbs.

(iii) (a) Who saved the child? (Active Voice)
(କିଏ ଏହି ପିଲାକୁ ରକ୍ଷା କଲା ?)
‘ Who’ = subject/doer/actor
‘saved’ = verb/active verb
‘the child’ = object.

(b) By whom was the child saved?
Or, Who was the child saved by ? (Passive Voice)
(ପିଲାଟିକୁ କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଉଦ୍ଧାର କରାଗଲା/ରକ୍ଷା କରାଗଲା ?)
the child = subject
was saved = verbs/passive verbs.

Remember these Golden rules to convert Active Voice into Passive Voice:
(କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟକୁ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ସୁନ୍ଦର ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମନେରଖ)

(1) Object (©9) in the Active Voice becomes subject in the Passive Voice.
table

(2) Subject in the Active Voice becomes by + Object in Passive Voice.
table

Examples:
(i) They informed us of the accident. (Active Voice)
(they = subject, us = object)
We were informed of the accident by them. (Passive Voice)
(we = subject, them = object)

(ii) I know you. (Active Voice)
You are known to me. (Passive Voice) (not ‘by me’)

(iii) They didn’t beat her. (Active Voice)
She wasn’t beaten by them. (Passive Voice)

→ Subject ଓ Object ବ୍ୟତୀତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକର Tense (କାଳ) ଅନୁସାରେ Active ଓ Passive Voice ବ୍ୟବ୍ହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

Consider the following sentences (Step-by-step method of changing active into passive) :
Example – I:
Active Voice: Did the hunter kill the bird yesterday?
(ଶିକାରୀ ଗତକାଲି ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ମାରିଦେଲା କି ?)

Let’s change the sentence into declarative (ଏବେ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବଦଳାଇବା) :
(Declarative sentence) The hunter did kill the bird yesterday.
Step – I: The hunter killed (did kill) the bird yesterday.
Step – II: The bird was killed yesterday.
Step – III: (Changing into question or interrogative using the auxiliary verb in the beginning)
Step – IV: Was the bird killed yesterday ? ( ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ଗତକାଲି ମାରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା କି ? )

Example – II:
Who wrote this book ? ( ଏହି ବହି କିଏ ଲେଖିଥିଲେ ?)

Step – 1: Somebody wrote this book, (declarative)
(କେହି ଜଣେ ଏହି ବହି ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ ।)

Step – II : This book …………………………
(‘This book’ is used as the subject)

Step – III: This book was written ……………………
(using ‘was written’ (ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା) as the passive verbs)

Step – IV: This book was written by somebody.
(ଏହି ବହିଟି କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

Step – V: This book was written by whom / whom.
(Replacing ‘somebody’)(‘somebody’କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ।)

Step -VI: By whom was this book written?
Or, Who was this book written by ? (କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଏହି ବହିଟି ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ? )

Rule I

Present simple tense in Active Voice is changed into is/am/are + Past participle’ in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Present Simple tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେ is/am/are + Pastparticiple ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: We eat ripe mangoes in summer.
[eat- Present Simple, ripe mangoes – Object]
Passive Voice ‘.Ripe mangoes are eaten (ଖ୍ରୀଯାଏ) in summer.
[Ripe mangoes- Subject, are eaten- Passive Verbs (by us)]

(ii) Active Voice: He doesn’t respect his parents. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ ନାହିଁ)
[doesn’t respect- Present Simple, his parents- Object]
Passive Voice: His parents aren’t respected by him. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ)
[His parents – Subject ]

(iii) Active Voice: Who listens to (ଶୁଣିବା) the radio?
[listens to – Present simple, the radio – Object]
Passive Voice: By whom is the radio listened to (ଶୁଣାଯାଏ)?
[is the radio- Subject]

Rule 2

Present Progressive Tense (is/am/are + ing) is changed into is/am/are being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ Present Progressive Tense କୁ is/am/are + being + Past Participle ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: When is Mr. Mohanty giving a party?
(is…..giving = Present Progressive, a party = Object)
Passive Voice = When is a party being given by Mr. Mohanty?
(a party = Object)

(ii) Active Voice: People are obeying the traffic rides.
(are obeying = Present Progressive, the traffic rules = Object)
Passive Voice: The traffic rules are being obeyed.

(iii) Active Voice: Am I copying down the answers?
(am…..copying = Present Progressive, the answers = Object)
Passive Voice: Are the answers being copied down?
(are……being copied down = Passive verbs, the answers = Object)

Rule 3

Present perfect (has/have + Past Participle) in Active Voice is changed into has/ have/been + Past Participle in Passive Voice
[Active Voice ରେ Present perfect tense କୁ Passive Voice 69 has been / have been + Past Participle Gରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: Who has killed the robber?
(has killed- Present Perfect, the robber = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom has the robber been killed?
(the robber = Subject, has. . . . been killed = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: The children have worked out the sum.
(have worked out = Present Perfect, the sum = Object)
Passive Voice: The sum has been worked out by the children.
(the sum = Subject, has been worked out = Passive Verbs)

(iii) Active Voice: Has the girl swept the rooms?
(has…..swept = Present Perfect, the rooms = Object)
Passive Voice: Have the rooms been swept by the girl?
(the rooms = Subject, have……been swept = Passive Verbs)

Rule 4

Past simple (took/didn’t take) in Active Voice is changed into was/were + Past Participle in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past Simple Tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେwas/were +Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The seller sold the vegetables at a cheap rate.
(sold = Past Simple, the vegetables = Object)
Passive Voice: The vegetables were sold at a cheap rate by the seller.
(the vegetables = Subject, were sold= Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Why did die police fire at the students?
(did….fire = Past simple, at the students = Object)
Passive Voice: Why were the students fired at by the police?
(were….fired at = Passive Verbs, the students = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Didn’t the batsman steal a run?
(Didn ’t…..steal = Past Simple, a run = Object)
Passive Voice: Wasn’t a run stolen by the batsman?
(wasn’t….stolen = Passive verbs, a run = Subject)

Rule 5

Past Progressive Tense is changed into was/were being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past progressive tense Passive Voice ରେ was/were being + Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The child was making lots of mischiefs.
(was making = Past Progressive, lots of mischiefs Object)
Passive Voice: Lots of mischiefs were being made by the child.
(Lots of mischiefs = Subject, were being made = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Jason was reading this book.
(was reading = Past Progressive, this book = Object)
Passive Voice: This book was being read by Jason.
(this book = Subject, was being read = Passive Verbs)

(iii) Active Voice: Who was looking at the picture?
(was looking at =Past progressive, the picture = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom was the picture being looked at?
(was being looked at = Passive verbs, the picture = Subject)

Rule 6

Past Perfect Tense (had + Past Participle) in Active Voice is used as ‘had been + Past Participle’ in Passive Voice.

(i) Active Voice: The audience had admired the song.
(had admired =Past Perfect, the song = Object)
Passive Voice: The song had been admired by the audience.
(The song =Subject, had been admired = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Had the people helped the police trace the culprit?
(Had…..helped =Past Perfect, the police = Object)
Passive Voice: Had the police been helped to trace the culprit?
(had. been helped = Passive verbs, the police = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Why had the doctor operated the patient?
(had…..operated =Past Perfect, the patient – Object)
Passive Voice: Why had the patient been operated by the doctor?
(the patient =Subject, had…been operated = Passive Verbs)

Rule 7

On Modals [can/could/shall/should/will/would may/might/must/ought to]
[‘Be +Past Participle’ should be used in Passive Voice]

(i) Active Voice: Can you help me?
Passive Voice: Can I be helped by you?

(ii) Active Voice: Why could they draw the picture?
Passive Voice: Why could the picture be drawn by them?

(iii) Active Voice: I shall show you the stall.
Passive Voice: The stall shall/will be shown to you by me.

(iv) Active Voice: The teacher will conduct the drill class.
Passive Voice: The drill class will be conducted by the teacher.

(v) Active Voice: The servant should/ought to refund the necklace.
Passive Voice: The necklace should/ought to be refunded by the servant.

(vi) Active Voice: How would you do all the sums?
Passive Voice: How would all the sums be done by you?

(vii) Active Voice: May they help this blind man?
Passive Voice: May this blind man be helped by them?

(viii) Active Voice: The ants might eat the cake.
Passive Voice: The cake might be eaten by the ants.

(ix) Active Voice: The police mustn’t accept bribes(ଲାଞ୍ଚ).
Passive Voice: The bribes mustn’t be accepted by the police

Rule 8

On People + Main Verb…..in the Main Clauses
Main Clause (ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ) People + Main Verb + ….. ଥିଲେ Passive+ Voice ରେ it is (present) / was (past) + Past Participle of Main Verb + କୁ ଉଠାଇ) / to be (is/am/are କୁ ଉଠାଇ)

(i) Active Voice: People say that the Sultan was very rich.
Passive Voice: It is said that the Sultan was very rich.
Or, The Sultan is said to be very rich.

(ii) Active Voice: People say the whole episode is boring.
Passive Voice: It is said the whole episode is boring.
Or, The whole episode is said to be boring.

(iii) Active Voice: People consider that the Government will vote against the issue.
Passive Voice: It is considered that the Government will vote against the issue.
Or, The government is considered to vote against the issue.

Rule 9

(On To+Infinitive)
(A) ‘To’ + infinitive in the Active Voice is changed into ‘to be + Past Participle’ in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’g କୁ ଉଠାଇ Passive Voice ରେ to be + Past Participle]

(i) Active Voice: He wanted to sell his old bike. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: He wanted his old house to be sold. (to be + Past Participle)

(ii) Active Voice: The house is to let. (to be + infinitive)
Passive Voice: The house is to be let. (to be + Past Participle)

(iii) Active Voice: Tell him to examine the matter. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: Tell him the matter to be examined. (to be + Past Participle)

(B) Bare Infinitive in Active Voice changed into ‘to + infinitive’’ (except ‘let’) in Passive Voice [Active Voice ର Bare infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: They let the boy go. (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The boy was let go. (ଏଠାରେ ‘let to go’ ହେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) Active Voice: I made Amit go to the market, (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: Amit was made to go to the market, (togo- to + infinitive)

(iii) Active Voice: We heard the beggar sing a song. (sing = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The beggar was heard to sing a song, (to sing = to infinitive)

(C) ‘Ing’ infinitive in Active Voice is changed into to be + Past Participle in Passive Voice. [Active Voice ରେ ‘Ing’ infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ’to be + Past Participle’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: My watch needs mending, (mending = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: My match needs to be mended.

(ii) Active Voice: These shoes need polishing, (polishing = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: These shoes need to be polished

Rule 10

On Imperative sentences [Active Voice ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶ/ଅନୁରୋଧ ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ Passive Voice ରେ Let + object + be + Past Participle (ଆଦେଶ ଅର୍ଥରେ) ଏବଂ You are requested /warned (ଅନୁରୋଧ/ସତର୍କତା ଅର୍ଥରେ) ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ]

(i) Active Voice : Keep to the left (ବାମ ପଟେ ମାଡ଼ିଥିବା) (ଆଦେଶ)
Passive Voice: You are ordered/directed to keep to the left.

(ii) Active Voice: Obey your betters. (ଗୁରୁଜନମାନଙ୍କର କଥା ମାନ) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your betters = Object)
Passive Voice: Let your betters be obeyed.
Or, You are advised to obey your betters.

(iii) Active Voice : Do the sums quickly. (ଆଦେଶ) (ଅଙ୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର କଷିପକାଅ ।)
(the sums = Object)
Passive Voice: Let the sums be done quickly.
Or, You are ordered to do the sums quickly.

(iv) Active Voice: Don’t run into the middle of the road (ସତର୍କ).
(ରାସ୍ତାର ମଝିରେ ଦୌଡ଼ ନାହିଁ ।)
Passive Voice: You are warned not to run into the middle of the road.
Or, You are forbidden (ବାରଣ) to run into the middle of the road.
(‘Forbidden’ ବା ‘ବାରଣ’ ନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏଥିରେ ‘not’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

(v) Active Voice : Please consult the doctor. (ଦୟାକରି ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକର ।) (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
(the doctor = Object)
Passive Voice: You are requested to consult the doctor.

(vi) Active Voice: Keep your promise. (ନିଜର ଶପଥ|ଜବାବ ରଖ ।) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your promise = Object)
Passive Voice: You are advised to keep your promise.
Or, Let your promise be kept.

(vii) Active Voice : Prepare (yourself) for the worst. (ବିପଦପାଇଁ ନିଜକୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର ।)
Passive Voice: Be prepared for the worst.

Rule 11

Got + Past Participle is used with several verbs in Passive Voice
[ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କେତେକ verb; ଯଥା – arrested, caught, confused, divorced, drunk, elected, engaged, killed, lost, married, cut. ଆଦି ସହିତ got + verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । )
[Here the actions are caused by somebody else other than the subject(s).] [ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ‘କର୍ତ୍ତା’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ନହୋଇ ଅନ୍ୟ କୌଣସି କାରକ ଦ୍ୱାରା ହୋଇଥାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: The barber cut his hair. (ବାରିକ ତା’ର କେଶ କାଟିଲା ।)
Passive Voice: He got/had his hair cut. (ସେ ତା’ର କେଶ କଟାଇଲା ।)
(ii) Active Voice: The members elected him as the chairperson.
Passive Voice: He got elected as the chairperson.

Some More Examples:
(i) We got delayed in the traffic jam. (Passive Voice)
(ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ଭିଡ଼ଯୋଗୁଁ ଆମର ବିଳମ୍ବ ହୋଇଗଲା ।)
(ii) Mitali got married last month. (Passive Voice)
(ମିତାଲିର ଗତମାସରେ ବିଭାଘର ହେଲା ।)
(iii) The captives in the dungeon got killed in the encounter. (Passive Voice)

Ruel 12

Being + Past Participle
In Passive being + Past Participle is used with verb ‘like% prepositions without / of. [Passive Voice ରେ verb ‘like’ ‘ଏବଂ preposition ‘without’ ‘ଏବଂ ‘‘of ସହିତ being + Past Participle ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Nobody likes being blamed. (କେହି ନିନ୍ଦିତ ହେବାକୁ/ନିନ୍ଦା ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହାଁନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।)
(ii) I don’t like being criticised. (ମୁଁ ସମାଲୋଚିତ ହେବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ନାହିଁ । )
(iii) He attended the party without being invited.
(ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ନହୋଇ/ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ନପାଇ ସେ ଭୋଜିରେ ଯୋଗଦେଲେ ।)
(iv) She won’t go out at night. She is afraid of being attacked by the thieves.
(ସେ ରାତିରେ ବାହାରକୁ ଯିବ ନାହିଁ । ସେ ଚୋରମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଆକ୍ରମଣର ଶିକାର ହେବାକୁ ଭୟ କରୁଛି ।)

Correct Forms of Verbs:
Correct forms of verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ଠିକ୍‌ରୂପ କହିଲେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏଠାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର Passive form କୁ ବୁଝୁ ।

Remember the following rules :
(i) General truth (ସାଧାରଣ ସତ୍ୟ) – is/are + Past Participle ofMain Verb.

• Cheese is made from milk. (Passive Voice) (make)
  (କ୍ଷୀରରୁ ଛେନା ତିଆରି ହୁଏ | ତିଆରି କରାଯାଏ ।)
• ONIDA TVs are manufactured in Japan. (manufacture)
  (ଓନିଡ଼ା ଟେଲିଭିଜନ୍‌ ଜାପାନରେ ତିଆରି ହୁଏ ।)
• Vegetables are kept in the fridge to preserve them. (keep)
  (ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରି ରଖୁବାପାଇଁ ପନିପରିବାକୁ ଫ୍ରିଜରେ ରଖାଯାଏ ।)

(ii) Past incidents (ଅତୀତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – was/were + Past Participle of Main Verb (yesterday/ in 2016/ last year/month etc.)

• The first World War wasfought in 1914. (fight)
  (୧୯୧୪ ରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ବିଶ୍ଵଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସଂଘଟିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
• I was bought a mobile yesterday, (buy)
  (ଗତକାଲି ମୋ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୋବାଇଲ କିଣା ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
• Penicilin was discoveredby SirAlexander Fleming, (discover)
  (ଆଲେକ୍‌ଜାଣ୍ଡାର ଫ୍ଲେମିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ପେନ୍‌ସିଲିନ୍‌ ଉଦ୍ଭାବିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) Future incidents (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – will be + Past Participle ofMain Verb
(tomorrow / the next day/ in 2021/ thefollowing month/year )

• The next World Cup in cricket will be held in 2019. (hold)
  (ପରବର୍ତୀ କ୍ରିକେଟ ବିଶ୍ୱକପ୍ ୨୦୧୯ରେ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହେବ ।)
• The flood-affected people will be granted BPL cards soon. (grant)
  (ବନ୍ୟା ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର BPL Cards ଦିଆଯିବ ।)
• Hritik’s birthday will be observed Sunday next. (observe)
  (ବ୍ରିତିକ୍‌ର ଜନ୍ମଦିନ ଆସନ୍ତା ରବିବାର ଦିନ ପାଳିତ ହେବ ।)

Activity-1

Verbs in some of the following sentences are active, in some passive. Identify them and then write A for active sentences and (P) for the passive ones in the box given against each sentence.
(i) Prakash killed a snake with a stick.
(ii) Mother has made a sweet cake for me.
(iii) Mr. Patnaik has been selected President of the Congress Party.
(iv) R.N. Tagore wrote the Gitanjali.
(v) Why was he beaten?
(vi) He must have finished his work by now.
Answers
(i) A
(ii) A
(iii) P
(iv) A
(v) P
(vi) A

Activity-2

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form:
(i) A car will (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought (କିଣାହେବ) next year if the savings increase.

(ii) Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake in Japan last year.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed (ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ) in the earthquake in Japan last year.

(iii) What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured (ଯାହାର ନାହିଁ ଉପଚାର) must be endured ( ସହିବା ଅଟେ ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍କର).

(iv) He should (punish) for telling a lie.
Answer:
He should bepunished (ଦଣ୍ଡିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ) for telling a lie.

(v) English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରାଯାଏ) all over the world.

(vi) The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired ( ମରାମତି ହେଉଥୁଲା) when I saw it last year.

(vii) The accident might (cause) due to the carelessness of the driver.
Answer:
The accident might be caused ( ହୋଇଥାଇପାରେ) due to the carelessness of the driver.

(viii) People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are being denied (ମିଳୁନାହିଁ) justice these days.

(ix) His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said (କୁହାଯାଏ) to have been a landlord.

(x) I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like to be left (ସ୍ଥାନ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବାର) alone.

Activity-3

Hereunder is a letter written by a father to his son. Rewrite it changing the verbs in brackets into their appropriate forms:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to (hold) on your school premises this evening. I (tell) that the Governor of our state has (invite) to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which (held) at your school. You would certainly(be awarded) some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor ifI (invite) to file function and (be) present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Answer:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to be held on your school permises this evening. I was told that the Governor of our state has been invited to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which was held at your school. You would certainly be awarded some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor if I had been invited to the function and had been present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Activity- 4

The following is a part of a newspaper report. Use the verbs supplied in brackets in their appropriate forms:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar (bum) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women (bum) alive. All the belongings of the people (completely destroy) in the fire. About two hundred people (render) homeless and eighty people (hospitalize) for treatment of their injury (cause) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire (still shrouded) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people (badly need) at this hour.

Answer:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar were burnt (ଜଳିପୋଡ଼ି ପାଉଁଶ ହୋଇଗଲା) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women were burnt alive (ଜୀବନ୍ତ ପୋଡ଼ିଗଲେ). All the belongings of the people were completely destroyed (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଧ୍ୱଂସ ହୋଇଗଲା) in the fire. About two hundred people were rendered (ଗୃହଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ) homeless and eighty people were hospitalised (ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନାରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କରାଗଲା । କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) for treatment of their injury caused (ଘଟିଥିବା) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire is still shrouded (ରହସ୍ୟଘେରରେ ରହିଛି) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people is badly needed (ନିହାତି ଦରକାର ହେଉଛି) at this hour.

Activity-5

Write a passive sentence for each of the following situations, using the active verbs supplied in brackets. The first one has been done for you:
Example:
(i) My grandfather did not die. (murder)
Answer:
He was murdered.

(ii) People say he resigned his job, but he didn’t. (sack)
Answer:
He was sacked. (ତାକୁ ଚାକିରିରୁ ବହିଷ୍କାର କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) He did not leave the examination hall. (ask to leave)
Answer:
He was asked to leave. (ତା’କୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଯିବାକୁ କୁହାଗଲା ।)

(iv) The shop did not open. (close down)
Answer:
It was closed down. (ଏହାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(v) He didn’t do his homework yesterday. (punish)
Answer:
He was punished. (ତାକୁ ଦଣ୍ଡ ଦିଆଗଲା ।)

(vi) He could not come out of water. (drown)
Answer:
He was drowned. (ସେ ବୁଡ଼ିଗଲା ।)

(vii) My request was not entertained. (turn down)
Answer:
It was turned down. (ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରାଗଲା ।)

(viii) The doctor didn’t come in time. People waited for him. (keep)
Answer:
They were kept waiting. (ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅପେକ୍ଷାରତ ରଖାଗଲା ।)

Activity- 6

Study the following situations and write a passive sentence for each of them. The first one has been down for you.
1. You want to talk about the Odia Bhagabat, You would like to mention its author Jagannath Das.
Answer:
The Odia Bhagabat was written by Jagannath Das.

2. You would like to talk about the prize your friend Mohan won. You would also like to mention your friend’s name.
Answer:
The prize was won by my friend Mohan.

3. You have seen one of your friends breaking a chair. You have to report the matter to your class teacher without disclosing your friend’s name.
Answer:
A chair has been broken.

4. Your teacher asks you to write anessayinaweek’s time. You are not sure of yourself You have to tell your teacher that you will finish it in time. But you don’t want to take a risk.
Answer:
The essay can’t be written in a week’s time.

5. You want to talk about the delicious cakes your villagers make during the Raja festival every year. You are at this moment not interested in the villages.
Answer:
Delicious cakes are made during the Raja festival every year.

6. You don’t know who created the earth long ago. You want to talk about its creation.
Answer:
Our earth was created long ago.

7. You want to tell you best friend that your other friends will celebrate his birthday this year. You don’t want to say who they are.
Answer:
My birthday will be celebrated this year.

Activity-7

Use the verbs given in brackets in the following sentences in the correct form:
(i) Originally, this novel (write) in Hindi, but it (translate) into Odia in 1990.
Answer:
Originally, this novel was written in Hindi, but it was translated into Odia in 1990.

(ii) Cheese (make) from milk.
Answer:
Cheese is made from milk.

(iii) An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody (injure), the ambulance (not require).
Answer:
An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody was injured the ambulance was not required.

(iv) The office is in a mess. The telephone (never answer), no proper records (keep) and no work (do).
Answer:
The office is in a mess. The telephone is never answered, no proper records are kept and no work is done.

(v) A tree is lying across the road. It (blow down) in the storm.
Answer:
A tree is lying across the road. It has been blown down in the storm.

(vi) The letter (post) a week ago and it reached me yesterday.
Answer:
The letter was posted a week ago and it reached me yesterday.

(vii) The child playing on the road (run over) by a truck.
Answer:
The child playing on the road was run over by a truck.

Activity-8

The following are the instructions given for making tea using tea bags. Make them carefully and write the process in the passive form as per the instructions given: The first one has been done for you.
The Instructions are :
1. Use one tea bag to make each cup of tea.
2. Place the required number of tea bags in the kettle.
3. Add boiling water as per the requirement.
4. Stir the water, but make sure that the tea bags do not open.
5. Allow the tea to stand for five minutes.
6. Pour the tea into cups.
7. Add sugar and milk to taste.

How tea is made, using tea bags:
1. One tea-bag is used for making each cup of tea.
2. The required number of tea bags is placed in the kettle.
3. Boiling water is added as per the requirement.
4. The water is stirred, but it should be made sure that the tea bags don’t open.
5. The tea is allowed to stand for five minutes.
6. The tea is poured into cups.
7. Sugar and milk is added to taste.

The Passive Additional Questions With Answers

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form :
1. The temple (build) in the twelfth century.
Answer:
The temple was built in the twelfth century.

2. Wait! Your bicycle (repair) now.
Answer:
Wait! Your bicycle is being repaired now.

3. If you have a wound, you (advise) to wash it clean.
Answer:
If you have a wound, you are advised to wash it clean.

4. Louis Pasteur proved that diseases (cause) by germs.
Answer:
Louis Pasteur proved that diseases are caused by germs.

5. The house (construct) last year.
Answer:
The house was constructed last year.

6. The sunflower (can grow) in any type of soil.
Answer:
The sunflower can be grown in any type of soil.

7. More buildings (erect) in the future.
Answer:
More buildings will be erected in the future.

8. The plant (should water) regularly.
Answer:
The plant should be watered regularly.

9. The blackboard looks clean. It (clean) by the boy.
Answer:
The blackboard looks clean. It has been cleaned by the boy.

10. I don’t like (ask) stupid questions.
Answer:
I don’t like being asked stupid questions.

11. Did any of these houses (damage) during the cyclone?
Answer:
Did any of these houses get damaged during the cyclone?

12. The Gitanjali (write) by R.N. Tagore.
Answer:
The Gitanjali was written by R.N. Tagore.

13. English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken all over the world.

14. People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are denied justice these days.

15. I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like being left alone.

16. Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake last week.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed in the earthquake last week.

17. She (sting) by a bee yesterday.
Answer:
She got stung by a bee yesterday.

18. Rahim (like) by everybody.
Answer:
Rahim is liked by everybody.

19. About 50 workers (arrest) during the last strike.
Answer:
About 50 workers were arrested during the last strike.

20. A car (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought next year if the savings increase.

21. What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured, must be endured.

22. The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired when I saw it last year.

23. His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said to have been a landlord.

24. I (invite) to the function but I didn’t go there.
Answer:
I was invited to the function but I didn’t go there.

25. Smoking (prohibit) in public places.
Answer:
Smoking is prohibited in public places.

26. The thief(beat) severely by the police.
Answer:
The thief was beaten severely by the police.

27. My purse (steal) yesterday.
Answer:
My purse was stolen yesterday.

28. Rice (produce) in Odisha.
Answer:
Rice is produced in Odisha.

29. Konark Temple (build) Langula Narasingha Dev.
Answer:
Konark Temple was built by Langula Narasingha Dev.

30. Let him (tell) to go.
Answer:
Let him be told to go.

31. He (say) to be an honest man.
Answer:
He is said to be an honest man.

32. The batsman (declare) out for his misconduct.
Answer:
The batsman was declared out for his misconduct.

33. Cricket (not play) in the USA.
Answer:
Cricket is not played in the USA.

34. Mangoes (eat) in summer.
Answer:
Mangoes are eaten in summer.

35. The book (publish) yesterday
Answer:
The book was published yesterday.

Change the sentences into passive form.

1. The gardener waters the plants.
Answer:
The plants are watered by the gardener.

2. Janaki made the unique attempt on 28 July 1992.
Answer:
The unique attempt was made by Janaki on 28 July 1992.

3. Someone stole my pen.
Answer:
My pen was stolen.

4. The children are playing football in this playground.
Answer:
Football is being played by the children in this playground.

5. The students have decorated the room beautifully.
Answer:
The room has been decorated beautifully by the students.

6. The police arrested the thief.
Answer:
The thief was arrested.

7. People say that elephants have good memories.
Answer:
It is said that elephants have good memories.

8. Father gave the son fifty rupees.
Answer:
The son was given fifty rupees.

9. I made him write the essay.
Answer:
He was made to write the essay.

10. I saw him crossing the road.
Answer:
He was seen crossing the road.

11. These clothes need washing.
Answer:
The clothes need to be washed.

12. She has made a sweet cake for me.
Answer:
A sweet cake has been made for me.

13. Kalidas wrote Meghadoot.
Answer:
Meghdoot was written by Kalidas.

14. Somebody killed the snake with a stick.
Answer:
The snake was killed with a stick.

15. Why did he beat him?
Answer:
Why was he beaten?

16. When did he write the letter?
Answer:
When was the letter written by him?

17. Has anyone received the news?
Answer:
Has the news been received?

18. Can you draw a picture?
Answer:
Can a picture be drawn by you?

19. Do you know him?
Answer:
Is he known by you?

20. Who broke the window?
Answer:
By whom was the window broken?

21. How did you break the slate?
Answer:
How was the slate broken?

22. We grow rice in this part of the country.
Answer:
Rice is grown in this part of the country.

23. The customs officers seized the boat.
Answer:
The boat was seized by the customs officer.

24. The child has fed the cow.
Answer:
The cow has been fed by the child.

25. You must not take such a big risk.
Answer:
Such a big risk must not be taken by you.

26. Someone saved the bird.
Answer:
The bird was saved.

27. Did he write the poem?
Answer:
Was the poem written by him?

28. We elected him monitor.
Answer:
He was elected monitor.

29. Shut the door.
Answer:
Let the door be shut.

30. Prepare yourself for the worst.
Answer:
Be prepared for the worst.

31. Ants may eat the cakes.
Answer:
The cakes may be eaten by ants.

32. I hate people laughing at me.
Answer:
I hate being laughed at.

33. Nobody can defeat Biswa in chess.
Answer:
Biswa cannot be defeated in chess.

34. His pencil needs mending.
Answer:
His pencil needs to be mended.

35. We heard her laugh.
Answer:
She was to heard to laugh.

36. They will hold a meeting.
Answer:
A meeting will be held by them.

37. The farmers produce wheat in Punjab.
Answer:
Wheat is produced in Punjab.

38. The farmers were sowing the seeds.
Answer:
The seeds were being sown by the farmers.

39. March on.
Answer:
You are commanded to march on.

40. Keep on your promise
Answer:
Let your promise be kept.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Pdf Download

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Learn and Practise Grammar Book Solutions Download Pdf | 9th Class English Grammar Question Answers Odia Medium

• Chapter 1 Parts of a Sentence
• Chapter 2 Verbs
• Chapter 3 Time and Tense
• Chapter 4 Auxiliaries
• Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase
• Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase
• Chapter 7 Countables and Uncountables
• Chapter 8 Determiners
• Chapter 9 Adjectives
• Chapter 10 Adverbs and Adverbials
• Chapter 11 Negatives and Interrogatives
• Chapter 12 The Predicate Phrase

BSE Odisha Class 9 Learn and Practise Grammar Distribution of Marks

Latest/Revised Pattern of Evaluation with Distribution of Marks as Prescribed by Board of Secondary Education, Odisha (Second Language English (SLE)

The examination for the English (SLE) paper will have two parts.
Part-I relates to Objective-Type Questions (Fill in the blanks, Answer in one word/one sentence, Write True or False, Match the Columns, Questions on Language & Vocabulary and Grammar, Translation into English) carrying 50 marks with 1-hour duration & Part-II relates to Subjective Questions (Long Answer-Type Questions, Essay, Letter/Application, Summary/Report writing, etc.) carrying 50 marks with 1 1/2 hours duration.

The detailed distribution of marks with respect to the pattern of questions is given below:

Part I (Objective-Type)
1. Prose (5 Questions) (1 × 5 = 5 Marks)
2. Poetry (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
3. Non-Detailed Study (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
4. Language & Vocabulary (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
5. Grammar (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
6. Translation into English (1 × 5 = 5 Marks)
Total = 50 Marks

Part II (Subjective-Type)
Prose
1. Two Questions to be answered within 50 words carrying 5 marks each (Internal Choice) (5 × 2 = 10 Marks)
2. One Essay out of three (3) (in about 250 words) (To be written keeping to the outline given) (12 × 1 = 12 Marks)
3. Letter/Applications (in about 100 words) internal choice (10 × 1 = 10 Marks)
4. Summary (A Passage in about 180 words): (To be answered in about 60 words) (8 × 1 = 8 Marks)
5. Unseen Passage (in about 150 words): (Five very short answer type questions carrying two marks each) (2 × 5 = 10 Marks
Total = 50 Marks

Grand Total: Part I (50 Marks) + Part II (50 Marks) = 100 Marks

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

Read the following sentences:
(i) Coconut is a tall tree.
(ii) I can see many beautiful flowers.
(iii) The black dog is sick.

In these sentences the bold parts are the noun phrases.
In these sentences the bold parts are the noun phrases. (ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ।)

A noun phrase or NP is a word or a group of words with a noun or a pronoun as its head noun or head word. (ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୂହ ଯେଉଁଥରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ପଦ ହେଉଛି ଏହାର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ।)
In the first sentence ‘coconut tree’ are the head nouns.
In the second sentence ‘I’ (Pronoun) is the head word or head noun.
In the third sentence, the head word or head noun is ‘dog’.

The head word in a noun phrase.
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ head word ବା head noun) :
(i) The tiger lives in the forest. tiger, forest- head words.
Father is calling me. Father, me- head words
The hunter rode on an elephant. hunter, elephant- head words.

(ii) Adjectives as head words (head nouns) in the the + adjective expression (the + adjective) (ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
(Adjective ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ head words ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ।)
The rich should help the poor. (rich – head word)
The doctors have attended on the wounded. (wounded – head word)
The blind need our help and co-operation. (ସହଯୋଗ) (blind – head word)

( iii) To + infinitive as the head word.
(ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ to + infinitive କୁ head word ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ।)
To err is human. (ଭୁଲ କରିବା ମାନବୀୟ) (head word).

(iv) Verb + ing as the head word. (Verb + ing head word ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରେ (ବାକ୍ୟର ମୂଳରେ)
Smoking injures the lungs (ଫୁସ୍‌ଫୁସ୍).
Shooting (ତୀରନ୍ଦାଜ) is a sport (କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା).

Pronouns used as head words or head nouns
(Head words ବା Head nouns ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pronouns ବା ସର୍ବନାମ)

Pronouns

Subjective (କର୍ରାବାଚକ)	Objective (କର୍ମବାଚକ)
I	me
he	him
she	her
they	them
we	us
you	you
it	it

Examples :
(i) I am smart and tall. I – noun phrase / pronoun/ head word
(ii) Give me a piece of cake. me – noun phrase / object / pronoun / head word
(iii) Did they help you? they – noun phrase / pronoun / head word
(iv) How much did it cost you? it – noun phrase / pronoun / head word

Function of a Noun Phrase (ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(i) As a subject (ଏକ କର୍ରା ରୂପେ)
A coconut tree grows faster. (tree – head word)
The little clever bov is crying there. (boy – head word)

(ii) As an object (ଏକ କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
We all love this teacher. (କାହାକୁ ଭଲପାଉ) (teacher – head, word)
Father may buy a dictionary. (କ’ଣ କିଣିପାରନ୍ତି) (dictionary – head word)

(iii) As a subject ‘complement’ (କର୍ତ୍ତା ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
Mrinal is a well – behaved boy. (boy – head word)
The girl became a doctor. (doctor – head word)

(iv) As an object complement (କର୍ମ ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
The class elected Suraj their monitor.
(monitor – head word) (Suraj – object) (କାହାକୁ ନିର୍ବାଚିତ କଲେ)
(Mother calls this child Nilu.
(Nilu – head word) (this child – object) (କାହାକୁ ଡାକନ୍ତି)

(v) As an adjunct (ଏକ ବିବର୍ଷକ ରୂପେ)
Did you help that man last week ? (week – head word)
Father is returning home this morning. (morning – head word)

Forms of Noun Phrase
(i) A Noun as a noun phrase : Flowers are a wonderful creation ofGod.
(ii) APronoun as a noun phrase : It was raining heavily.
(iii) An ‘ing’ infinitive phrase as a noun phrase : Smoking cigarettes causes health problems. Climbing a tall coconut tree seems very dangerous.
(iv) To infinitive as a noun phrase : To help others in need is a great virtue.

Words used before Head Nouns in Noun Phrases (Noun Phrase ର Head Noun ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଶବ୍ଦ)

Article	(a, an, the)
Demonstrative (ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶକ ଶବ୍ଦ)	(this, that, these, those)
Possessive (ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧବାଚକ)	(my, your, his, our, its, Mina’s, one’s)
Cardinal (ମୌଳିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା)	(one, two, three, ten, hundred)
Ordinal (କ୍ରମିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା)	(first, second, tenth, thousandth)
Quantifier (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ)	(a, few, a little, many, a lot of, enough, much)
Adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ)	(cold, beautiful, clever, nice, hot, cold, young, old )
Classifier (a noun that functions as an adjective) refers to one of classes, (stone, science, music, marriage etc)

Classifier (One out of a class)
Stone building (stone – classifier like brick (ଇଟା), wooden (କାଠ)
College boys (college – classifier, like school, university)
Story books (Story – classifier, like cookery (ରୋଷେଇ ଶିକ୍ଷା), tailoring, dance, music…
Polar fan (Like Usha, Ravi, Khaitan, Orient, Havells…)
Science teacher (like mathematics, geography, history, political science….)
LG TV (Like Samsung, Philips, Akai, Sansui…)

Another word used in a noun phrase is ‘intensifier’ that intensifies or modifies an adjective. (N.P ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଅନ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ହେଉଛି intensifier ଯାହା ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ)

	Intensifier	Adjective	Noun (Head noun / Head word)
(a)	very	old	man
(b)	quite	hot	day
(c)	rather	amusing (ଆମୋଦଦାୟକ)	picture
(d)	extremely	beautiful	girl

Look at the following tree diagram and mark the position of the elements in the noun phrase. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବୃକ୍ଷ ଚିତ୍ରର Noun phrase ର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅବସ୍ଥିତିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର।)

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1

Spot the Noun Phrases in the following sentences. Then identify the determiners. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Noun Phrases କୁ ଚିହ୍ନାଅ ଓ Determiner ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଚିହ୍ନାଅ।)
1. That silly (ବୋକା) donkey is away.
Answer:
That silly donkey – np, that – demonstrative (determiner)

2. Those people are busy.
Answer:
Those people – np, those – demonstrative (determiner)

3. Have pity on the starving child.
Answer:
on the starving child – np, the – article (determiner)

4. All of you can do the sum.
Answer:
All of you – np, All – pre-determiner (quantifier)

5. The little girl is always talking.
Answer:
The little girl – np, the – article (determiner)

6. He has one sister and two brothers.
Answer:
One sister and two brothers – np, one, two – candinals (determiner)

7. I heard his first three words.
Answer:
his first three words – np, his – possessive (determiner), three – cardinal (determiner)

8. All these four empty bottles are here.
Answer:
All these four empty bottles – np, all – pre-determiner, these – demonstrative (determiner), four – cardinal (determiner), empty – adjective

9. Mary’s mother is dead but her father is still alive.
Answer:
Mary’s mother- np, Mary’s – possessive (determiner), her father – np, her – possessive (determiner)

10. Which colour do you like, red or green?
Answer:
Which colour? Which – wh-determiner

Remember: all both and half are pre-determiners since they are used before determiners. (Determiner ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବାରୁ all, both ଓ half pre-determiners ଅଟନ୍ତି) (‘Pre’ ର ଅର୍ଥ ପୂର୍ବ ବା before)

Activity – 2

Rearrange the words to make a Noun Phrase.
(Noun phrase ତିଆରି କରିବାପାଇଁ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୁନଃ ସଜାଅ)
1. first, books, his, ten
Answer:
his first ten books

2. big, the, boys, three
Answer:
the three big boys

3. the, planes, five, first
Answer:
the first five planes

4. her, sarees, beautiful, all
Answer:
all her beautiful sarees

5. nice, a, movie, very
Answer:
a very nice movie (film)

6. very, boys, innocent, young.
Answer:
very young innocent (ନିରୀହ) boys

7. famous, seven, schools, those, music
Answer:
those seven famous music schools

8. old, the, man, silly
Answer:
the old silly man

Activity – 3

Draw tree diagrams showing the different elements of the following Noun Phrases. (ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପାଦାନ (ଶବ୍ଦ)କୁ ଦେଖାଇ diagram ବା ଛବି ତିଆରି କର ।)
1. All boys
Answer:

2. All the boys
Answer:

3. Each of the students
Answer:

4. A ripe red fruit
Answer:

5. Those strange stories
Answer:

Activity – 4

Complete the Noun phrases by filling in the blanks with suitable words.
1. ________ ________ picnic
Answer:
a lavish picnic

2. ________ ________ house
Answer:
my little house

3. all ________ ________ boys
Answer:
all these school boys

4. the ________ ________ books
Answer:
the popular story books

5. our ________ ________ teacher
Answer:
our first school teacher

The Noun Phrase Additional Questions With Answers

Rearrange the words to make a Noun Phrase.
1. very, a, picture, nice
Answer:
A very nice picture.

2. the, old, all, colleges, very
Answer:
All the very old colleges.

3. intelligent, very, boys, young
Answer:
Very intelligent young boys.

4. red, ripe, a, fruit
Answer:
A ripe red fruit.

5. new, our, teacher, English
Answer:
Our new English teacher.

6. plastic, new, toys, beautiful
Answer:
Beautiful new plastic toys.

7. the, planes, five, first
Answer:
The first five planes.

8. the, old, silly, man
Answer:
The silly old man.

9. famous, seven, schools, those, music
Answer:
Those famous seven music schools.

10. big, the, boys, three
Answer:
The three big boys.

Identify the underlined words that come before the Head noun.

1. Whose son is he?
Answer:
Whose – possessive

2. My first poem was published in a magazine.
Answer:
First – Ordinal number

3. This is Mr. Muduli’s car.
Answer:
Mr. Muduli’s – Possessive

4. Those people are busy.
Answer:
Those – demonstrative

5. This is a science college.
Answer:
new – adjective

6. My new book was stolen.
Answer:
science – classifier

7. The little girl is always talking.
Answer:
The determiner

8. It is a beautiful building.
Answer:
beautiful – adjective

9. It was a very nice movie.
Answer:
very intensifier

10. I have three brothers.
Answer:
three – ordinal number

11. All the children have left school.
Answer:
All – pre-determiner

12. Her pen was stolen.
Answer:
Her – possessive

13. That house belongs to me.
Answer:
That- demonstrative

14. The new pen writes well.
Answer:
new – adjective

15. This is a stone building.
Answer:
stone – classifier

16. I like our Prime Minister’s speech.
Answer:
Our Prime Minister’s – possessive

17. He wasted a lot of time.
Answer:
a lot of – quantifier

18. Each of the boys was given a prize.
Answer:
Each of – pre-determiner

19. There is a little water in the glass.
Answer:
a little – quantifier

20. This is my new shirt.
Answer:
my – possessive

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Odia Solutions Grammar ବ୍ୟାକରଣ Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Odia Grammar ବ୍ୟାକରଣ

୧ । ରୂଢ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ

ରୂଢ଼ି, ସଂଜ୍ଞା ଓ ପ୍ରକାରଭେଦ :
ଅଭିଧାନିକ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ନ ବୁଝାଇ ଅନ୍ୟ ପ୍ରୟୋଜନୀୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଲେ ତାହାକୁ ‘ରୂଢ଼ି’ କୁହାଯାଏ । ମନର ଭାବନାକୁ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ନିକଟରେ ସରସ, ସୁନ୍ଦର ତଥା ପ୍ରଭାବଶାଳୀ ରୂପେ ଅଭିବ୍ୟକ୍ତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ‘ରୂଢ଼’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
ରୂଢ଼ି ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ତିନିପ୍ରକାର; ଯଥା –
(କ) କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ି
(ଖ) କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ି ଏବଂ
(ଗ) ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ରୂଢ଼ି

(କ) କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ି –
ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବାକ୍ୟଶ ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଇଥାଏ ଓ ଏଥରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ସହିତ କୌଣସି ସହଯୋଗ ନ ଥାଏ ତାକୁ କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ି କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ –
(୧) ଏକଇର ବଳା
(୨) ମୁହଁ ଯେଣେ ଅନୁକୂଳ ତେଣେ
(୩) ଗରିବ ମାଇପ ସବୁରି ଶାଳୀ,
(୩) ଅନ୍ଧର ଲଉଡ଼ି,
(୪) ବୋଝ ଉପରେ ନଳିତା ବିଡ଼ା,
(୫) ଗୋବର ଗଣେଶ,
(୬) ଜଡ଼ା ତେଲକୁ ମେଣ୍ଢାବାଳ ।

(ଖ) କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ି –
ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ କ୍ରିୟାର ସଂଯୋଗ ଘଟି ବିଶେଷ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଇଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ି କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ –
ବୁଦ୍ଧି + ଶିଖାଇବା = ବୁଦ୍ଧି ଶିଖାଇବା = ଠକାଇବା, ଅକଲ ଦେବା
ହାତ + କରିବା = ହାତ କରିବା = ଆପଣାର କରିନେବା
ଆଖି + ପକାଇବା = ଆଖି ପକାଇବା = ବିଶେଷ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିଦେବା

(ଗ) ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ରୂଢ଼ି –
କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ଓ କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ି ବ୍ୟତୀତ ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଅନ୍ୟ କେତେକ ରୂଢ଼ି ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ଦୁଇ ବସ୍ତୁ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁଳନା କରିବା ସମୟରେ ଏଇ ଧରଣର ରୂଢ଼ି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଉଥିବା ହେତୁ ଏଇ ଧରଣର ରୂଢ଼ିକୁ ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ରୂଢ଼ି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

ଦୃଷ୍ଟାନ୍ତ :
(୧) ବରଡ଼ା ପତର ପରି ଥରିବା,
(୨) ସୁନା ପରି ଝଟକିବା,
(୩) କୁକୁର ପରି ଧାଉଡ଼ି କରିବା,
(୪) କୋଇଲି ପରି ଗାଇବା,
(୫) ଜୋକ ପରି ଲାଗିବା,
(୬) ଗଧପରି ଖଟିବା,
(୭) କାଉପରି ରାଉ ରାଉ ହେବା ।

ମୋଟ ଉପରେ ବକ୍ତା ଶ୍ରୋତା ନିକଟରେ ନିଜର ମନର ଭାବକୁ ସରସ, ସୁନ୍ଦର, ଦୃଷ୍ଟାନ୍ତମୂଳକ ଓ ପ୍ରଭାବଶାଳୀ କରିବାପାଇଁ ରୂଢ଼ିର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାଏ । ରୂଢ଼ି ଆଭିଧାନିକ ମୂଳ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ତ୍ୟାଗକରି ଏକ ପ୍ରୟୋଜନାତ୍ମକ ପ୍ରତୀୟମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥାଏ । ଭାଷାର ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ କଥନ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟର ଲାକ୍ଷଣିକ ଅର୍ଥକାରକ ରୂପକୁ ରୂଢ଼ି କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉପଦେଶ, ପରାମର୍ଶ, ତୁଳନା, ଉତ୍କର୍ଷ-ଅପକର୍ଷ ବିଚାର ନିମନ୍ତେ ଏପ୍ରକାର ଲୋକ-ଉକ୍ତ ଆମ ଭାଷାରେ ପଦସଂହତି ରୂପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି । ନିମ୍ନମତେ କେତେକ ରୂଢ଼ିର ଅର୍ଥ ଓ ବ୍ୟାବହାରିକ କୌଶଳ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଉଛି ।

୧. କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ

• ଅନ୍ଧର ଲଉଡ଼ି (ଅସହାୟର ସହାୟ) – କୃଷ୍ଣ ଯଶୋଦାଙ୍କର ଅନ୍ଧର ଲଉଡ଼ି ଥିଲେ।
• ଅନ୍ଧ ବୁଝାମଣା (ଅନ୍ୟାୟ ବିଚାର) – ଜମିଦାରମାନେ ବହୁ ସମୟରେ ପ୍ରଜାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରତି ଅନ୍ଧ ବୁଝାମଣା କରୁଥିଲେ ।
• ଅରଣ୍ୟରୋଦନ (ନିଷ୍ଫଳ ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା/ବୃଥା ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା) – ଦ୍ରୌପଦୀଙ୍କ ବ୍ୟାକୁଳ ଅନୁରୋଧ ଅରଣ୍ୟରୋଦନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
• ଅହିନକୁଳ ସମ୍ପର୍କ (ଘୋର ଶତ୍ରୁତା) – କୁରୁପାଣ୍ଡବଙ୍କ ଭଳି ସ୍ୱାଇଁ ଓ ପରିଡ଼ା ସାହି ଭିତରେ ଅହିନକୁଳ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ରହିଛି ।
• ଅଲଣା କଥା (ମୂଲ୍ୟହୀନ କଥା) – ନଟିଆର ଅଲଣା କଥା ଶୁଣିବାକୁ ମୋର ବେଳ ନାହିଁ ।
• ଅକଲ ଗୁଡୁମ (ବୁଦ୍ଧି ବଣାହେବା ) – ପୋଲିସ୍‌ର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବାଣରେ ଚୋରଟିର ଅକଲ ଗୁଡୁମ୍ ହୋଇଗଲା ।
• ଅଳ୍ପ ବିଦ୍ୟା ଭୟଙ୍କରୀ (ଅଳ୍ପ ଜ୍ଞାନ ଯୋଗୁ ଅପଦସ୍ଥ ହେବା) – ତୋର ପାଠଶାଠ ନାହିଁ କି ବିଚାର ନାହିଁ, ସାବଧାନ ଥୁବୁ, ଅଳ୍ପବିଦ୍ୟା ଭୟଙ୍କରୀ ହୋଇଯିବ ।
• ଆକାଶ କୁସୁମ (ବୃଥା ସ୍ଵପ୍ନ) – ରଘୁର ସବୁ ସ୍ବପ୍ନ ଆକାଶ କୁସୁମ ହୋଇଗଲା ।
• ଆପଣା ସୁନା ଭେଣ୍ଡି (ନିଜ ଲୋକ ଅଯୋଗ୍ୟ) – ସନାତନର ଆପଣା ସୁନା ତ ଭେଣ୍ଡି, ପର ପୁଅ ସହିତ କଳି କରି ଲାଭ କ’ଣ ?
• ଉପୁରି ମାଲ (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଆୟରୁ ଅଧ୍ବକ/ମାଗଣା ମିଳିବା) – ଉପୁରି ମାଲ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରୁଥ‌ିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଦେଶର କଳଙ୍କ ।
• ଉପରଠାଉରିଆ (ଗଭୀରତାର ଅଭାବ, ସାରବତ୍ତାର ଅଭାବ) – କୌଣସି ଲୋକର ଉପରଠାଉରିଆ କଥାରେ ତୁମେ ମାତ ନାହିଁ ।
• ଏ ଘର ମାଉସୀ ସେ ଘର ପିଉସୀ (ଏପଟ ସେପଟ ଛିଦ୍ର କହି ଯେ ସବୁଠାର ଭଲେଇ ହୁଏ) – ସାବି ଅପାର କଥାକୁ ମୋଟେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରନାହିଁ, ସେ ପରା ଏ ଘର ମାଉସୀ ସେ ଘର ପିଉସୀ ।
• ଏକଘରକିଆ (ସାମାଜିକ ବାସନ୍ଦ) – ଜଣକୁ ଏକଘରକିଆ କରି ରଖୁବା ମାନବିକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ ।
• ଓଳିଆରୁ ଗଜା (ଜନ୍ମରୁ ଚତୁର ବା ସିଆଣିଆ) – ମାଗା ପୁଅଟା ତ ଓଳିଆରୁ ଗଜା, ତାକୁ ଶିଖାଇବା କ’ଣ ?
• କରଛଡ଼ା (ଦାୟିତ୍ୱ ନ ନେବା) – ହିତକର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ କରଛଡ଼ା ଦେବା ଠିକ୍ ନୁହେଁ ।
• କାଠିକର ପାଠ (କଷ୍ଟସାଧ୍ୟ ) – ଜନମଙ୍ଗଳ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନ କଲେ ନିର୍ବାଚନ ବୈତରଣୀ ପାର ହେବା କାଠିକର ପାଠ ।
• କୁହାମୁଣ୍ଡା କପିଳା (ବହୁ ଅବାନ୍ତର କଥା କହିବା) – ଉପରସାହି ମାଧୂ କୁହାମୁଣ୍ଡା କପିଳାଟେ, ତା’ କଥାକୁ ବିଶ୍ୱାସ କରନାହିଁ ।
• କପାଳ ଲିଖନ (ଭାଗ୍ୟଫଳ) – କପାଳଲିଖନକୁ କିଏ ବା ବଦଳେଇ ଦେଇପାରିବ ?
• କୁମ୍ଭୀର କାନ୍ଦଣା (ଛଳନା/ଉପରଠାଉରିଆ ସହାନୁଭୂତି) – ସବୁଜମି ଲଚାଛପାରେ ବିକି ବଡ଼ଭାଇ ମୋ ପାଖରେ କୁମ୍ଭୀର କାନ୍ଦଣା କାନ୍ଦୁଛ।
• କୂପ ମଣ୍ଡୁକ (ସଂକୁଚିତ ପରିବେଶରେ ବଢ଼ିଥିବା) – କୂପମଣ୍ଡୁକ ହେଲେ ଏ ଯୁଗରେ ଆଗେଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।
• ଖତଗଦାରେ ପଦ୍ମ (ପ୍ରତିକୂଳ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ପ୍ରତିଭା ସ୍ଫୁରଣ) – ରେଢ଼ାଖୋଲର କନ୍ଧ ପରିବାରରେ ଜନ୍ମ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ବି କବି ଭୀମ ଭୋଇ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଖତଗଦାରେ ପଦ୍ମ ସଦୃଶ ।
• ଗୋଟିଏ ଚାଉଳରେ ଗଢ଼ା (ଅତି ସୁନ୍ଦର) – ନରିବାବୁଙ୍କ ସାନ ଝିଅଟା ପରା ଗୋଟିଏ ଚାଉଳରେ ଗଢ଼ା ।
• ଗୋଠଖଣ୍ଡିଆ (ଅସାମାଜିକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି/ଗୋଷ୍ଠୀରୁ ଅଲଗା) – ଗୋଠଖଣ୍ଡିଆ ଲୋକ ଅନେକ ଅସୁବିଧାରେ ପଡ଼େ ଓ ଅନେକଙ୍କୁ ବି ପକାଏ ।
• ଗୋବର ଗଣେଶ (ନିର୍ବୋଧ/ମୂର୍ଖ) – ଏବେ ବି ସମାଜରେ ସାଧାରଣ ପାଠ କଥା ଜାଣି ନ ଥ‌ିବା ଅନେକ ଗୋବରଗଣେଶ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।
  ଘର ଢିଙ୍କି କୁମ୍ଭୀର (ନିଜ ଲୋକ ଶତ୍ରୁ) – କହ୍ନେଇର ବଡ଼ଭାଇଟି ଘର ଢିଙ୍କି କୁମ୍ଭୀର ପରି ପରିବାରଟାକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗିଦେଲ। ।
• ଘରବୁଡ଼ି ପାଣି ଆଣ୍ଠୁଏ (ଅବସ୍ଥା ଅସମ୍ଭାଳ ହେବା/ବିପଦ ଉପରେ ବିପଦ) – ଦରଦାମ୍ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟୁନି ଯେ ଦେଶ ପାଇଁ ଘର ବୁଡ଼ି ପାଣି ଆଣ୍ଠୁଏ ଅବସ୍ଥା ହେଲାଣି ।
• ଘୋଷା ବଳଦ (କିଛି ନ ବୁଝି ମୁଖସ୍ଥ କରିବା) – ଘୋଷା ବଳଦ ହୋଇ ଲାଭ କ’ଣ ? ପାଠ ଟିକେ ବୁଝିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟାକର ।
• ଛୁଞ୍ଚିମାଛି ପରୀକ୍ଷା/ପରଖ (ତନ୍ନ ତନ୍ନ କରି ଦେଖିବା ) – ସବୁକଥାରେ ଛୁଞ୍ଚିମାଛି ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା ଶିବନାଥଙ୍କର ଏକ ବଦ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ।
• ଛକାପଞ୍ଝା (ଉଭୟ ପକ୍ଷର ସତର୍କ ଭାବ) – ଏଇ ପାହାଡ଼ ତଳେ ଗତକାଲି ପୋଲିସ୍ ଓ ଚୋରଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଛକାପଞ୍ଚା ଚାଲିଥିଲା
• ଜୀବନମୂର୍ଚ୍ଛା (ଆପ୍ରାଣ ଉଦ୍ୟମ) – ଭାରତୀୟ ସୀମାନ୍ତରକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଦେଶର ଗୌରବ ରକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ଜୀବନମୂର୍ଚ୍ଛା ସଂଗ୍ରାମ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।
• ଜୋକ ମୁହଁରେ ଲୁଣ (ଗର୍ବ ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା/ଅହଙ୍କାର ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା) – ଜୋକ ମୁହଁରେ ଲୁଣ ଦେବାପରି ରାମବାବୁ ରଘୁଆର ଆଣ୍ଟ ଭାଙ୍ଗିଦେଲେ ।
• ଝାଳବୁହା ଧନ (କଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଜିତ) – ଝାଳବୁହା ଧନ ବିପଦବେଳେ କାମରେ ଲାଗେ ।
• ଝିମିଟି ଖେଳରୁ ମହାଭାରତ (ସାମାନ୍ୟ ଘଟଣାରୁ ବିରାଟ କାଣ୍ଡ ବା ଭୟଙ୍କର ପରିସ୍ଥିତିର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ) – ପିଲାକଳିରୁ ଏ ଭୟଙ୍କର ପରିସ୍ଥିତି, ଝିମିଟି ଖେଳରୁ ମହାଭାରତ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଆଉ କିଛି ନୁହେଁ ।
• ଡେଙ୍ଗା ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ଠେଙ୍ଗା (ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଉପରେ ବିପଦର ମାତ୍ରା ଅଧ‌ିକ ଥାଏ) – ଏ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଯାହା ଘଟିବ ସମସ୍ତେ ତୋତେ ଦାୟୀ କରିବେ, କାରଣ ଡେଙ୍ଗା ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ଠେଙ୍ଗା ।
• ଢୋଲ ଭିତରେ ମୂଷା (ଶତ୍ରୁ ଗୁପ୍ତରେ ଘରେ ଲୁଚି ରହିବା)। – ତୁ କ’ଣ ଗୋପନ ରଖୁଛୁ, ତୋ ପୁଅ ପରା ଢୋଲ ଭିତରେ ମୂଷା ପରି କଥାଟା ପ୍ରଘଟ କରିଦେଲାଣି ।
• ତେଲିଆ ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ତେଲ (ଥିଲାବାଲାକୁ ଅଧ୍ଵକ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ) – ଏ ସମାଜରେ ସବୁବେଳେ ତେଲିଆ ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ତେଲ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଗରିବର ଅବସ୍ଥା ତଳକୁ ତଳକୁ ଯାଉଛି ।
• ଦେହଲଗା ଅତି ବିଶ୍ଵାସା – ସନାତନ ତ ଜମିଦାରଙ୍କ ଦେହଲଗା ଲୋକ, ତାକୁ କିଏ ଡରେଇବ ?
• ନଈ ନ ଦେଖୁଣୁ ଲଙ୍ଗଳା (ବିପଦ ନ ଆସୁଣୁ ଛାନିଆ ହେବା )। – ନିର୍ବାଚନ ଦେଢ଼ବର୍ଷ ଅଛି, ବିପକ୍ଷବାଦୀଏ ନଈ ନ ଦେଖୁଣୁ ଲଙ୍ଗଳା ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ।
• ନଛୋଡ଼ବନ୍ଧା (ଏକଜିଦିଆ) – ତାଙ୍କର ନଛୋଡ଼ବନ୍ଧା ମନୋଭାବ ଯୋଗୁଁ ଗାଁ ମନ୍ଦିରଟା ତିଆରି ହୋଇପାରିଲାନି।
• ନାଟର ଗୋବର୍ଦ୍ଧନ (ଅନର୍ଥର ମୂଳ) – ଟାଉଟର ହରି ମିଶ୍ର ସବୁ ନାଟର ଗୋବର୍ଦ୍ଧନ, ସାହି ସାହିରେ ମନାନ୍ତର ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିଦେଲେଣି ।
• ଫାଙ୍କା ଆୱାଜ (ବୃଥା ଧମକ) – ଜିତିବାପାଇଁ ଆଗରୁ ବିରୋଧୀଏ ଫାଙ୍କା ଆୱାଜ ଦେବାକୁ ଲାଗିପଡ଼ିଲେଣି।
• ଫଟା କପାଳ (ମନ୍ଦଭାଗ୍ୟ) – ଶ୍ୟାମଘନଙ୍କର ଫଟା କପାଳକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ହେଲେ ପିଲା ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ହେଲେନି ।
• ବଣବିଛୁଆତି (ଅତିଦୁଷ୍ଟ/ମୂଳରୁ ଦୁଷ୍ଟ) – ମହାପାତ୍ରଙ୍କ ପିଲାଟା ବଣବିଛୁଆତି, ତା’ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ମିଶିଲେ ଭଲପିଲା ବି ନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଯିବ ।
• ବାଆକୁ ବତା (କ୍ଷୀଣ ଆଶ୍ରୟ) – ହଁ, ଦି’ ପଇସା ଏବେଠୁ ସଞ୍ଚା, ଝିଅ ବାହାଘରବେଳେ ବାଆକୁ ବତା ପରି କାମ ଦେବ ।
• ବାପରାଣ ଢିଙ୍କି ଗିଳ୍ (ବାଧ୍ୟ କରିବା) – ହରେକୃଷ୍ଣ ଏ କାମ କରିପାରିବନି ବୋଲି ବାରମ୍ବାର କହିଲେ, ତାଙ୍କୁ ବାପରାଣ ଢିଙ୍କି ଗିଳ୍ କଥା କହୁଛ କାହିଁକି ?
• ବାହାଘର ବେଳେ ବାଇଗଣ ରୁଆ (ଆଗରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ନ ହୋଇ ଶେଷ ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବା) – ପରୀକ୍ଷା ବେଳେ ବହି କିଣା, ବାହାଘର ବେଳେ ବାଇଗଣ ରୁଆ ସହିତ ସମାନ ।
• ବାଘ ଘରେ ମିରିଗ ନାଟ (ମୁରବିଙ୍କ ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ବିଶୃଙ୍ଖଳା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବା) – ସରପଞ୍ଚ ନ ଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଗାଁରେ ମେମ୍ବରମାନେ ବାଘ ଘରେ ମିରିଗ ନାଟ ଚଳେଇଛନ୍ତି ।
• ବିରାଡ଼ି ବୈଷ୍ଣବ/ବକ ଧାର୍ମିକ (ଠକ) – ଏବେବି ସମୟ ଅଛି, ତୁମେ ବିରାଡ଼ି ବୈଷ୍ଣବ ନୀତି ଛାଡ଼ ।
• ବୋଝ ଉପରେ ନଳିତା ବିଡ଼ା (ଦୁଃଖ ଉପରେ ଦୁଃଖ) – ତାଙ୍କର ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାରେ ପ୍ରାଣ ହରାଇଲେ, ପରେ ପରେ ପୁଅଟି ଚାଲିଗଲା, ଏବେ ତାଙ୍କ ଅବସ୍ଥା ବୋଝ ଉପରେ ନଳିତା ବିଡ଼ା ଭଳି ।
• ରାଣ୍ଡୀପୁଅ ଅନନ୍ତ। ଲଙ୍ଗଳା କର୍ଗୁରୀ /ଚାରିଦଉଡ଼ି କଟା (ଅନ୍ୟାୟଭ / ଶାସନର ବାହାରେ) – ଘରଦୁଆର, ଭାଇବନ୍ଧୁ, ମାୟାମମତା ଛାଡ଼ି ନଛିଆ ରାଣ୍ଡୀପୁଅ ଅନନ୍ତା ପରି ବୁଲୁଛା
• ହାତବାରିସି (ଯାହା ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହାସଲ ହୁଏ) – ଅ।ଜିକାଲି କଲେଜଛାତ୍ରମାନେ ରାଜନେତାଙ୍କର ହାତବାରିସି ସାଜିଛନ୍ତି ।
• ହୁଙ୍କାପିଟା (କିଛି ନ ବୁଝି ହଠାତ୍ କାମରେ ଲାଗିଯିବା) – ଶେଷକୁ ତାଙ୍କର ହୁଙ୍କପିଟା ନାତି ତାଙ୍କ ବିଫଳତାର କାରଣ ହେଲା ।

୨. କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ

• ଅହନ୍ତା ରଗବା ଅକସ ରଗ୍ନବା ପ୍ରତିହିଂସା ମନୋଭାବ ପୋଷଣ କରିବା – ଅହନ୍ତା ରଖ୍ କାମ କଲେ ଆପଣାର କ୍ଷତି ହୁଏ ।
• ଅନ୍ଧାରକୁ ଟେକା ପକାଇବା/ଅନ୍ଧାରଘରେ ବାଡ଼ି ବୁଲାଇବା (ଅନୁମାନ କରିବା) – ପ୍ରକୃତ ପାଠ ନ ଜାଣି ଅନ୍ଧାରକୁ ଟେକା ପକାଇବା ଭଳି ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବାରୁ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଧୀରେନ୍ଦ୍ର ଉପରେ ରାଗିଲେ ।
• ଆଖୁ ରଖୁବା (ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ରଖ୍/ଯତ୍ନ ନେବା) – ତାଙ୍କ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ ଉପରେ ଦୂରରୁ ଆଖୁ ରଖୁଥାଅ ।
• ଆଖ୍ ଦେବା/ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ପକାଇବା (ବିଷଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଦେଖୁବା/ଲୋଭ କରିବା) – ପର ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତି ଆଦେବା/ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ପକାଇବା ଠିକ୍ ନୁହେଁ ।
• ଆଖ୍ ପକାଇବା (ଲୋଲୁପଦୃଷ୍ଟି ପକାଇବା) – ସେ ନଈକୂଳ ଜମିଟି ଉପରେ ଆଖୁ ପକାଇଲେଣି ।
• ଆଖୁରେ ଧୂଳିଦେବା (ଠକିଦେବା) – କୃତଘ୍ନ ହୋଇ ସୁର ମୋ ଆଖୁରେ ଧୂଳିଦେଇ ଚାଲିଗଲା ।
• ଆଡ଼ ଆଖରେ ନ ଚାହିଁବା (ସାମାନ୍ୟ ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ନ ଦେବା/ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନ ରଖିବା) – ଅଧିକାଂଶ ଧନୀ ଲୋକମାନେ ଗରିବଙ୍କୁ ଆଡ଼ ଆସ୍‌ରେ ଚାହାନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।
• ଆ ବଳଦ ମତେ ବିନ୍ଧ (ବିପଦକୁ ଡାକି ଆଣିବା) – ଅନ୍ୟ ଦେଶର ଅପରାଧୀଙ୍କୁ ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ସ୍ଥାନ ଦେବା ମାନେ ଆ’ ବଳଦ ମୋତେ ବିନ୍ଦ୍ ସହିତ ସମାନ ।
• ଉଷୁନା ଧାନ ଗଜା ହେବା (ଅସମ୍ଭବ ସମ୍ଭବ ହେବା) – ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅଟି ବ୍ୟାଧମୁକ୍ତ ହେଲାନି ଯେ ଜାଣ ଉଷୁନା ଧାନ ଗଜା ହେଲା ।
• ଉପରେ ପଡ଼ି କହିବା/ଆବୁଡ଼ି ପଡ଼ିବା (ନ ପଚାରୁଣୁ କହିବା/ଅନ୍ୟର କଥା ନ ସରୁଣୁ କହିବା) – ଉପରେ ପଡ଼ି କହିବା ତା’ର ଗୋଟିଏ ମନ୍ଦ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ।
• କପାଳ ଖୋଲିବା (ଭଲ ବେଳ ପଡ଼ିବା/ଉନ୍ନତି ହେବା) – ର।ମବାବୁଙ୍କର ପଦେ।ନ୍ନତି ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ ପୁଅ ଚାକିରି ପାଇଲା, ତାଙ୍କର କପାଳ ଖୋଲିଗଲା ଜାଣ ।
• କପାଳ ଫାଟିବା (ସର୍ବନାଶ ହେବା) – ମହାବାତ୍ୟା ପରେ ପୁଣି ମରୁଡ଼ି ହେବାରୁ ଲୋକଙ୍କ କପାଳ ଫାଟିଲା ।
• କଳାକାଠ ପଡ଼ିଯିବା (ମଳିନ ପଡ଼ିଯିବା) – ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ କପି କରି ଧରା ପଡ଼ିଯିବାରୁ ଛାତ୍ରଟି ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖ୍ କଳାକାଠ ପଡ଼ିଗଲା ।
• କଟା ଘା’ରେ ଚୂନ ଦେବା (ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଉପରେ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦେବା) – ହରିଆ ଦୋଷ ନ କରି ଜୋରିମାନା ଦେଲା, ପୁଣି ତାକୁ ବାସନ୍ଦ କଲେ କଟା ଘା’ରେ ଚୂନଦେବା ଭଳି ହେବ ।
• କଳାକନା ବୁଲାଇବା (ସର୍ବସ୍ଵ ଲୁଟିନେବା/ସର୍ବନାଶ କରିବା) – ଚୋରମାନେ ଗତ ରାତିରେ ପରିଡ଼ାଘରୁ ସମସ୍ତ ଜିନିଷ ଲୁଟିନେଇ କଳାକନା ବୁଲାଇ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।
• କାମରେ ହାତଦେବା (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବା) – ବୁଦ୍ଧିମାନ ଲୋକ କୌଣସି କାମରେ ହାତଦେବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଖୁବ୍ ଭାବିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।
• କାନରେ ହାତଦେବା (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହେବା) – ରଘୁବାବୁ ତାଙ୍କ କଥାଶୁଣି କାନରେ ହାତ ଦେଲେ ।
• କୁହୁଡ଼ି ପହଁରିବା (ବୃଥା ପରିଶ୍ରମ/ବୃଥା ପ୍ରୟାସ କରିବା) – ପାଠ ନ ପଢ଼ି ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ହେବାକୁ ଗୋପାଳ କୁହୁଡ଼ି ପହଁରୁଛି ।
• ଖାଲରେ ପକାଇବା (ବିପଦରେ ପକାଇବା) – ସେ ନିଜର ସ୍ବାର୍ଥ ସିଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଁ ଯେକୌଣସି ଲୋକକୁ ଖାଲରେ ପକାଇବାକୁ କୁଣ୍ଠିତ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି ।
• ଖ୍ଅ କାଢ଼ିବା (କଥାକୁ ଘାଣ୍ଟି ଦୋଷ ଖୋଜିବା) – ଖଳ ଲୋକମାନେ ସବୁକଥାରେ ଖୁଅ କାଢ଼ିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।
• ଖାଇବା ପତରରେ ଧୂଳି ଦେବା (ଜୀବିକା ଛଡ଼ାଇନେବା) – ଆକ୍ରୋଶମୂଳକ ଭାବରେ କାହାର ଖାଇବା ପତରରେ ଧୂଳିଦେବା ବଡ଼ ପାପ ।
• ଗୁଜୁରାଣ ମେଣ୍ଟାଇବା (କଷୃସହି କଷୃକରି କୌଣସିମତେ ଚଳିବା) – ଏବେ ଦୀନବନ୍ଧୁ ମୂଲମଜୁରି ଲାଗି କୌଣସି ପ୍ରକାରେ ଗୁଜୁରାଣ ମେଣ୍ଟାଉଛି ।
• ଗାଲରେ ହାତଦେବା (ଚିନ୍ତିତ ହେବା) – ଭେ।ଗରେ ହାରିଯିବାରୁ ଲାଗି କୌଣସି ପ୍ରକାରେ ଗୁଜୁରାଣ ମେଣୃ। ଉଚ୍ଛା
• ଗୋଡ଼ହାତ ଧରିବା (ବିନମ୍ର ଗୁହାରି କରିବା) – ଦୋଷ କରି ମିଛ କହି ଜନାର୍ଦ୍ଦନ ଅଧ୍ୟକ୍ଷଙ୍କ ଗୋଡ଼ହାତ ଧରିଲା ।
• ଗୋଡ଼ ଟେକି ବସିବା (ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇ ରହିବା) – ମକରଯାତ ବୁଲି ଯିବାପାଇଁ ପିଲାଏ ଗୋଡ଼ଟେକି ବସିଛନ୍ତି ।
• ଚିତା କାଟିବା (ଠକିବା) – ଅନେକ ଭଣ୍ଡ ସାଧୁ ଅଛନ୍ତି, ଯେଉଁମାନେ କି ଧର୍ମ ନାମରେ ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ଚିତା କାଟୁଛନ୍ତି ।
• ନାଁ କରିବା (ସୁନାମ ଅର୍ଜନ କରିବା) – ଧର୍ମପଦ ଭଳି ଦେଶର ନାଁ କରିବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଛାତ୍ରଛାତ୍ରୀଙ୍କର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ହେବା ଉଚିତା
• ନାଁ ରଖୁବା (ଯଶ ରଖିବା) – ଏବେ ଦେଉଳ ତୋଳି ନାଁ ରଖୁବାକୁ କେତେଜଣ ପସନ୍ଦ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ?
• ନାକ ଛିଞ୍ଚାଡ଼ିବା (ବିରକ୍ତ ହେବା) – ସବୁ କଥାରେ ନାକ ଛିଞ୍ଚାଡ଼ିବା ପ୍ରକୃତିକୁ କୈଳାସବାବୁ ଛାଡ଼ିପାରିଲେନି ।
• ନାକ ଟେକିବା (ଘୃଣା କରିବା) – ରୋଗୀ ସେବା କଲାବେଳେ ନାକ ଟେକିବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ ।
• ନାକେଦମ୍ କରିବା (ଅଥୟ କରିବା) – ପଡ଼ିଶାଘର ବାହାଘର ଭୋଜି ଖାଇବାକୁ ଯିବ ବୋଲି ପିଲାଟା କାନ୍ଦି ନାକେଦମ୍ କଲାଣି ।
• ପିଠିରେ ପଡ଼ିବା (ସାହା ହେବା) – ଯେତେ କହିଲେ ବି ପାଠ ପଢୁନୁ, ଫେଲ୍ ହେଲେ କେହି ପିଠିରେ ପଡ଼ିବେନି ।
• ଫସର ଫାଟିବା (ବ୍ୟର୍ଥ ହେବା) – ହରବାବୁଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ମାଟ୍ରିକ୍ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ଫେଲ୍ ହେବାରୁ ତାଙ୍କର ସବୁ ଯୋଜନା ଫସର ଫାଟିଲା ।
• ଫଟେଇ ହେବା (ଗୋଟିଏ କଥାକୁ ବାରମ୍ବାର ପଚାରିବା) – ନଖ୍ ନାନୀ ସବୁ କଥାରେ ଫଟେଇ ହେବାକୁ ଭଲପାଏ ।
• ବାଟ କାଟିବା (ନିଜ ସୁବିଧା ଦେଖୁବା) – ସବୁ ଶୁଣିସାରି ମାମୁ ତାଙ୍କ ହିସାବରେ ବାଟ କାଟିବା ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ ।
• ବାଟ ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା (ଉପେକ୍ଷା କରିବା) – ବିପଦରେ ପଡ଼ିଥିବା ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ନ କରି ବାଟଭାଙ୍ଗି ଚାଲିଯିବା ଠିକ୍ ନୁହେଁ ।
• ବାଟମାରଣା ହେବା (ମଝିରେ ଅନ୍ୟଦ୍ୱାରା ଅପହୃତ ହୋଇଯିବା) – ବାତ୍ୟା ସମୟରେ ଦେଶବିଦେଶରୁ ଆସିଥ୍ୟା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବାଟମାରଣା ହେଲା ବୋଲି ଲୋକେ କହୁଛନ୍ତି ।
• ବିରାଡ଼ି ଛିଙ୍କିବା (ଅନୁକୂଳ ବିଗିଡ଼ିଯିବା) – ତୁମେ ଖାଲି ହାତରେ ଫେରିଆସିଲନି ଯେ ବିରାଡ଼ି ଛିଙ୍କିବା ଭଳି କଥାଟେ ହେଲା ।
• ବିରାଡ଼ି କପାଳକୁ ଶିକା ଛିଣ୍ଡିବା (ଇଚ୍ଛା ଅନୁସାରେ ସୁବିଧା ମିଳିବା) – ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନୀ ଦେଖୁ ଯିବାକୁ କେହି ସାଙ୍ଗ ମିଳୁ ନ ଥିଲେ, ବିରାଡ଼ି କପାଳକୁ ଶିକା ଛିଣ୍ଡିଲା ପରି ସାନମାମୁ ଆସି ପହଞ୍ଚିଗଲେ ।
• ଭାଲୁ ଧରାଇବା (କୌଶଳରେ ଜଞ୍ଜାଳଗ୍ରସ୍ତ କରାଇବା) – ସୁବିଧା ପାଇଁ ଅନ୍ୟ କାହାକୁ ଭାଲୁ ଧରାଇ ନିଜେ ଖସିଯିବା ବିବେକୀ ଲୋକର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ ।
• ଭୂତ ଖାଇବା (ଅନ୍ୟ ହାତରେ ପଡ଼ିବା) – କଳାବଜାରୀ ଧନ ଭୂତ ଖାଇବା ଛଡ଼ା ଆଉ କିଛି କାମରେ ଲାଗେନି।
• ମହରଗରୁ ଯାଇ କାନ୍ତାରରେ ପଡ଼ିବା (ସାମାନ୍ୟ ବିପଦରୁ ଯାଇ ବଡ଼ ବିପଦରେ ପଡ଼ିବା) – ବନ୍ୟା ଭୟରେ ନଦୀକୂଳ ଛାଡ଼ି ଅନ୍ୟତ୍ର ଘରକରି ରହିଲି ଯେ ସେଠି ସବୁବର୍ଷ ମରୁଡ଼ି । ମହରଗରୁ ଯାଇ କାନ୍ତାରରେ ପଡ଼ିବା ସାର ହେଲା ।
• ହାତବାନ୍ଧି (ନିରୁପାୟ ହେବା) – ଲଘୁଚାପ ବର୍ଷା ଚାରିଦିନ ଧରି ଲାଗିରହିଥିବାରୁ କାମ ନପାଇ ମୂଲିଆମାନେ ହାତବାନ୍ଧି ବସିଛନ୍ତି ।
• ଛାତିକି ପଥର କରିବା (ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଧରିବା) – ବିପଦ ପରେ ବିପଦକୁ ଭୋଗି ସେ ଛାତିକୁ ପଥର କରିବା ଜାଣିଗଲେ ।
• ଛାଇ ନ ମାଡ଼ିବା (ସବୁ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଛିନ୍ନ କରିବା) – ପରିବାରରୁ ଅଲଗା ହେଲାପରେ ବଡ଼ଭାଇ ସାନଭାଇର ଛାଇ ମାଡୁନି ।
• ଛାତି ଫୁଲେଇ ଚାଲିବା (ଗର୍ବ ଦେଖାଇବା) – ସ୍ଵାଧୀନତା ପରେ ଭାରତବାସୀ ବିଶ୍ଵଦରବାରରେ ଛାତି ଫୁଲେଇ ଚାଲିବାକୁ ସମର୍ଥ ହେଲୋ
• ଜିରାରୁ ଶିରା କାଢ଼ିବା (ଅଯଥା ଦୋଷ ଦେଖାଇବା) – ଖଳ ଲୋକମାନେ ଜିରାରୁ ଶିରା କାଢ଼ି ନିଜର ବାହାଦୂରି ଦେଖାନ୍ତି ।
• ଝିଣ୍ଟିକା ମାରି ବଣି ପୋଷିବା (ଦୁର୍ବଳକୁ ମାରି ସବଳକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା) – ଝିଣ୍ଟିକା ମାରି ବଣି ପୋଷିଲେ ଆସନ୍ତା ଥରକୁ ଭୋଟ ପାଇବ ତ ?
• ଠାସ୍‌କୁ ମାରିବା (ଅନୁମାନ କରି କହିବା) – ସବୁ କଥାରେ ଠାସକୁ ମାରିଲେ ନିଜର କ୍ଷତି ହେବ ।
• ତଳେ ପକାଇବା (ଅମାନ୍ୟ କରିବା) – ଗୁରୁ ବଚନ ଶିଷ୍ୟ ତଳେ ପକାଇବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ ।
• ତିଳକୁ ତାଳ କରିବା (ଛୋଟ କଥାକୁ ବଡ଼ କରିବା) – ସବୁ କଥାରେ ତିଳକୁ ତାଳ କରି ଖରାପ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବା ମଦନର ସ୍ବଭାବ ।
• ଦାଉ ସାଧ୍ (ପ୍ରତିଶୋଧ ନେବା) – କାହା ଉପରେ ବିପଦ ପଡ଼ିଥିବାବେଳେ ସୁଯୋଗ ନେଇ ଦାଉ ସାଧୁବା ଭଲ ନୁହେଁ ।
• ମନ ଘର ଧରିବା (ଅସୁବିଧାରେ ପଡ଼ି ସଚେତନ ହେବା) – ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ଫେଲ୍ ହେବାପରେ ପୁଅର ମନ ଘର ଧରିବାକୁ ବସିଛି ।
• ମାଛକି ମ’ (ମର୍) ନ କହିବା (ଖୁବ୍ ନିରୀହ) – ମାଛିକି ମ’ ନ କହିବା ଲୋକଟିକୁ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଗୁଣ୍ଡା କହି ଗିରଫ କରିନେଲା ।
• ମୁହଁ ବଢ଼ାଇବା (ସୁବିଧା ଦେବା) – ସବୁବେଳେ ନ ମାଗୁଣୁ ଟଙ୍କା ଦେଇ ସଦାନନ୍ଦ ପୁଅର ମୁହଁ ବଢ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେଣି ।
• ମୁହଁ ଦେବା (ପ୍ରଶ୍ରୟ ଦେବା) – ପିଲାଟିକୁ ମୁହଁ ଦେବାରୁ ସେ ବିଗିଡ଼ିଗଲା ।
• ମୁଣ୍ଡଝାଳ ତୁଣ୍ଡରେ ମାରିବା (କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ପେଟ ପୋଷିବା) – ଭଲଘର ଖଣ୍ଡେ କରିବ ବୋଲି ମୁଣ୍ଡଝାଳ ତୁଣ୍ଡରେ ମାରି ସେ ଯାହା କିଛି ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିଥିଲା, ସବୁତକ ଚୋର ନେଇଗଲେ ।
• ମୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ତେନ୍ତୁଳିଆ ବିଛା କାମୁଡ଼ିବା (ଭୀଷଣ ଚିନ୍ତାରେ ପଡ଼ିଯିବା) – ଝିଅ ବାହାଘର ନାଁ ଧରୁ ନ ଥିଲେ, ଏବେ ଝିଅର ବୟସ ଗଡ଼ିଯିବାରୁ ତାଙ୍କ ମୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ତେନ୍ତୁଳିଆ ବିଛା କାମୁଡ଼ିଲାଣି ।
• ରକ୍ତଚାଉଳ ଚୋବାଇବା (ରାଗ ଜର୍ଜରିତ ହେବା) – ଗାଁ ରାସ୍ତାର ଠିକାଦାରୀରେ ଲାଭ ନି ପାଇବାରୁ ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ବସନ୍ତ ଖାଲି ରକ୍ତଚାଉଳ ଚୋବାଉଛି ।
• ସୁଅ ମୁହଁରେ ଯିବା/ପଡ଼ିବା (ବୃଥାରେ ଧନ ଦଉଲତ ଉଜାଡ଼ି ଦେବା) – ପୁଅ ଅଯୋଗ୍ୟ ହେଲେ ବାପର ସବୁ ଧନ ସୁଅ ମୁହଁରେ ଯାଏ ।
• ହାତ ଧରିବା (ବିବାହ କରିବା/ନେହୁରା ହେବା) – ଗୁଣୀ ପୁରୁଷର ହାତ ଧରିବାକୁ ସବୁ ଝିଅ ଇଚ୍ଛା କରନ୍ତି ।
• ହାତ କରିବା (କୌଶଳରେ ଆୟତ୍ତ କରିବା) – ଅନ୍ୟପକ୍ଷର ସାକ୍ଷୀମାନଙ୍କୁ ହାତ କରି ସେ ମକଦ୍ଦମା ଜିତିଗଲେ ।
• ହାତରେ ନ ମାରି ଭାତରେ ମାରିବା (କୌଶଳରେ ଜୀବିକା ବା ବୃତ୍ତିରୁ ଉଚ୍ଛେଦ କରିବା) – ଶ୍ରମିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ହାତରେ ନ ମାରି ଭାତରେ ମାରିବା ନୀତି ଯୋଗୁଁ ତାଙ୍କ କାରଖାନାରେ ସବୁବେଳେ ଧର୍ମଘଟ ଲାଗିରହିଛି।

୩. ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ରୂଢ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ

• କେରାଣ୍ଡି ପରି ଫକର ଫକର – ଅଳପ କଥାରେ ମଧୁ କେରାଣ୍ଡି ପରି ଫକର ଫକର ହୁଏ ।
• ଏଣ୍ଡୁଅ ପରି ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଟୁଙ୍ଗାରିବା – ସେ କିଛି ବୁଝୁ ନ ବୁଝୁ ସବୁବେଳେ ଏଣ୍ଡୁଅ ପରି ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଟୁଙ୍ଗାରୁଥାଏ ।
• କୁକୁର ପରି ଧାଇଁବା – ଟଙ୍କା କେଇଟା ଲୋଭରେ ସେ କୁକୁର ପରି ଧାଉଁଛି ।
• ଖୁଣ୍ଟଟା ପରି ଠିଆହେବା – ବସିବାକୁ କହିଲି, ନ ବସି ଖୁଣ୍ଟଟା ପରି ଠିଆ ହୋଇ ରହିଲୁ କାହିଁକି ?
• ଗଡ଼ ପରି ପଡ଼ିବା/ଢିଙ୍କି ପରି ପଡ଼ିବା – ଲୋକଟା ଗଡ଼ପରି ପଡ଼ିଛି, ପଦେ ବି ଜବାବ ନାହିଁ । / ଢିଙ୍କିଟା ପରି ପଡ଼ିରହିବା ଅଳସୁଆଙ୍କ ଲକ୍ଷଣ ।
• ଛୁଞ୍ଚି ପରି ମୁହଁ କରିବା – ସବୁବେଳେ ଛୁଞ୍ଚିପରି ମୁହଁ କଲେ କିଏ ତୋତେ ଭଲ ପାଇବ ?
• ଜୋକ ପରି ଲାଗିବା – ଯେଉଁମାନେ କର୍ମଠ, ସେମାନେ କାମରେ ସର୍ବଦା ଜୋକ ପରି ଲାଗିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।
• ପେଡ଼ି ପରି ମୁହଁ କରିବା/ଫୁଲାଇବା – ସତକଥା କହିଦେବାରୁ ସେ ପେଡ଼ି ପରି ମୁହଁ ଫୁଲାଇ ବସିଛି ।
• ପବନ ପରି ଧାଇଁବା – କିଏ ବିପଦରେ ପଡ଼ିଛି ଶୁଣିଲେ, ତାକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବାପାଇଁ ସେ ପବନ ପରି ଧାଇଁଯା’ନ୍ତି ।
• ପ୍ରସାଦ ପରି ପାଇଦେବା – ପଡ଼ୋଶୀଘରୁ ଆସିଥିବା ତରକାରିକୁ ସେ ପ୍ରସାଦ ପରି ପାଇଦେଲା ।
• ବରଡ଼ା ପତ୍ର ପରି ଥରିବା – ମିଛକଥା ଧରାପଡ଼ିଯିବାରୁ ବାପାଙ୍କ ଆଗରେ ମନୁଆ ବରଡ଼ାପତ୍ର ପରି ଥରୁଛି ।
• ସାପ ପରି ଫ ଫ ହେବା – ସାମାନ୍ୟ କଥାରେ ରାଗିଯାଇ ସାପପରି ମୁଁ ଫି ହେବା ଭଲ ଲୋକର ଗୁଣ ନୁହେଁ ।
• ସିଂହ ପରି ଯୁଝିବା – ବାଳକ ଅଭିମନ୍ୟୁ ସପ୍ତରଥୀଙ୍କ ସହିତ ସିଂହ ପରି ଯୁଝିଥିଲେ ।
• ଶୁଆ ପରି ଘୋଷିବା – କୃଷ୍ଣ ନାମକୁ ଯଶୋଦା ଶୁଆ ପରି ଘୋଷି ହେଉଥିଲେ ।
• ଧଣ୍ଡ ପରି ଶୋଇବା – ଠିକ୍ ଲାଭ ପାଇବା ବେଳକୁ ନରହରି ଧଣ୍ଡଟା ପରି ଶୋଇଗଲା ।

ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଉତ୍ତର

୧। ରୂଢ଼ି ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
କୌଣସି ଶବ୍ଦ ନିଜସ୍ୱ ମୌଳିକ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି ଅନ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ ସହିତ ମିଳିତ ହୋଇ ଏକ ଭିନ୍ନ ଓ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଭଙ୍ଗୀର ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲେ ତାହାକୁ ‘ରୂଢ଼ି’ କୁହାଯାଏ । ରୂଢ଼ି – ଚମତ୍କାର ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ଏକ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଢଙ୍ଗର ପଦସଂହତି । ଉଦାହରଣ ସ୍ଵରୂପ : ‘କପାଳ ଫାଟିବା’ ।
ଏଠାରେ ‘କପାଳ’ର ସାଧାରଣ ମୂଳ ଅର୍ଥ – ମଥା
ଫାଟିବାର ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥ – ଅ।ଘାତ ପାଇ ଭାଙ୍ଗିପିବା
ମାତ୍ର ‘କପାଳ ଫାଟିବା’ ପଦସଂହତିରେ ଏ ଉଭୟ ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଉନି । ଉଭୟ ମୂଳ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ଅସ୍ବୀକାର କରି ମିଶି ଏକ ନୂତନ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଛି । ଅର୍ଥଟି ହେଉଛି – ଦୁର୍ଭାଗ୍ୟ ପଡ଼ିବା । ଏହିପରି ପଦ ସହିତ ପଦ ମିଶି ଚମତ୍କାର ଓ ବିଶେଷ ଭଙ୍ଗୀର ନୂଆ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରଦାନ କଲେ ତାହା ରୂଢ଼ି ରୂପରେ ପରିଚିତ ହୁଏ ।

୨। ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ରୂଢ଼ିମାନ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରି ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର । (ପ୍ରଶ୍ ସହ ଉଭର)
Answer:

• ଅନ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ଦୋଷ ଲଦିବା (ଅଠା ବୋଳିବା) – ନିଜେ ଦୋଷ କରି ପରମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ଅଠା ବୋଳିବା ପଟ୍ଟନାୟକବାବୁଙ୍କ ଚିରାଚରିତ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ।
• ମୂର୍ଖ ନିକଟରେ ଜ୍ଞାନ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା କରିବା (ଅନ୍ଧ ଦେଶରେ ଦର୍ପଣ ବିକିବା) – ଅଜ୍ଞାନ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହିତ ଜ୍ଞାନ-ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା କରିବା ଯାହା ଅନ୍ଧ ଦେଶରେ ଦର୍ପଣ ବିକିବା ସେଇଆ ।
• ଅନୁମାନ କରି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବା (ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ ବାଡ଼ି ବୁଲାଇବା) – ଉତ୍ତମ ରୂପେ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ ନ କରି ଖାଲି ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ ବାଡ଼ି ବୁଲାଇଲେ ପ୍ରକୃତ ସତ୍ୟ ଆବିଷ୍କୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।
• ଅସମ୍ଭବକୁ ସମ୍ଭବ କରିବା (ଉଷୁନା ଧାନ ଗଜା ହେବା) – ହରିବାବୁ କର୍କଟ ରୋଗରୁ ଭଲ ହେବେ ନା ଉଷୁନା ଧାନ ଗଜା ହେବ ।
• ବୃଥା ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରିବା (କୁହୁଡ଼ି ପହଁରିବା) – ରମାକାନ୍ତ ବାବୁ ଲାଭ ନିଶାରେ ଦିନରାତି କୁହୁଡ଼ି ପହଁରୁଛନ୍ତି ।
• ଜୀବିକାରେ ବାଧା ଦେବା (ଖାଇବା ପତରରେ ଧୂଳି ଦେବା) – କାହା ଖାଇବା ପତ୍ରରେ ଧୂଳି ଦେବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।
• ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଧରିବା (ଛାତିକୁ ପଥର କରିବା) – ସ୍ବାମୀର ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ପରେ କେତକୀ ଛାତିକୁ ପଥର କରି ବଞ୍ଚ୍ ରହିଛି ।
• ବୃଥା ଦୋଷ ଦେଖାଇବା (ଜିରାରୁ ଶିରା କାଢ଼ିବା) – ଯତୀନ୍ଦ୍ରବାବୁ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥଟିର ପ୍ରକୃତ ସମୀକ୍ଷା ନ କରି କେବଳ ଜିରାରୁ ଶିରା କାଢ଼ିଛନ୍ତି ଯାହା ।
• ଦୁର୍ବଳକୁ ମାରି ସବଳକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା (ଝିଣ୍ଟିକା ମାରି ବଣି ପୋଷିବା) – ସରକାରଙ୍କ ଅନେକ ଯୋଜନା କେବଳ ଝିଣ୍ଟିକା ମାରି ବଣି ପୋଷିବା ସଦୃଶ ଉଚ୍ଚବର୍ଗଙ୍କୁ ସୁହାଉଛି ।
• ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ଲୋକ ବିରୋଧରେ ବାହାରିବା (ବିରାଡ଼ି ବେକରେ ଘଣ୍ଟି ବାନ୍ଧିବା) – ବଡ଼ବଡ଼ିଆଙ୍କ ଟିକସ ଫାଙ୍କି ବିଷୟରେ ସମସ୍ତେ ଜାଣନ୍ତି, ହେଲେ ବିରାଡ଼ି ବେକରେ ଘଣ୍ଟି ବାନ୍ଧିବ କିଏ ?
• ବିନା ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚରେ ଲାଭ ଉଠେଇବା (କେରାଣ୍ଡି ଗୁଛି ବାଳିଆ ଧରିବା) – ରାଜେନ୍ଦ୍ରବାବୁଙ୍କ କଥା କାହିଁକି କହୁଛ ? ସେ ତ କେରାଣ୍ଡି ଗୁଛି ବାଳିଆ ଧରିବା ଲୋକ।
• ଅସହାୟର ସହାୟ (ଅନ୍ଧର ଲଉଡ଼ି) – ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣ ଯଶୋଦାଙ୍କର ଅନ୍ଧର ଲଉଡ଼ି ଥିଲେ ।
• ମୂଲ୍ୟହୀନ କଥା (ଅଲଣା କଥା) – ତାଙ୍କର ସେ ଅଲଣା କଥା ଶୁଣିବାକୁ ମୋର ବେଳ ନାହିଁ ।
• ଜନ୍ମରୁ ସିଆଣିଆ (ଓଳିଆରୁ ଗଜା) – ସେ ତ ଓଳିଆରୁ ଗଜା । ତାକୁ କ’ଣ କଥା କହି ତୁ ଜିତି ପାରିବୁ ?
• ଅତି ସୁନ୍ଦର (ଗୋଟିଏ ଚାଉଳରେ ଗଢ଼ା) – ନାରଣବାବୁଙ୍କ ସାନଝିଅଟି ଗୋଟିଏ ଚାଉଳରେ ଗଢ଼ା ।
• ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ପରୀକ୍ଷା (ଛୁଞ୍ଚିମାଛି ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା) – ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ କାମରେ ଛୁଞ୍ଚିମାଛି ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା ଅଲେଖବାବୁଙ୍କ ଅଭ୍ୟାସରେ ପଡ଼ିଗଲାଣି ।
• ଆନନ୍ଦରେ ମୂଳ (ଜପାମାଳି) – ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣ ଯଶୋଦାଙ୍କର ଜପାମାଳି ଥିଲେ ।
• କ୍ଷୀଣ ଆଶ୍ରୟ (ବାଆକୁ ବତା) – ଈଶ୍ଵର ଯାହା କରିବେ, ତାହା ହେବ । ମଣିଷର ଚେଷ୍ଟା କେବଳ ବାଆକୁ ବତା ମାତ୍ର ।
• ଅସମର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ହାତରେ ଦାୟିତ୍ବ ଅର୍ପଣ (ମାଙ୍କଡ଼ ହାତରେ ଶାଳଗ୍ରାମ) – ସୁଶାନ୍ତ ପରି ଦାୟିତ୍ୱହୀନ ପିଲା ହାତରେ ଝିଅ ବିଭାଘରର ସମସ୍ତ ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଦେବା ମାଙ୍କଡ଼ ହାତରେ ଶାଳଗ୍ରାମ ସଦୃଶ ।

୩ । ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରୂଢ଼ି ଓ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରୂଢ଼ିର ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

Answer:

୨. ଏକପଦୀକରଣ

ସଂଜ୍ଞା ଓ ସ୍ବରୂପ :
ଆମ ଭାଷା ଓଡ଼ିଆରେ ଆମେ ଭାବ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଇଁ ତତ୍ସମ, ତଦ୍‌ଭବ, ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଓ ବୈଦେଶିକ – ଏପରି ଚାରିପ୍ରକାର ଶବ୍ଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାଉ । ବେଳେବେଳେ ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଇଁ ଆମେ ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଶବ୍ଦ ନପାଇ ବହୁ ଶବ୍ଦ ମିଶାଇ ସେହି ଅର୍ଥଟି ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥାଉ । ଏହା ଆମର ଶବ୍ଦଜ୍ଞାନର ଓ ବ୍ୟବହାରର ଏକ ଦୁର୍ବଳତା । ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ସହଜରେ, ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ ଓ ସିଧାସଳଖ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଇପାରେ । ଏପ୍ରକାର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଆମକୁ ଜ୍ଞାନୀ ବିବେଚିତ କରେ । ଭାବ ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ ଚମତ୍କାର ଭାବାର୍ଥ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରି ପ୍ରକାଶିତ ହୁଏ । ସୁତରାଂ ଏକାଧ୍ଵ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରକାଶିତ ଅର୍ଥ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବାର ପ୍ରକରଣ ବା କୌଶଳକୁ ‘ଏକପଦୀକରଣ’ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

ଅନ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକାଧ୍ଯକ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତର କରି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଭାବରେ ସମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବାର ଶବ୍ଦ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାକୁ ‘ଏକପଦୀକରଣ’ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ଶବ୍ଦ ବ୍ୟବହାରଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମେ ଅନେକ ଶବ୍ଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର ନକରି ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଥ କରିଥାଉ । ଅତଏବ ଏକାଧିକ ପଦକୁ ଏକପଦରେ ବୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବା ପଦ୍ଧତିକୁ ଏକପଦୀକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ ଏକପଦୀକରଣଦ୍ୱାରା ବାକ୍ୟଟି ସରଳୀକୃତ ଓ ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ସଂକ୍ଷେପୀକରଣ ପାଇଁ ଭାଷାରେ ଏକପଦୀକରଣ ଉପାୟ ଅବଲମ୍ବନ କରାଯାଏ । ସନ୍ଧି, ସମାସ ଓ କୃଦନ୍ତ ବା ତଦ୍ଧିତାଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମେ ବହୁଶବ୍ଦକୁ ପରିତ୍ୟାଗ କରି ସମାନ ଭାବେ ଏକପଦରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିପାରୁ; ଯଥା –

୧। ସନ୍ଧି ଯୋଗେ ଏକପଦୀକରଣ :

• ଜାୟା ଓ ପତି = ଦମ୍ପତି (ଜାୟା + ପତି)
• ମଗଧର ଅଧୂତି = ମଗଧ + ଅଧୂତି = ମଗଧାପତି
• ଜଗତର ନାଥ = ଜଗତ + ନାଥ = ଜଗନ୍ନାଥ
• ନରକର ଅସୁର = ନରକ + ଅସୁର = ନରକାସୁର

୨। ସମାସ ଯୋଗେ ଏକପଦୀକରଣ

• ପଞ୍ଚବଟର ସମାହାର ସ୍ଥଳ – ପଞ୍ଚବଟୀ
• ଇତିହାସରେ ଯେ ବିଦ୍ବାନ୍ – ଐତିହାସିକ
• ଯେ ଗଳ୍ପ ରଚନା କରନ୍ତି – ଗାଳ୍ପିକ
• ଯେ ଦେଶସେବା କରେ – ଦେଶସେବକ
• ବୀଣା ପାଣିରେ ଯାହାର – ବାଣ।ପାଣି

୩ । ଉପସର୍ଗ/ପର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ / ପୂର୍ବ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ / ତଦ୍ଧିତ / କୃଦନ୍ତ / ସମାର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯୋଗେ ଏକପଦୀକରଣ :

• କଣ୍ଠ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ବ୍ୟାପିଥିବା – ଆ + କଣ୍ଠ = ଆକଣ୍ଠ
• ଶିବଙ୍କର ଭକ୍ତ ଯେ ସେ – ଶିବ + ଅ = ଶୈବ (ତଦ୍ଧିତ)
• ଦର୍ଶନ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଯେ ଜାଣନ୍ତି – ଦର୍ଶନ + ଇକ = ପାର୍ଶନିକ
• ଯେ ଆଗରୁ ଆସନ୍ତି – ଆଗନ୍ତୁକ
• ଯାହାର ଇଚ୍ଛା ନାହିଁ – ଅନିଚ୍ଛୁକ
• ଯିଏ କାମ କରେନି – ଅକର୍ମା
• ଯୋଗ ସାଧନା ଜାଣିଥୁବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି – ଯୋଗ + ଈ = ଯୋଗୀ (ତଦ୍ଧିତ)
• ଦେଖିବାର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ – ଦର୍ଶନ + ଈୟ = ଦର୍ଶନୀୟ (କୃଦନ୍ତ)
• ଖେଳି ପାରୁଥ‌ିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି – ଖେଳ୍ + ଆଳି = ଖେଳାଳି (ବୃଦନ୍ତ)
• ପଛେ ପଛେ ଗମନ କରିବା – ଅନୁ – ଗମ୍ + ଅନ୍ = ଅନୁଗମନ (ଉପସର୍ଗଭିଭିକ)
• ଚାଷ କରାଯାଇ ନଥିବା ଜମି – ପଡ଼ିଆ ( ସମାର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯୋଗେ )
• ମାଗଣା ପାଇବାର – ଫୋକଟ/ଫୋକଡ଼ (ସମାର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯୋଗେ )
• ମାଟିକୁ ଯାହା ସମତୁଲ କରେ – ମଇ (ସମାର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯୋଗେ)

ନିମ୍ନରେ କେତେକ ଉଦାହରଣ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଏକପଦୀକରଣର ପୂଚନା ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।
(କ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

(ଖ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

(ଗ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

(ଘ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

(ଙ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

(ଚ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

(ଛ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

(ଜ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

(ଝ) ଶବ୍ଦ ପୁଞ୍ଜ – ଏକପଦୀକରଣର

ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଉତ୍ତର

୧। ଏକପଦରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କର। (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସହ ଉତ୍ତର)

୨। ଏକପଦରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କର । (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସହ ଉତ୍ତର)

୩ । ଏକପହରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କର । (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସହ ଉତ୍ତର)

୩. ସମୋଚ୍ଚାରିତ ଭିନ୍ନାର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ

ସୂଚନା :
ଧ୍ବନି ସହିତ ଧ୍ବନି ବା ବର୍ଷ ସହିତ ବର୍ଷ ମିଶିଲେ ଶବ୍ଦ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ; ଯଥା – କବପ|ଟବଡ଼ । ଏଠାରେ କବ-ପ ଧ୍ବନି ଅଛି; ମାତ୍ର ଏହା ଶବ୍ଦ ନୁହେଁ । କାରଣ ଏହି ଧ୍ଵନି ବା ବର୍ଷ ମିଶି ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁନାହିଁ । ତେଣୁ ଧ୍ଵନି ବା ବର୍ଷ ମିଶି ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲେ ତାହା ଶବ୍ଦ ହୁଏ । ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ସଜାଇ ଆମେ ବାକ୍ୟ ଗଠନ କରି ଭାବ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥାଉ । ଅନେକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଅଛି, ଯାହା ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ଦିଗରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ, ମାତ୍ର ଅର୍ଥ ସମାନ; ଯଥା- · ଆଦିତ୍ୟ-ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ-ତପନ-ସବିତା-ଅଂଶୁମାଳି । ଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ଦିଗରୁ ଅଲଗା ଅଲଗା । ମାତ୍ର ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କ ଅର୍ଥ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଙ୍କୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।

ଏପରି କେତେକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଅଛନ୍ତି, ଯେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ଏକ ଓ ରୂପ ପ୍ରାୟ ଏକ; ମାତ୍ର ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅର୍ଥ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ସୁତରାଂ ଯେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ଦିଗରୁ ପ୍ରାୟ ସମାନ ବା ପାଖାପାଖ୍, ସେସବୁ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ‘ସମୋଚ୍ଚାରିତ ଶବ୍ଦ’ କୁହାଯାଏ । ସମୋଚ୍ଚାରିତ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ସମାନ ଧ୍ଵନି ଥାଏ, ମାତ୍ର ଅର୍ଥ ଅସମାନ ବା ଭିନ୍ନ ଥାଏ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ଭାଷାର ଅନ୍ୟତମ ବୈଚିତ୍ର ହେଲା ଆମ ଭାଷା ଭଣ୍ଡାରରେ ଏପରି ଅନେକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଅଛନ୍ତି, ଯେଉଁମାନେ ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ଦିଗରୁ ଶୁଣିବାକୁ ଏକ।ଉଲି ମାତ୍ର ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଅର୍ଥ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ଯଥା –

(୧) ଶଦ୍ଦ – ଅର୍ଥ

ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଉତ୍ତର

୧। ନିମ୍ନପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ସମୋଚ୍ଚାରିତ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ଲେଖ । (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସହ ଉତ୍ତର)

୪. ବିପରୀତ ଅର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ

ସୂଚନା :
ଭାବ ବିନିମୟ ପାଇଁ ଆମେ ଭାଷା ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁ। ସାର୍ଥକ ଶବ୍ଦ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ କର୍ତ୍ତା-କର୍ମ-କ୍ରିୟା ଅନୁସାରେ ସଜାଇ ଆମେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ଉକ୍ତି ବାକ୍ୟ ରୂପରେ କହୁ । ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଭାବ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଏ । ଭାଷାର ସାର୍ଥକ ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ଏକକ ହେଉଛି – ‘ଶବ୍ଦ’ । ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ଆମେ ହଁ ନା – ଏପରି ଦୁଇଟି ଦିଗରୁ ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଆମର ଭାବ ସାଧାରଣ ଭାବରେ ସରଳଭଙ୍ଗୀରେ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ଅଥବା ଅସ୍ତିବାଚକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଭାବ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦର ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ଅସ୍ତିବାଚକ ରୂପ ଓ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ରୂପ ରହିଛି । ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦର ବିପରୀତ ଭାବକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଆମେ ଯେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାଉ ତାହାକୁ ‘‘ବିପରୀତାର୍ଥକ’ ବା ‘ବିପରୀତ ଅର୍ଥବୋଧକ’ ଶବ୍ଦ କୁହାଯାଏ; ଯଥା – ହଁ – ନା, ସୁଖ- ଦୁଃଖ, ଦିନ-ରାତି, ନାରୀ-ପୁରୁଷ, ପ୍ରାଣୀ-ଅପ୍ରାଣୀ……ଇତ୍ୟାଦି । ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଆମେ ଚାରିଟି ଦିଗରୁ ବିପରୀତ ଅର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାଉ । ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଏହିପରି :

୧। ଲିଙ୍ଗଭିଭିକ ବିପରୀତାର୍ଥକ ଶବ୍ଦ :

୨। ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ରରୀତିକ ବିପରୀତାର୍ଥକ ଶବ୍ଦ :

ମନେରଖ – ଅନୁଭୂତିର ଭିନ୍ନତାକୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ । ଗୋଟିଏ ଅନୁଭୂତିର ଭିନ୍ନ ଅନୁଭୂତି ଓ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଇଲେ ତାହାକୁ ବିପରୀତାର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

୩ । ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ଉପସର୍ଗ ଯୋଗରେ ଗଠିତ ବିପରୀତୀର୍ଥିକ ଶବ୍ଦ:
ବୁଦ୍ଧିଆ – ନିର୍ବୁଦ୍ଧିଆ (ନିଃ – ନିଃ + ବୁଦ୍ଧିଆ)
ଲେଉଟା – ଅଣଲେଉଟା (ଅଣ – ଅଣ + ଲେଉଟା)
ବାପୁଆ – ଅଣବାପୁଆ (ଅଣ + ବାପୁଆ)
ଆସ୍ଥା – ଅନାସ୍ଥା (ଅନ + ଆସ୍ଥା)
ଆବିଳ – ଅନାବିଳ (ଅନ + ଆବିଳ)
ଅକଲ – ବେଅକଲ (ବେ + ଅକଲ)
ହିସାବୀ – ବେହିସାବୀ (ବେ + ହିସାବୀ)
କର୍ମ – ଅକର୍ମ (ଅ + କର୍ମ)
ମନେରଖ – ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଶବ୍ଦର ବିପରୀତ ଅର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ ତା’ର ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ରୂପ କେବଳ ନୁହେଁ; ଯଥା ଖେଳିବା/ଖେଳିବାନି, ଖେଳିବା ନାହିଁ, ନ ଖେଳିବା, ନାଇଁ ଖେଳିବା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଖେଳିବାର ବିପରୀତ ଶବ୍ଦ ହେବନାହିଁ । ସେହିପରି ଭିନ୍ନ । ତେଣୁ ‘ଶୋଇବା’ର ବିପରୀତ ଶବ୍ଦ ‘ଚେଇଁବା’ ହେବ । ‘ହସିବା’ର ବିପରୀତ ଶବ୍ଦ ‘ହସିବା ନାହିଁ’ ନହୋଇ ‘କାନ୍ଦିବା’ ହେବ । ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ଉପସର୍ଗ ନପାଇ ଶବ୍ଦର ବିପରୀତ କରାଯାଏ; ଯଥା – କର୍ମ – ଅକର୍ମ । ଆବିଳ – ଅନାବିଳ ।

୪ । ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଉପସର୍ଗ ଯୋଗକରି ବିପରୀତ ଶବ୍ଦ ଗଢ଼ାଯାଏ; ଯଥା –
କୁ + କର୍ମ = କୁକର୍ମ – ସୁ + କର୍ମ = ସୁକର୍ମ

ବିପରୀତୀର୍ଥ ଶବ୍ଦ:

ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଉତ୍ତର

୧ । ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ଶବ୍ଦର ବିପରୀତ ଅର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଲେଖ । (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସହ ଉତ୍ତର)

୨। ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ଶବ୍ଦର ବିପରୀତ ଅର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଲେଖ । (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସହ ଉତ୍ତର)

(୫) ଭ୍ରମ ସଂଶୋଧନ (ଶବ୍ଦ)

ଠିକ୍ ଭାବରେ ଲେଖୁବା ଓ ଠିକ୍ ଭାବରେ ପଢ଼ିବା ଗୋଟିଏ ଉନ୍ନତ ଭାଷାର ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଲକ୍ଷଣ । ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଆମେ ଲେଖୁଥିବାବେଳେ ଅନେକ ଭ୍ରମ ଦେଖାଦେଇଥାଏ । ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଭାଷା ବା ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଶବ୍ଦର ବ୍ୟବହାର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ବ୍ୟାକରଣ ଜ୍ଞାନ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ । ବେଳେବେଳେ ପ୍ରମାଦପୂର୍ଣ ଭାଷାଶିକ୍ଷା ଯୋଗୁଁ ବା ନିରନ୍ତର ଅବହେଳା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଆମେ ଭାଷାର ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ଓ ଲିଖନରେ ଭୁଲ କରିଥାଉ । ନିରନ୍ତର ପଠନ, ଲିଖନ, ଶ୍ରବଣ ଓ ବ୍ୟାକରଣ ନିୟମ ଅଭ୍ୟାସଦ୍ବାରା ଏପରି ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧିକୁ ଦୂର କରାଯାଇପାରେ । ବିଶେଷକରି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟଗତ, ଲିଙ୍ଗଗତ, ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ-ବିଶେଷଣଗତ, ଷତ୍ଵ-ଣତ୍ୱ ବିଧ୍ଵତ, ବଚନଗତ, ସନ୍ଧିଗତ, ସମାସଗତ ଓ ମାତ୍ରାଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି ପ୍ରତି ସଚେତନ ରହିଲେ ଭାଷା (ଶବ୍ଦ)ର ଶୁଦ୍ଧିକରଣ ସହଜ ହୁଏ । ନିମ୍ନରେ କେତେକ ସାଧାରଣ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି ଓ ଶବ୍ଦରୂପ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ପାଇଁ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି।

(୨) ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ – ଶୁଦ୍ଧ

ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀର ଉତ୍ତର

୧। ନିମ୍ନପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ ଲେଖ । (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସହ ଉତ୍ତର)
Answer:

୨। ନିମ୍ନପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ କେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଶବ୍ଦ, ଚିହ୍ନାଅ ।
ଆବିଷ୍କାର, ପର୍ବପର୍ବାଣୀ, ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ର, ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ, ଜୀବାଣୁ, ସ୍ଵଭାବିକ, ସ୍ଵୀକାର, ସରିସୃପ ।
Answer:
ଆବିଷ୍କାର, ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ର, ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ, ଜୀବାଣୁ, ସ୍ଵୀକାର

୩। ନିମ୍ନପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୃଥକ୍ ଭାବରେ ବାଛି ଲେଖ ।
ପରିଚ୍ଛଦ, ତପସ୍ବିନୀ, ପୁଷ୍ପାଞ୍ଜଳି, ପାବନୀ, ପାଚେରୀ, ପରିଛେଦ, ବିଶ୍ବଜନିନ, ଅଭିସେକ, ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରି, ପାଟବତା, ନିଘୋଷୀ, ମହାରାଜା ।
Answer:
ପାଚେରୀ, ବିଶ୍ୱଜନିନ, ଅଭିସେକ, ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରି, ପାଟବତା, ନିଘୋଷୀ, ମହାରାଜା

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Economics Solutions Chapter 22 ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଓ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Economics Solutions Chapter 22 ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଓ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ

ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଓ ଅତିସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର
A. ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବିକଳ୍ପଉତ୍ତରମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତରଟି ବାଛି ଲେଖ।

1. ଦର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରୁଥିବା ସୂଚନାଟି କ’ଣ ?
(i) ମୂଲ୍ୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(ii) ଚାହିଦା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(iii) ସମୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(iv) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ
Answer:
(i) ମୂଲ୍ୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ

2. ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କେଉଁଟି ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଉପାଦାନ ନୁହେଁ ?
(i) ଋତୁଗତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(ii) ଚକ୍ରୀୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(iii) ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବଣତା
(iv) ମୂଲ୍ୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
Answer:
(iv) ମୂଲ୍ୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ

3. କେଉଁ ଉପାୟଟି ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବଣତା ମାପ କରିବାରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ ?
(i) ରେଖାଚିତ୍ର
(ii) ବର୍ଗୀୟ
(iii) ଉଭୟ (i) ଓ (ii)
(iv) କୌଣସିଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(iii) ଉଭୟ (i) ଓ (ii)

4. କେଉଁ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଖାଉଟି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ମୂଲ୍ୟର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ?
(i) ଫିସରଙ୍କ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ
(ii) ପରିମାଣ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ
(iii) ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ
(iv) ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ
Answer:
(iii) ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ

5. ଭାରତରେ ଶିଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ତଥ୍ୟ କେଉଁ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଉପାଂଶ ଅଟେ ?
(i) ଅନୀୟମିତ
(ii) ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ
(iii) ଋତୁକାଳୀନ
(iv) ଚକ୍ରୀୟ
Answer:
(ii) ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ

6. ବ୍ୟବସାୟରେ ଲାଭ ଓ କ୍ଷତି କେଉଁ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଯୋଗୁ ଘଟେ ?
(i) ଅନୀୟମିତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(ii) ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତି
(iii) ଋତୁକାଳୀନ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(iv) ଚକ୍ରୀୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
Answer:
(iv) ଚକ୍ରୀୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ

7. ଦତ୍ତ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କେଉଁଥରେ ସହାୟତା କରିଥାଏ ?
(i) ପୂର୍ବାନୁମାନ
(ii) ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତିର କଳନା
(iii) ନୀତି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣ
(iv) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ
Answer:
(iv) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ

8. ଚଳିତ ବର୍ଷର ଦାମ୍ ସ୍ତର ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରିବା ସମୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ବର୍ଷର ଦର ସ୍ତର ଆଧାରରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ କ’ଣ କୁହନ୍ତି ?
(i) ଅଧିବର୍ଷ
(ii) ଆର୍ଥିକ ବର୍ଷ
(iii) ଗଣନା ବର୍ଷ
(iv) ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷ
Answer:
(iv) ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷ

9. କେଉଁସବୁ ଉପାଦାନ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ ?
(i) ଋତୁଗତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(ii) ଚକ୍ରୀୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ
(iii) ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବଣତା
(iv) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ
Answer:
(iv) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ

10. ଦର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟବେଳେ କେଉଁ ସମସ୍ୟାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେବାକୁ ପଡ଼େ ?
(i) ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷ ସ୍ଥିର କରିବା
(ii) ପ୍ରତିନିଧୂମୂଳକ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ବାଛିବା
(iii) ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ
(iv) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ
Answer:
(iv) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ

B. ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. ଅନେକ ଚଳ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାପକୁ ______________________ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ

2. ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ଖାଦ୍ୟଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ __________________ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଗଣନା କରାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ

3. ବାଣିଜ୍ୟର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଓ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଦେଶ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଅର୍ଥର ବିନିମୟ ______________ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ମପାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ

4. ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ସମୟରେ ଲବ୍‌ଧାଙ୍କମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ସେଟ୍‌କୁ _________________________ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ

5. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ______________________ ସବୁଠାରୁ ମୂଖ୍ୟ ଉପାଦାନ ଅଟେ ।
Answer:
ସମୟ

6. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ତଥ୍ୟ ଯଦି ବ୍ୟବସାୟର ଅଭିବୃଦ୍ଧି ଓ କ୍ଷତି ଅନୁସାରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ତାହାକୁ _____________________ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଚକ୍ରୀୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ

7. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ମାପ ମାସ ଅନୁସାରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେଲେ ତାହାକୁ ______________ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଋତୁକାଳୀନ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ

C. ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
Answer:
ଗୋଟିଏ ଚଳ କିମ୍ବା ଅନେକ ଚଳ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାପକୁ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

2. ଆଧାରବର୍ଷ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ବର୍ଷର ହାରାହାରି ଦାମ୍ ସହିତ ଚଳିତ ବର୍ଷର ହାରାହାରି ଦାମ୍ ତୁଳନା କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

3. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବଣତା, ଋତୁଗତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ, ଚକ୍ରୀୟ ବିଚଳନ ଓ ଅନିୟମିତ ବିଚରଣ ଆଦି ସମୟଶ୍ରେଣୀର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପାଦାନ ।

4. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ଅନୀୟମିତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ଏକ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
Answer:
ଯୁଦ୍ଧ, ବାତ୍ୟା, ବନ୍ୟା, ମରୁଡ଼ି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଅନୀୟମିତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ଉଦାହରଣ ଅଟେ ।

5. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବଣତା ମାପିବା ପାଇଁ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ କେତୋଟି ପଦ୍ଧତି ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଦୁଇଟି ପଦ୍ଧତି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ; ଯଥା – (1) ରୈ ପଦ୍ଧତି, (2) ଗାଣିତିକ ପଦ୍ଧତି ।

D ଦୁଇଟି / ତିନୋଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର କଥନ ପାଇଁ କିପରି ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ ?
Answer:
କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟବସାୟ କିମ୍ବା ବାଣିଜ୍ୟର ଅତୀତ, ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଓ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଅବସ୍ଥାର ଆକଳନ କରିବାରେ ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନ ପଦ୍ଧତି ହେଲା ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ।

2. କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
Answer:
ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କହିଲେ ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏକ କୌଶଳ ଯାହା ଏକାଧିକ ଚଳମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥ‌ିବା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାପକୁ ବୁଝାଏ । ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିଦ୍ୱାରା ଦୁଇଟି ସମୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଦାମ୍‌ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ମାପିହୁଏ ।

3. ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:

• ଟଙ୍କାର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ହ୍ରାସ ଓ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାପକ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପଦ୍ଧତି । ଏହା ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ଓ ଏହାରପରିବାରର ଜୀବନଧାରଣର ମାନ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରିଥାଏ ।
• ବୈଦେଶିକ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଓ ବିନିମୟ ମୂଲ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏହା ଅତି ଉପାଦେୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି । ଏହା ବଜାରର ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସେବାର ବଜାର ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ କରେ ।
• କୌଣସି ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରର ବଜେଟ୍ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତି ଓ ଆର୍ଥିକ ନୀତି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣ କରିଥାଏ ।

4. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
Answer:
ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଚଳ ତଥା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଉପଭୋଗ, ଉତ୍ପାଦନ – ରପ୍ତାନି ଆମଦାନୀ, ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଆଦି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସମୟର ପ୍ରଭାବରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ କୌଣସି ଏକ ଚଳର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସମୟର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହେଲେ ସେହି ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳାକୁ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

5. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ସମୟଶ୍ରେଣୀ କେବଳ ମାତ୍ର ଅର୍ଥନୀତି ବା ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୁଏନାହିଁ । ଏହା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ର ତଥା ରାଜନୀତିଠାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରି ସାମାଜିକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ତଥା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଆଦିରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହେଉଛି ।

E. ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ଉକ୍ତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭୁଲ କି ଠିକ୍ ଲେଖ । ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଅଂଶର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ନ କରି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ସ୍ଥଳେ ସଂଶୋଧନ କର ।

1. ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ସାଧାରଣ ଜନତାଙ୍କ ଜୀବନଧାରଣ ମାନ ପରିମାପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ଖାଉଟି ଦର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ସାଧାରଣ ଜନତାଙ୍କ ଜୀବନଧାରଣ ମାନ ପରିମାପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

2. ଗୋଟିଏ ଚଳ କିମ୍ବା ଅନେକ ଚଳ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାଣକୁ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଗୋଟିଏ ଚଳ କିମ୍ବା ଅନେକ ଚଳ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାଣକୁ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

3. ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଖାଉଟି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ମୂଲ୍ୟର ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାପକୁ ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଖାଉଟି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ମୂଲ୍ୟର ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାପକୁ ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

4. ଯେଉଁ ବର୍ଷକୁ ଆଧାର କରି ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଚଳିତ ବର୍ଷ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ବର୍ଷକୁ ଆଧାର କରି ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

5. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଚାରିଗୋଟି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟ ହେଲା ଅଭିବୃଦ୍ଧି, ହ୍ରାସ, ମୁଦ୍ରାସ୍ପିତି ଓ ଉତ୍‌ଥାନ ।
Answer:
ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଚାରିଗୋଟି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟ ହେଲା ଅଭିବୃଦ୍ଧି, ହ୍ରାସ, ଅବସ୍ଥିତି ଓ ଉତ୍‌ଥାନ ।

ଦୀର୍ଘ ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର

1. ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ? ଏହାର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଓ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।
Answer:
ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କହିଲେ ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏକ କୌଶଳ ଯାହା ଏକାଧିକ ଚଳମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ପରିମାପ କରିଥାଏ । ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦୁଇଟି ଭିନ୍ନ ସମୟରେ ଓ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ଚଳର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ମାପିଥାଏ । ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ସର୍ବଦା ଶତାଂଶରେ ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷକୁ ତୁଳନା କରି ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ ।

କାରଣ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଏକ ଆପେକ୍ଷିକ ପରିମାପକ ଯାହା ଏକ ସମୟ ବ୍ୟବଧାନରେ ଚଳର ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେନାହିଁ । ସର୍ବପ୍ରଥମେ ଦାମ୍‌ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ପରିମାପ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ପରିକଳ୍ପନା କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ଏବଂ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ସମୟରେ ଏହା ମଜୁରି ହାର, ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ହାରା ଓ ଲାଭ ଆଦି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଦାମ୍‌ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ବହୁଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିଲେ । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ସବୁ ଦେଶରେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦର ଦାମ୍‌ର ହ୍ରାସ ବୃଦ୍ଧିର ପରିମାପ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଉଛି ।

ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ବ୍ୟବହାର (Uses of Index Number) : ସାଧାରଣତଃ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ବ୍ୟବସାୟ, ଅର୍ଥନୀତି, ମଜୁରୀ, ବିକ୍ରୟ, ଉତ୍ପାଦନ, ରପ୍ତାନି ଓ ଆମଦାନୀ ଆଦି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ‘ଗବେଷଣାର ପଦ୍ଧତି’’ ଭାବେ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇଥାଏ ‘ଏହାର ପ୍ରମୁଖ’ ବ୍ୟବହାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା,

(i) ସଠିକ୍ ନୀତି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣ – କୌଣସି ନୀତିନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣ ଓ ପ୍ରଣୟନ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୁଏ । ସରକାର ବାର୍ଷିକ ବଜେଟ୍ ତିଆରି କରିବା ବେଳେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ନେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସରକାର ବେତନଭୋଗୀ କର୍ମଚାରୀଙ୍କ ଭତ୍ତା ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଦର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଓ ନିର୍ବାହୀ ବ୍ୟୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ନେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ।

(ii) ପ୍ରବଣତା – ଚଳମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରବଣତା ବିଷୟରେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ସୂଚନା ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି, ରପ୍ତାନି ବୃଦ୍ଧି, ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଆଦି ପ୍ରବଣତାର ପରିମାପକ ହେଉଛି ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ।

(iii) ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ପୂର୍ବାନୁମାନ – କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟବସାୟ କିମ୍ବା ବାଣିଜ୍ୟର ଅତୀତ, ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଓ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଅବସ୍ଥା ଆକଳନ କରିବାରେ ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନ ପଦ୍ଧତି ହେଲା ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ।

(iv) ସମାୟୋଜନରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ – କୌଣସି ମୂଳ ତଥ୍ୟକୁ ହ୍ରାସ କରିବାପାଇଁ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଦେଶର ଦରଦାମ୍ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଯୋଗୁ ଜାତୀୟ ଆୟର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ଅଧ୍ଵ ସୂଚନା ଦିଏ । ତେଣୁ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ସ୍ଥିରତା ଅଣାଯାଏ । ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ସହାୟତାରେ ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ମଜୁରିରୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ମଜୁରି ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ ହୁଏ ।

ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ଗୁରୁତ୍ୱ (Importance) – ଏତଦ୍‌ବ୍ୟତୀତ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଗୁରୁତ୍ୱପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବ୍ୟବହାର ରହିଛି ଯାହାବିନା ଆଧୁନିକ ଅର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାର ବିଭିନ୍ନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ, ବିଶେଷତଃ ଶିଳ୍ପ, ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ପରିଚାଳନା ଓ ସଫଳତା ଅସମ୍ଭବ ମନେହୁଏ ! ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଦିଗ, ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଓ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଗୁରୁତ୍ବପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ । ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା –

(i) ମୁଦ୍ରା ମୂଲ୍ୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନର ପରିମାପକ – ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନରେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଏକ ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ପଦ୍ଧତି ଯାହା ମୁଦ୍ରା ମୂଲ୍ୟର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ମାପିବାରେ ବିଶେଷ ସହାୟକ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(ii) ନିର୍ବାହୀ ବ୍ୟୟ – ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ମଣିଷର ଜୀବନଯାପନ ପାଇଁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହେଉଥିବା ବ୍ୟୟର ପରିମାପକ ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ । ‘‘ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପଦ୍ଧତି’ ଜୀବନଧାରଣର ମାନ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରେ ।

(iii) ବୈଦେଶିକ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଓ ବିନିମୟ ମୂଲ୍ୟ – ମୁଦ୍ରାର ବିନିମୟ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ପରିମାପରେ ସହାୟକ ହେଉଥ‌ିବାରୁ ବୈଦେଶିକ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହିସାବ ପଦ୍ଧତି ।

(iv) ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସେବାର ବଜାର ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ – ବଜାର ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାର ସ୍ଥିତି ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ ଏବଂ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ କରିବାରେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପଦ୍ଧତି । ଉତ୍ପାଦକମାନେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ବଜାରରେ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଚାହିଦା ଓ ଦରର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ଅନୁଧ୍ୟାନ କରି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସେବା (ଟିଭି, ମୋବାଇଲ ଫୋନ୍) ଆଦି ଯୋଗାଣ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।

(v) ଆର୍ଥନୀତିକ ନୀତି ପ୍ରଣୟନ – ଏକ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରର ଅର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ନୀତି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣ; ଯଥା – ବଜେଟ୍, ଯୋଜନା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଅପରିହାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ।

2. ଖାଉଟି ଦର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କିପରି ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ, ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କର ।
Answer:
ସାଧାରଣ ବର୍ଗର କ୍ରେତା (ଶ୍ରମିକ ବା ମଧ୍ୟବିତ୍ତ ବର୍ଗ) ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସେବା ଖୁଚୁରା ଦରରେ କ୍ରୟ କରୁଥିବା ଯୋଗୁ, ଦରର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖ୍ ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ । ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କକୁ ନୀର୍ବାହୀ ବ୍ୟୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଦର ଦାମକୁ ନେଇ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯିବାଦ୍ୱାରା ଖାଉଟି ବର୍ଗର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଜୀବନଯାପନକୁ ପ୍ରତିଫଳିତ କରିପାରେ ନାହିଁ । ତେଣୁ

ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଦୁଇ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରାଯାଇଛି; ଯଥା –
(i) ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଓ
(ii) ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ

ସାଧାରଣ ବର୍ଗର ଲୋକ ଓ କର୍ମଚାରୀମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ମଜୁରି ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପଦ୍ଧତିର ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅବଦାନ – ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଖାଉଟି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ମୂଲ୍ୟର ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।
ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ – ନିମ୍ନରେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନର ସୋପାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଆଲୋଚନା କରାଯାଇଛି ।

(i) ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ (Class of People) – ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରତ କର୍ମଚାରୀମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାରର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ କେଉଁ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିପାଇଁ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ କରାଯିବ ତାହା ସ୍ଥିର କରାଯାଏ ।

(ii) ପରିବାର ବଜେଟ୍ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ (Family budget enquiry) – ଖାଉଟି ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ ସମୟରେ ପ୍ରଥମେ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଲୋକଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ବ୍ୟବହାର ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ହିସାବକୁ ନିଆଯାଇଥାଏ । ତତ୍‌ପରେ ଲଟେରୀ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିମାନଙ୍କ ନମୁନା ସ୍ଥିର କରାଯାଏ । ସେମାନଙ୍କର ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଓ ଲୁଗାପଟା ଆଦି ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ବିଷୟରେ ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଏ । ପୁନର୍ବାର ସେହି ସବୁ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଭିନ୍ନତାନୁଯାୟୀ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରି ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପରିମାଣ ଓ ଦାମ୍‌ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଏ ।

(iii) ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଦାମ୍ ସଂଗ୍ରହ (Collection of Price of goods) – ସାଧାରଣ ଖାଉଟିମାନେ ବସବାସ କରୁଥିବା ନିକଟସ୍ଥ ବଜାରରୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଦାମ୍‌ ତଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଏ ।
His on or as (Method of Constructing Consumer Price Index) –
ପଦ୍ଧତି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଖାଉଟି ଦର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ ।
(i) ସମଷ୍ଟି ବ୍ୟୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି
(ii) ପରିବାର ବଜେଟ୍ ପଦ୍ଧତି

(i) ସମଷ୍ଟି ବ୍ୟୟ ପଦ୍ଧତି – ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷ (Base Year)କୁ ନେଇ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଗୋଷ୍ଠିର ଲୋକଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ବ୍ୟବହାର ହେଉଥିବା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପରିମାଣକୁ ଭାର (weight) ଭାବେ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୁଏ । ସେହି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଚଳିତ ବର୍ଷର (Current Year)ରେ ଥିବା ଦାମ୍‌କୁ ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷର ପରିମାଣ ସହ ଗୁଣନ କରି ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ ।
ଏହାର ସୂତ୍ରଟି ହେଲା – ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ = \(\frac{\sum p_1 q_0}{\sum p_0 q_0} \times 100\)
(ii) ପରିବାର ବଜେଟ୍ ପଦ୍ଧତି – ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଚଳିତ ବର୍ଷର ଦାମ୍ ଓ ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷର ଦାମର ଅନୁପାତରେ ହାରାହାରି ବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଗୁଣନ କରି ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ ।

ଏଠାରେ ସୂତ୍ରଟି ହେଉଛି – ଖାଉଟି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ = \(\frac{\Sigma \mathrm{pv}}{\Sigma \mathrm{v}}, \mathrm{p}=\frac{\mathrm{p}_1}{\mathrm{p}_0} \times 100, \mathrm{v}=\mathrm{p}_0 \times \mathrm{q}_0\)

3. ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ବର୍ଣନା କର ।
Answer:
ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ କହିଲେ ସାଧାରଣ ଦର ସ୍ତରରେ ହୋଇଥ‌ିବା ଅନୁପାତିକ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ମୂଲ୍ୟର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନକୁ ବୁଝାଏ । ପାଇକାରୀ ବଜାର ଦାମ୍‌ରେ ବିକ୍ରି କରାଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଟନ୍‌ରେ ବା କ୍ୱିଣ୍ଟାଲରେ ହିସାବ କରି ଗଠନ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ପାଇକାରୀ ଦର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ନିମ୍ନରେ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

(i) ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷର ନିରୂପଣ – ଏକ ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷକୁ (ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ କୌଣସି ଏକ ପୂର୍ବ ବର୍ଷର ଦାମ୍ ସ୍ତର ସହିତ ଚଳିତ ବର୍ଷର ଦାମ୍ ସ୍ତରକୁ ତୁଳନା କରି ଦର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ପ୍ରତିଶତ ହାର) ନେଇ ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଦର ସ୍ତର ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ଧରି ସ୍ଥିର ଥବ ।

(ii) ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ – ସାଧାରଣ ବଜାରରୁ ଟନ୍ ବା କ୍ୱିଣ୍ଟାଲରେ ହିସାବ କରି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଆଧାର ବର୍ଷର ଦର ଏବଂ ଚଳିତ ବର୍ଷର ଦର ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼େ ।

(iii) ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ପସନ୍ଦ – ଯେଉଁ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସର୍ବସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ଦ୍ୱାରା ଆଦୃତ, ସେହି ପସନ୍ଦ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟକୁ ନେଇ ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ ।

ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପଦ୍ଧତି :
ନିମ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ସୂତ୍ର ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ହିସାବ କରାଯାଏ –
ପାଇକାରୀ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ = \(\frac{\Sigma(\mathrm{I} \times \mathrm{W})}{\Sigma \mathrm{W}}\)
I = ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଗୋଷ୍ଠିର ପାଇକାରୀ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ
I = ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ
W = ଭାର

ଭାରତରେ ଖାଉଟି ଦର ବଦଳରେ ପାଇକାରୀ ବଜାର ଦରକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହେଉଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଏହା ଭାରତରେ 2004-05 ଦର ସ୍ତର ଆଧାରରେ ସୂଚକାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହେଉଛି ଏବଂ ଆର୍ଥିକ ନୀତି ପ୍ରଣୟନରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହେଉଛି ।

4. ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଅର୍ଥ, ବ୍ୟବହାର ଏବଂ ଏହାର ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।
Answer:
ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଚଳ ତଥା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଉପଭୋଗ, ଉତ୍ପାଦନ, ରପ୍ତାନି, ଆମଦାନୀ, ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଆଦି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସମୟର ପ୍ରଭାବରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ କୌଣସି ଏକ ଚଳର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ସମୟର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହେଲେ ସେହି ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳାକୁ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କୁହାଯାଏ । ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନ ଭାଷାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସମୟରେ ଲବ୍‌ଧାଙ୍କର ଏକ ସାଂଖ୍ୟକ ସେ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ସମୟର ଉପଯୋଗ ଅତି ଜରୁରୀ ଉପାଦାନ । ଅର୍ଥନୀତିରେ ଓ ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନରେ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଅନ୍ୟ ନାମ ଇତିହାସ ତଥ୍ୟ ବା ଶ୍ରେଣୀ – ଏହା ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ପୂର୍ବନୁମାନରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ ।
ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ବ୍ୟବହାର – ସମୟଶ୍ରେଣୀ କେବଳ ମାତ୍ର ଅର୍ଥନୀତି ବା ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୁଏନାହିଁ । ଏହା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ର ତଥା ରାଜନୀତିଠାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରି ସାମାଜିକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ତଥା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଆଦିରେ
ନିମ୍ନରେ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର (User) ବ୍ୟବହାର ବିଷୟରେ ଆଲୋଚନା କରାଯାଇଛି –

• ଅତୀତର ବ୍ୟବହାର – ସମୟସହ ସଂଶ୍ଳିଷ୍ଟ ତଥ୍ୟକୁ ଭିଭିକରି ଅତୀତର ଅବସ୍ଥା ଓ ବ୍ୟବହାର ବିଷୟରେ ଜଣାପଡ଼େ ।
• ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ – ଗବେଷକମାନଙ୍କୁ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଏକ ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ଜ୍ଞାନ ଦିଏ, ଯାହାଦ୍ୱାରା ତଥ୍ୟର
• ପୂର୍ବାନୁମାନରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ ଏହା ଚଳର ପୂର୍ବ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ଧାରଣା ଦିଏ ଏବଂ ଏହା ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନକାରୀଙ୍କୁ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ପାଇଁ ମାର୍ଗ ଦର୍ଶନ କରାଏ ।

ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଉପାଦାନ (Components of Time Series) – ଚଳର ମୂଲ୍ୟକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରୁଥ‌ିବା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପାଦାନକୁ ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନବିତ୍‌ମାନେ ଉପାଂଶ ବା ଆଂଶିକ ବୋଲି କହିଛନ୍ତି । ଏହା ଚାରି ପ୍ରକାର –
(a) ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳ ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତି (Secular Trend) : ଚଳର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ବର୍ଷ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ । ତାହାକୁ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳ ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ I ଜନସଂଖ୍ୟାର ଘନତା, ଆୟୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ଆଦି ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଅଟେ ।

(b) ଋତୁକାଳୀନ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ : ଯଦି ତଥ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଋତୁ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଋତୁକାଳୀନ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କୁହାଯାଏ । ତାହା ମାସିକ, ବାର୍ଷିକ ଆଦି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ଭିଭିକ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଉଦାହରଣ – ଋତୁ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ପୋଷାକ, ଖାଦ୍ୟ, ପାଣିପାଗ ଓ ତାପମାତ୍ରା ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(c) ଚକ୍ରୀୟ ବିଚଳନ : ଯଦି ସମସ୍ତ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ତଥ୍ୟ ଦୀର୍ଘ ଦୁଇ ବା ଅଧିକ ବର୍ଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଅବ୍ୟାହତ ରହେ ଏବଂ ଯାହା ସମୟ ଶ୍ରେଣୀକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ଚକ୍ରୀୟ ବିଚଳନ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଯାହାକୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ନାମରେ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଚକ୍ର କୁହାଯାଏ ।

ଏହା ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଚାରୋଟି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟରେ ଗତିକରେ ।

• ସମୃଦ୍ଧି (Prosperity)
• ହ୍ରାସ (Decline)
• ଅବସ୍ଥିତି (Depression)
• ଉତ୍‌ଥାନ (Recovery)

ଏହା ଚାରୋଟି ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟକୁ ଆମେ ଚିତ୍ରରେ ପରିପ୍ରକାଶ କରିପାରିବା ।

(d) ନିୟମିତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ : ଯଦି କୌଣସି ସମସ୍ତ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଢାଞ୍ଚାରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୋଇ ନଥାଏ ବା ଆକସ୍ମିକ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଆକସ୍ମିକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କୁହାଯାଏ – ଯାହାର ପୂର୍ବାନୁମାନ କରାଯାଇପାରେନାହିଁ ।
ଉଦାହରଣସ୍ୱରୂପ – ଯୁଦ୍ଧ, ମରୁଡ଼ି, ବାତ୍ୟା, ବନ୍ୟା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଆକସ୍ମିକ କାରଣ ।
ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତିର ମାପିବା ପଦ୍ଧତି :
ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତି ପରିମାଣ ପାଇଁ ଚାରୋଟି ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅନୁସରଣ କରାଯାଏ, ଯଥା – ରେଖାଚିତ୍ର ପଦ୍ଧତି ଏବଂ ଗାଣିତିକ ବା ବର୍ଗୀୟ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ।
(1) ରେଖାଚିତ୍ର ପଦ୍ଧତି :

• ମୁକ୍ତହସ୍ତ ପଦ୍ଧତି
• ଅର୍ଥ ହାରାହାରି ପଦ୍ଧତି
• ଚଳନଶୀଳ ପଦ୍ଧତି

(2) ବର୍ଗୀୟ ବା ଗାଣିତିକ ପଦ୍ଧତି :

• ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ବର୍ଗ ପଦ୍ଧତି

ଏହି ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତି ସାଧାରଣତଃ ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଏବଂ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀରେ ବହୁଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୁଏ ।

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Odia Solutions Grammar ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତକରଣ Sankhiptakarana Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Odia Grammar ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତକରଣ Sankhiptakarana

ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦ – (୧)

ପୁରୁଙ୍କୁ ଜିଣି ସାରିଲା ପରେ ବିଜୟୀ ସିକନ୍ଦର ଧରିନେଲେ ଯେ ସାରା ଭାରତ ତାଙ୍କର ପଦାନତ ହେଲା ଆଉ ସେ ହେଲେ ବିଶ୍ୱବିଜୟୀ ସମ୍ରାଟ୍ – ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କର ହର୍ଭା ଓ କର୍ତ୍ତା । ଭାରତ ଜୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଯୁଦ୍ଧରେ ଜିଣିଥିବା ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଦେଶମାନଙ୍କର ଗାଁ ଗହଳି ଦେଇ ସେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ତାଙ୍କ ସେନାବାହିନୀ ସହ ଯାଆନ୍ତି, ଆବାଳବୃଦ୍ଧବନିତା ସମସ୍ତେ ଆଣ୍ଠୁମାଡ଼ି ମୁଣ୍ଡ ନୁଆଁଇ ଅଥବା ଲମ୍ବ ହୋଇ ତଳେ ଶୋଇଯାଇ ତାଙ୍କର ଅଭିବାଦନ କରନ୍ତି । ବିଜୟୋନ୍ମତ୍ତ ସିକନ୍ଦର ସ୍ଵାଭାବିକ ଭାବରେ ଧରି ନେଇଥିଲେ ଯେ ଭାରତର ଗାଁ ଗହଳିରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଲୋକେ ବିଶ୍ଵ ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କୁ ସେହି ରକମର ଅଭିବାଦନ ଜଣାଇବେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଏ ଦେଶରେ ତା’ର ବିପରୀତ ହେଲା । ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ କିରଣରେ ଝଲସି ଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ଶିରସ୍ତ୍ରାଣ, ସାମ୍ପୁ ଓ ତରବାରିରେ ସଜ୍ଜିତ ଅଶ୍ଵାରୋହୀଙ୍କ ଗହଣରେ ସେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଭାରତର ଗାଁ ଗହଳି ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଇଗଲେ ବୁଢ଼ାମାନେ ତାଙ୍କ ଦଉଡ଼ିଆ ଖଟରେ ବସି ହୁକ୍‌ ଟାଣୁଥିଲାବେଳେ ଆଉ ବୁଢ଼ୀମାନେ ସପ ଉପରେ ବସି ଖରା ପୁହାଉଁପୁହାଉଁ ନାତୁଣୀ ମୁଣ୍ଡରୁ ଉକୁଣି ବାଛୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ କୌତୂହଳରେ ମୁଣ୍ଡଟେକି ଏଇ ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ ମଣିଷମାନଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ ଅନାଉଥିଲେ ସତ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଅଭିବାଦନ କରିବା ତ ଦୂରେ ଥାଉ; କେହି ଠିଆ ହେବାକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁ ନଥିଲେ । ସିକନ୍ଦର ଧରିନେଲେ ଯେ ଭାରତର ଲୋକେ ଅଶିକ୍ଷିତ, ବର୍ବର, ମାନସମ୍ମାନ ଜ୍ଞାନରହିତ ।

ଦିନେ ସେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗାଁର ରାସ୍ତା ଦେଇ ନିଜ ଶିବିରକୁ ଫେରୁଛନ୍ତି, ହଠାତ୍ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଯେ ଏହି ବୁଢ଼ାବୁଢ଼ୀମାନେ ନିଜ ନିଜ ସ୍ଥାନରୁ ଦଉଡ଼ିଯାଇ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଚାଲି ଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ଜଣେ ଲୋକର ପାଦ ଛୁଇଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଅଭିବାଦନ ଜଣାଉଛନ୍ତି । ସାମାନ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡିଏ ଲେଙ୍ଗୁଟି ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଲୋକଟି ପ୍ରାୟ ଲଙ୍ଗଳା, ପାଉଁଶବୋଳା ଦେହ, ମୁଣ୍ଡର ନୁଖୁରା ବାଳ ଜଟାବାନ୍ଧି ଯାଇଛି । ଏପରି ଜଣକୁ ଲୋକେ ଅଭିବାଦନ ଜଣାଉଥ‌ିବା ଦେଖି ସିକନ୍ଦର ଧରିନେଲେ ଯେ ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଜଣେ ଛଦ୍ମବେଶୀ ରାଜା । କୌପିନଧାରୀ ଅବଧୂତ ସୈନିକଦ୍ଵାରା ଧୃତ ହୋଇ ଶିବିରକୁ ନୀତ ହେଲ । ଶିବିରରେ ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଣାମ ନ କରିବାରୁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଯେତେବେଳେ କୈଫିୟତ୍ ମଗାଗଲା ସେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ ଯେ, ଭାରତବର୍ଷରେ ରାଜା ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଣାମ କରେ, ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ରାଜାଙ୍କୁ ନୁହେଁ ।

ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ବନ୍ଦୀ ହେଲେ ଓ ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କୁ ଅପମାନ ଦେଇଥ‌ିବାରୁ ନିର୍ଯାତିତ ହେଲେ । କାରାଗାରରେ କିନ୍ତୁ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କ କିଛି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେଲାନି । ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କ ପାଖକୁ ଏହ ବନ୍ଦୀ ଯେତେଥର ନୀତି ହୁଅନ୍ତି ଘଟନାର ପୁନରାବୃତ୍ତି ହୁଏ, ନିର୍ଯାତନା ବଢ଼େ । ଏପରି ଶରୀରିକ କଷ୍ଟ ଭିତରେ ବିକାର ଓ ଦ୍ବନ୍ଦ୍ବରହିତ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଶାନ୍ତ ବଦନ ଓ ହୃଷ୍ଟଚିତ୍ତ ଦେଖ୍ ସିକନ୍ଦର ଶେଷରେ ମନେକଲେ ଯେ ଏ ଲୋକଟିକୁ ପ୍ରୀତ କଲେ ଅବା କିଛି ଫଳଲାଭ ହୋଇପାରେ ! ଦିନେ ସେ ନିଜେ କାରାଗାରାରେ ବନ୍ଦୀ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖା କରି ସହାସ୍ୟ ବଦନରେ ପଚାରିଲେ ଯେ, ବନ୍ଦୀ ଯାହା ଚାହାନ୍ତି ସେ ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କୁ ନିବେଦନ କରିପାରିଛି । ସମ୍ରାଟ୍ ଆଶା କରିଥିଲେ ଯେ ବନ୍ଦୀ ମୁକ୍ତି ଚାହିଁବେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ଟିକିଏ ହସିଲେ ଆଉ କହିଲେ, ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କ ଯଦି ଏତେ ଦୟା ତେବେ ସେ ଠିଆ ହୋଇଥିବା ସ୍ଥାନରୁ ଟିକିଏ ଘୁଞ୍ଚ୍ ଯଦି ଠିଆ ହୁଅନ୍ତେ ତେବେ ଭଲ ହୁଅନ୍ତା -କାନ୍ଥର ଗୋଟିଏ ଛିଦ୍ର ଦେଇ ଯେଉଁ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟରଶ୍ମି ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କ ଦେହରେ ପଡ଼ୁଥିଲା ତାହା ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କ ଦେହଦ୍ଵାରା ଢାଙ୍କି ନହୋଇ ଆଉଥରେ ତାଙ୍କ ଦେହରେ ପଡ଼ନ୍ତା ।

ସିକନ୍ଦର କିଂକର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟବିମୂଢ଼ ହୋଇଗଲେ । ଏପରି ତାଚ୍ଛଲ୍ୟ ସେ କେବେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଆଶାକରି ନଥିଲେ । ସେଦିନ ତାଙ୍କର ପ୍ରଥମ କରି ମନେହେଲା ଯେ ଭାରତ ଗୋଟିଏ ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ ଦେଶ ଆଉ ଏ ଦେଶର ଲୋକମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ ।

ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତର :
ପୁରୁଙ୍କୁ ଜିଣି ସାରା ଭାତରକୁ ଜୟକଲେ ବୋଲି ସିକନ୍ଦର ନିଜକୁ ବିଶ୍ଵବିଜୟୀ ସମ୍ରାଟ ମନେକଲେ । ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଜିଣିଥ‌ିବା ଦେଶର ଆବାଳବୃଦ୍ଧବନିତା ତାଙ୍କୁ ଓ ତାଙ୍କ ସୈନ୍ୟବାହିନୀକୁ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ନୁଆଇଁ ଅଭିବାଦନ ଜଣାଉଥ‌ିବାବେଳେ ସେ ଭାବିଥିଲେ ଯେ ଭାରତୀୟ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୂପ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇବେ । ମାତ୍ର ଭାରତରେ ବୁଢ଼ାବୁଢ଼ୀମାନେ ନିଜ ନିଜ କାମରେ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତଥାଇ ବିଶ୍ୱବିଜୟୀଙ୍କୁ ଚାହିଁଥିଲେ ବି ଅଭିବାଦନ ଜଣାଇ ନଥିଲେ । ଅଥଚ ଦିନେ ସିକନ୍ଦର ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଯେ ବୁଢ଼ାବୁଢ଼ୀମାନେ ଜଣେ ଲେଙ୍ଗୁଟି ପିନ୍ଧା

ସନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କୁ ଅଭିବାଦନ ଜଣାଉଛନ୍ତି । ସିକନ୍ଦର ତାଙ୍କୁ ଜଣେ ଛଦ୍ମବେଶୀ ରାଜା ଭାବି ଶିବିରକୁ ଧରିନେଲ୍‌ ଏବଂ ସେ ସିକନ୍ଦରଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଣାମ ନ କରିବାର କାରଣ ପଚାରିଲେ । ‘ଭାରତବର୍ଷରେ ରାଜା ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଣାମ କରେ, ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ରାଜାଙ୍କୁ ନୁହେଁ,’’ ବୋଲି ସେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଇଥିଲେ । ଏହାକ ଅପମାନ ମନେକରି ସିକନ୍ଦର ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କୁ କାରାଗାରରେ ନିର୍ଯାତନା ଦେଲେ । ମାତ୍ର ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ଥିଲେ ପ୍ରଶାନ୍ତ ଓ ହୃଷ୍ଟଚିତ୍ତ । ସମ୍ରାଟ ଦିନେ ବନ୍ଦୀଙ୍କ ଶେଷଇଚ୍ଛା ପଚାରିବାରୁ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କୁ ଟିକେ ଘୁଞ୍ଚିଯିବା ପାଇଁ କହିଲେ, ଯାହା ଫଳରେ ଛିଦ୍ର ଦେଇ ଆସୁଥ‌ିବା ରଶ୍ମି ତାଙ୍କ ଦେହରେ ପଡ଼ିପାରିବ । ଏପରି ତାଚ୍ଛଲ୍ୟ ଶୁଣି ସିକନ୍ଦର ମନେକଲେ ଯେ ଭାରତ ଦେଶ ଓ ଏହାର ଲୋକ ଉଭୟେ ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ ।

ଶୀର୍ଷକ : ‘ସିକନ୍ଦରଙ୍କର ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଭାରତ’

ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦ – (୨)

ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ନିଜର ସମସ୍ୟା ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଏ ଯୁଗରେ ଏତେ ବେଶୀ ସଚେତନ ଯେ ଏ ଯୁଗ ‘ସଙ୍କଟର ଯୁଗ’ ବୋଲି ବାରମ୍ବାର ଅଭିହିତ ହେଉଛି । ସଙ୍କଟର ସ୍ବରୂପ ନିରୂପଣ ଦିଗରେ ତଥା ସମାଧାନ ଦିଗରେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ଉଦ୍ୟମର ମଧ୍ୟ ଅନ୍ତ ନାହିଁ ଆଜି । ସେ ସ୍ବରୂପ ନିରୂପଣ କରୁଛି, କିନ୍ତୁ କାହାରି ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ ଆଉ କାହାରି ସହିତ ଖାପ୍ ଖାଉ ନାହିଁ – ଦଳେ ଅନ୍ଧ ହାତୀର ସ୍ଵରୂପ ନିରୂପଣ କଲାଭଳି । ଫଳରେ ବାସ୍ତବ ସଙ୍କଟ ତ ରହିଛି, ପୁଣି ସଙ୍କଟର ସ୍ଵରୂପ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇ ଯେଉଁ ଅଜସ୍ର ମତର ଉଦ୍ଭବ ହେଉଛି, ଚିନ୍ତାରାଜ୍ୟରେ ସେ ପୁଣି ନୂତନ ବିଭ୍ରାନ୍ତି ସୃଷ୍ଟି ନ କରି ଛାଡୁନାହିଁ । ଏହିପରି ଭାବରେ ସଙ୍କଟ ଓ ବିଭ୍ରାନ୍ତିର ନାଗଫାଶ ଭିତରେ ମଣିଷ କ୍ରମାଗତ ଭାବରେ ଅଧ‌ିକରୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ ନିପୀଡ଼ିତ ଓ ଦିଗହରା ହୋଇପଡ଼ୁଛି ।

ଗ୍ରୀକ୍ ଦେଶର ଜନଶ୍ରୁତିରେ ରହିଛି Bed of Procrustes ବୋଲି ଏକ କାହାଣୀ । ପ୍ରୋକ୍ରାସ୍ଟଟିସ୍ ନାମଧେୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଟି ଉପରଦେଖା ବ୍ୟବହାରରେ ଥିଲା ଅତି ନମ୍ର ଓ ଦରଦୀ । ଅତିଥ୍ୟସେବା ପାଇଁ ସତେ ଅବା ସେ ସର୍ବଦା ଉନ୍ମୁଖ । ପଥକ୍ଳାନ୍ତ କୌଣସି ଯାତ୍ରୀ ତା’ ଆଖିରେ ପଡ଼ିଲେ ସେ ସାଦରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ନେଇ ବହୁତ ଖାଇବା ପିଇବାକୁ ଦିଏ । ତା’ପରେ ବିଶ୍ରାମ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଅତିଥିଙ୍କୁ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଶଯ୍ୟାବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗୋଟିଏ ପଲଙ୍କ ଦେଖାଇଦିଏ । ଅତିଥ୍ ଯାଇ ଶୁଅନ୍ତି । ପ୍ରୋକ୍ରାସ୍ଟିଟିସ୍ ଓ ତା’ର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଦଣ୍ଡାୟମାନ ହୋଇ ଦେଖନ୍ତି – ଯଦି ଅତିଥ୍ ପଲଙ୍କ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଲମ୍ବରେ ଛୋଟ ହୋଇଥିବେ, ତେବେ ଅତିଥ୍ୟପରାୟଣ ପ୍ରୋକ୍ରାଷ୍ଟିସ୍ -ଦମ୍ପତି ଉଭୟ ଦିଗରୁ ରବରଭଳି ଅତିଥିଙ୍କୁ ଟାଣି ଟାଣି ଲମ୍ବମାନ କରି ପଲଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଖାପଖୁଆଇବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟାକରିବେ । ଯଦି ଅତିଥି ପଲଙ୍କ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଲମ୍ବରେ ବେଶି ହୋଇଥବେ, ତେବେ ତାଙ୍କୁ କାଟିକୁଟି ଛୋଟ କରି ପଲଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଫିଟ୍ କରିନିଆଯାଏ । କହିବା ବାହୁଲ୍ୟ, କୌଣସି ଅତିଥଙ୍କୁ ଆଉ ସେଇ ଅତିଥୁଭବନରୁ ଜୀବନ ଧରି ବାହାରିଯିବାକୁ ପଡ଼େନା ।

ଆଦି ମାନବ ଜାତିର ସଙ୍କଟର ସମୀକ୍ଷା କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇ ଯେତେ ମତବାଦର ଉଦ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଛି, ସେ ସବୁରେ ସତ୍ୟତା ଯେ ନାହିଁ, ତାହା ନୁହେଁ । ଅଧିକାଂଶ ମତବାଦର କିଛି ନା କିଛି ସତ୍ୟତା ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଭାବରେ ରହିଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ସମସ୍ୟା ହେଲା, ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନିଜ ମତବାଦଟିକୁହିଁ ଶେଷ ତଥା ସର୍ବାଙ୍ଗ ସତ୍ୟ ବୋଲି ଘୋଷଣା କରିବାକୁ ଚାହାନ୍ତି । ସଙ୍କଟର ସ୍ବରୂପ ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଜଣେ ଯେଉଁ ମତବାଦ ଘୋଷଣା କରେ, ସେ ଏ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଘଟଣା ଓ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାକୁ ସେହି ମତବାଦ ଅନୁସାରେ ସାବ୍ୟସ୍ତ କରିବାକୁ ବଦ୍ଧପରିକର ହୁଏ । ଘଟଣା ବା ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାକୁ ସେ ତା’ର ନିଜ ମତାନୁଯାୟୀ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରିବା ସକାଶେ ପ୍ରୟୋଜନ ପଡ଼ିଲେ ଟାଣି ଓଟାରି ଅତିରଞ୍ଜିତ କରିବାକୁ ଯେମିତି ପଶ୍ଚାପ୍‌ଦ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ, ସେହିପରି ତା’ ମତବାଦ ଅନୁସାରେ ସାବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ହୋଇ ନପାରୁଥିବା ଅଂଶକୁ ସେ କାଟିକୁଟି ବାଦ୍ କରିଦେବାକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଭୁଲେ ନାହିଁ । ଏହିଭଳି ଭାବରେ ସତ୍ୟ ହୁଏ ବିକୃତ, ସତ୍ୟ ହୁଏ ମିଥ୍ୟାରେ ପରିଣତ ।

ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତର :
ଆଜିର ସଙ୍କଟ ଯୁଗରେ ସଙ୍କଟର ସ୍ଵରୂପ ନିରୂପଣ ନିମନ୍ତେ ମଣିଷର ଅଶେଷ ଉଦ୍ୟମରେ ଯେଉଁ ଅଜସ୍ର ମତବାଦ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଛି ସେଥୁରେ କାହା ସହ କାହାର ମେଳ ନାହିଁ । ଫଳତଃ ମଣିଷ ଅଧ୍ଵତର ଦିଗହରା ଓ ନିପୀଡ଼ିତ ହେଉଛି । ଗ୍ରୀକ୍ ଦେଶର ‘Bed of Procrustes’ କାହାଣୀର ପ୍ରୋକାଲ୍ଟିସ୍ ନାମଧେୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଖୁବ୍ ନମ୍ର, ଦରଦୀ, ଅତିଥ୍ୟପରାୟଣ ଜଣାପଡ଼ନ୍ତି । ପଥକ୍ଳାନ୍ତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କୁ ଖାଦ୍ୟପେୟ ଦେଇ ସୁନ୍ଦର ପଲଙ୍କରେ ଶୟନ କରାଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । କିନ୍ତୁ ସେହି ଦମ୍ପତି ଅତିଥିଙ୍କୁ ପଲଙ୍କ ଆକାରର କରିବାପାଇଁ ଟଣାଟଣି, କଟାକଟି କରନ୍ତି । ସେହି ଅତିଥୁଭବନରୁ କେହି ଜୀବନ ଧରି ଫେରେନାହିଁ । ସେହିପରି ଆଜି ସଙ୍କଟର ସ୍ବରୂପ ନିରୂପିତ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ମତବାଦରେ କିଛି ନା କିଛି ସତ୍ୟତା ଥିଲେହେଁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନିଜ ମତବାଦକୁ ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ ବୋଲି ଘୋଷଣା କରନ୍ତି । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଘଟଣା-ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାର ସ୍ୱମତାନୁସାରୀ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା ନିମନ୍ତେ ସେ ଅତିରଞ୍ଜିତ କରିବାକୁ ଏବଂ ସାବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ହେଉନଥ ଅଂଶକୁ ବାଦେବାକୁ ପଶ୍ଚାତ୍‌ଦ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ଫଳତଃ ପ୍ରକୃତ ସତ୍ୟ ବିକୃତ ହୋଇ ମିଥ୍ୟା
ରୂପ ଧାରଣ କରେ ।

ଶୀର୍ଷକ : ସଙ୍କଟ ନିରାକରଣର ପ୍ରଚେଷ୍ଟା ଓ ପରିଣତି

ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦ – (୩)

କଣ୍ଟାବାଡ଼ରେ ଲୁଗା ପକାଇ କଳି ଭିଆଣ କରିବା ବୋଧହୁଏ ମଣିଷର ସବୁଦିନିଆ ପ୍ରକୃତି । ସତେ ଯେମିତି କାହା ସଙ୍ଗରେ କଳିଗୋଳ ନ କଲେ ତା’ ଭାତ ହଜମ ହୁଏନି । ତେଣୁ ସେ ସବୁବେଳେ କଳି କରିବାପାଇଁ କିଛି-ନା-କିଛି ବାହାନା ଖୋଜି ବୁଲୁଥାଏ – ଚାଲିଯିବା ଶଗଡ଼ରେ ହାତ ମାରିଦିଏ- ଖୁଣ ନଥ‌ିବା ଜାଗାରେ ଖୁଣ ବାହାର କରେ- ସଜ ମାଛରେ ପୋକ ପକାଏ- ଆଖି ବଡ଼ କି କାନ ବଡ଼, ପେଟ ବଡ଼ କି ପାଟି ବଡ଼, ଗାନ୍ଧିଜୀ ବଡ଼ କି ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ରନାଥ ବଡ଼, ଏପରି ଅବାନ୍ତର ତୁଳନା ସବୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିଦିଏ । ସାହିତ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଗଦ୍ୟ ବଡ଼ କି ପଦ୍ୟ ବଡ଼, ପ୍ରବନ୍ଧ ନା ନିବନ୍ଧ, ରଚନା କିମ୍ବା ଆଲୋଚନା, ନାଟକ ଅବା ଉପନ୍ୟାସ ଏ ଧରଣର ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ଚିନ୍ତାଧାରା ସେହି କଳିଭିଆଣ ପ୍ରକୃତିର ହିଁ ପରିପ୍ରକାଶ ବୋଲି ଧନିଆଯାଇପାରେ । କ୍ରିୟାକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ଯେଉଁଠି ବିଭିନ୍ନ, ସେଠାରେ ଯଥାର୍ଥ ତୁଳନା ସମ୍ଭବ ନୁହେଁ । ଯଦି ଅବା ତୁଳନା କରାଯାଏ, ସେ ତୁଳନା ଏକଦେଶଦର୍ଶୀ ହେବା ହିଁ ସ୍ଵାଭାବିକ । ତେଣୁ ସେ ତୁଳନାର ଫଳାଫଳ ତୁଳନାକାରୀର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣ ତଥା ମାନସିକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିଭଙ୍ଗୀ ଉପରେ ହିଁ ନିର୍ଭରକରେ।

ଅନ୍ଧ କିପରି ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଭାବେ କହିପାରିବ ଯେ କାନ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଆଖି ବଡ଼ ? ବଧୂର କିପରି ନିର୍ବିବାଦରେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିନେବ ଯେ ବଧୂରହେବା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଅନ୍ଧ ହେବା ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍କର ? ଯଦି ସେ ଏପରି କୌଣସି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ମତାମତକୁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିନିଏ, ଧରିବାକୁ ହେବ ଯେ ସେ ଯାହା ହଜାଇ ବସିଛି, ମାନସିକ ଅଶାନ୍ତି ଯୋଗୁଁ ତାକୁ ହିଁ ସେ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ନିଧୁ ବୋଲି ମନେକରୁଛି- ଡେଇଁ ପଳାଇଥବା କେରାଣ୍ଡି ବିରାଟ ରୋହିମାଛ ନ୍ୟାୟରେ- ହଜିଯାଇଥିବା କଣାପଇସା ରତ୍ନ ମୁଦି ପରି ।

ଗଳ୍ପ ଏବଂ କବିତାକୁ ନ୍ୟାୟତଃ ତୁଳନା କରାଯାଇ ପାରେନା । ଏ ଦିଓଟି ଭିତରେ କେହି ବଡ଼ ନୁହେଁ କି କେହି ସାନ ନୁହେଁ – ଗଳ୍ପ ରାଜା ନୁହେଁ କି କବିତା ରାଣୀ ନୁହେଁ । ଦୁହେଁ ଦୁହିଁଙ୍କର ପରିପୂରକ ବୋଲି ମଧ୍ୟ କହିହେବ ନାହିଁ । ଏ ଦୁହିଁଙ୍କର କ୍ଷେତ୍ର ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନିଜ ଗୁଣ ବଳରେ ନିଜେ ସ୍ଵୟଂସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ !

ଏକଥା କିନ୍ତୁ ସତ ଯେ, ଏ ଦୁଇ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଯେକୌଣସି ଗୋଟିକର ଅଭାବରେ ସାହିତ୍ୟର ଅଙ୍ଗହାନି ହୁଏ- ଲାବଣ୍ୟ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ- ସୌଷ୍ଠବରେ ଆଞ୍ଚ ଆସେ- ଦୁଇ ଆଖୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଗଲେ ଯେତେ ସୁନ୍ଦର ହୋଇଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ କଣା ମଣିଷର ଅବସ୍ଥା ଯେପରି ।

କିନ୍ତୁ ଏ ଦୁହିଁଙ୍କର ପାରସ୍ପରିକ ତୁଳନା ଅଯୌକ୍ତିକ ଏବଂ ଅସଙ୍ଗତ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକର ନିଜସ୍ୱ ବୈଶିଷ୍ଟ ରହିଛି- ଯେପରି ଚିନି ଏବଂ ଲୁଣ । ତେଣୁ ସେହି ବୈଶିଷ୍ଟ୍ୟର ଚିତ୍ରଣକୁ ବୈଚିତ୍ର ବୋଲି ଦର୍ଶାଇ କେହି ଯଦି ନିଜ ତେରେଛା ନଜରର ମାନଦଣ୍ଡରେ ଏ ଦୁହିଁଙ୍କୁ ଓଜନ କରିବସନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ସେଥୁରୁ ଦୁହିଁଙ୍କର ମୂଲ୍ୟାଙ୍କନ କରି କିଏ ବଡ଼ କିଏ ସାନ ଘୋଷଣା କରନ୍ତି, ତହିଁକି ଉପାୟ ନାହିଁ । ଖଟା ଏବଂ ଲୁଣିଆ ପସନ୍ଦ କରୁଥିବା ଇଡ଼ଲି ଶମ୍ବର ଆଉ ବରା ସିଙ୍ଗଡ଼ାବାଲା, ପିଠା ଖିରି ଆଉ ସନ୍ଦେଶ ରସଗୋଲାବାଲାଙ୍କୁ ଛୋଟ ନଜରରେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କଲାପରି ଯନ୍ତ୍ର-ସଙ୍ଗୀତ କଣ୍ଠ-ସଙ୍ଗୀତକୁ ଡାଉନ୍ କରିବା ଢଙ୍ଗରେ । ଏହି ପୃଷ୍ଠଭୂମିରେ କବିତାକୁ କୌଣସିମତେ ଗୌଣ ନ କରି ଗଳ୍ପର ବିଶେଷତ୍ଵ କିଛି ଦର୍ଶାଇ ଦିଆଯାଇପାରେ ।

ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତର :
ବିନା କାରଣରେ କଳି କରିବା ମଣିଷର ନିତିଦିନଆ ପ୍ରକୃତି । ଏଥିପାଇଁ ସେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବାହାନା ଖୋଜେ । ସାହିତ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଗଦ୍ୟ ସହ ପଦ, ରଚନା ସହ ଆଲୋଚନା, ନାଟକ ସହ ଉପନ୍ୟାସକୁ ତୁଳନା କରି ବଡ଼ ସାନ ବାଛିବା ମଧ୍ୟ କଳିଭିଆଣ ପ୍ରକୃତି ଅଟେ । କାରଣ ଏଭଳି ତୁଳନା ଏକଦେଶଦର୍ଶୀ ଓ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣ ଓ ମାନସିକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିଭଙ୍ଗୀ ସହ ଜଡ଼ିତ । ଏଭଳି ତୁଳନା ଅନ୍ଧ କାନ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଆଖୁ, ବଧୂଲ ବଧୂରତା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଅନ୍ଧତ୍ବକୁ ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍କର ବୋଲି ମତଦେବା ଭଳି ନିତାନ୍ତ ଅମୂଳକ । ଗଳ୍ପ ଓ କବିତା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁଳନା ଅସମ୍ଭବ, କାରଣ ଉଭୟର କ୍ଷେତ୍ର ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଭିନ୍ନ । ଏଥୁରୁ ଯେକୌଣସି ଗୋଟିକର ଅଭାବରେ ସାହିତ୍ୟର ଅଙ୍ଗହାନି ହୁଅ । ସାହିତ୍ୟର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବିଭାଗର ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ବୈଶିଷ୍ଟ୍ୟ ଅଛି । ଯଦି ଯେକୌଣସି ଦୁଇ ବିଭାଗ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁଳନା କରି କିଏ କାହାକୁ ବଡ଼ ଓ ସାନ ବୋଲି ବିବେଚନା କରେ ଏହା ତା’ର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ପସନ୍ଦ ଓ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିଭଙ୍ଗୀ । ଏଭଳି ତୁଳନା ଅମୂଳକ; ବରଂ ଏ ପୃଷ୍ଠଭୂମିରେ କାହାକୁ ଗୌଣ ନ କରି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଭାଗର ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ବୈଶିଷ୍ଟ୍ୟ ଦର୍ଶାଯାଇପାରେ ।

ଶୀର୍ଷକ : ‘ସାହିତ୍ୟର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବିଭାଗ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁଳନା ଓ ଫଳାଫଳ’

ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦ – (୪)

ଜଣେ ଥିଲେ ରାଜା, ସୁଶାସକ ତଥା ସୁଗୁଣ-ସମ୍ପନ୍ନ । କିନ୍ତୁ ତାଙ୍କର ଦୁର୍ବଳତା ହେଲା, ନିଜର ଦାର୍ଶନିକତା ବା ତତ୍ତ୍ୱଜ୍ଞାନକୁ ହିଁ ସେ ଏକମାତ୍ର ସତ୍ୟ ବୋଲି ଧରିନେଇଥିଲେ ।

ଦିନେ ସେ ଖବର ପାଇଲେ, ତାଙ୍କ ରାଜ୍ୟର ଏକ ଦୂର ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଆସି ବସବାସ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ଏପରି ଜଣେ ସନ୍ଥ, ଭଗବାନ୍‌ଙ୍କ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଯାହାଙ୍କ ମତ ତାଙ୍କ ମତଠାରୁ ପୃଥକ୍ ।

କ୍ଷୁବ୍ଧ ହେଲେ ରାଜା । ସନ୍ଥଙ୍କୁ ରାଜସଭାକୁ ତଲବ୍‌ କରାଗଲା । ସେ ହାଜର ହୁଅନ୍ତେ ରାଜା କଠୋର କଣ୍ଠରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କଲେ, ‘ଭଗବାନ୍‌ଙ୍କ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ମୁଁ ଓ ମୋ ପ୍ରଜାମାନେ ଯେଉଁ ମତ ପୋଷଣ କରିଆସିଛୁ, ତମେ ତାହାଠୁଁ ଭିନ୍ନ ମତ ପୋଷଣ କରୁଛ । ମୋ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣରୁ ତାହା ଅସତ୍ୟ । କ’ଣ କୈଫିୟତ୍ ଦେବ ???

ସନ୍ଥ କହିଲେ, ‘‘ମହାରାଜ ! ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଏ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଗୁରୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ମୁଁ ଦେବି । କିନ୍ତୁ ତହିଁ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ମୋର ଏକ ଲଘୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଆପଣ ଏବଂ ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଚାରି ବିଜ୍ଞ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଦେବାକୁ ସମ୍ମତ ହେବେ କି ?’’

ରାଜା ସମ୍ମତି ଦେଲେ । ସନ୍ଥ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଟିଏ ପାଞ୍ଚଖଣ୍ଡି କାଗଜରେ ଲେଖୁ ପାଞ୍ଚଜଣଙ୍କ ହାତକୁ ବଢ଼ାଇଦେଲେ ଏବଂ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକେ ନିଜ ନିଜ ଉତ୍ତର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଟି ତଳେ ଲେଖିଦେବାକୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲେ ।

ନୀରବରେ ଏବଂ ଅବିଳମ୍ବେ ସମସ୍ତେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖିଦେଲେ । କାଗଜଖଣ୍ଡମାନ ହାତକୁ ଆଣି ସନ୍ଥ ଏକ ପରେ ଏକ ଉତ୍ତର ପାଠକଲେ । ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଟି ଥୁଲା, ‘ମାଟି କ’ଣ ?’ ରାଜା ଲେଖୁଥଲେ, ‘ମାଟି ହେଲା ଧରିତ୍ରୀର କଳେବର ।’’ ପ୍ରଧାନମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ, ‘ମୃତ୍ୟୁପରେ ଯେଉଁଥରେ ଏକାକାର ହୋଇଯିବ ଆମ ଦେହ ।’’ ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ, ‘ଆମକୁ ଫସଲ ଯୋଗାଏ ସିଏ ।’’ ତୃତୀୟ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀଙ୍କ ଉତ୍ତର, ‘ଜଳଠୁଁ ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ପୃଥ‌ିବୀର ଯେଉଁ ଉପାଦାନ ।’’ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ : ‘ମାଟି ହିଁ ପ୍ରାଣର ଆଧାର ।’’

ପାଞ୍ଚଗୋଟିଯାକ ଉତ୍ତର ପଢ଼ିସାରି ସନ୍ଥ ରାଜାଙ୍କୁ କହିଲେ, ‘ମହାରାଜ ! ଆପଣ ଏବଂ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀବର୍ଗ ଅସଂଖ୍ୟ ବିଷୟ ଉପରେ ଆଲୋଚନା କରନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ଏକମତ ହୁଅନ୍ତି । ସେସବୁର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ ବହୁ ଜଟିଳ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ । ମାଟି କ’ଣ ? ଏଭଳି ଏକ ମାମୁଲି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଉପରେ ଯଦି ପାଞ୍ଚଜଣଙ୍କର ଉତ୍ତର ପାଞ୍ଚ ପ୍ରକାର ହୁଏ, ତେବେ ଭଗବାନ୍ କ’ଣ ଭଳି ପରମ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଉପରେ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ଉତ୍ତର ଏବଂ ମୋ ଉତ୍ତର ଏକା ନ ହେବାରେ ବିସ୍ମୟ କ’ଣ ? ଆହୁରି ପ୍ରାସଙ୍ଗିକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ହେଲା, ମାଟି କ’ଣ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତରରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ପାଞ୍ଚଗୋଟିଯାକ ବିବୃତିରୁ କୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ ଭୁଲ ବୋଲି ଆପଣ କହିପାରିବେ କି ? ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଉତ୍ତର ଏକ ଏକ ସତ୍ୟ । ସେହିପରି ଭଗବାନ୍‌ଙ୍କ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ମତ ଏବଂ ମୋ ମତ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକ ଏକ ସତ୍ୟ-ଭିନ୍ନତା ମାନେ ହିଁ ଅସତ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ ।’’

ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତର :
ରାଜା ଜଣକ ଗୁଣୀ ଓ ସୁଶାସକ ହେଲେହେଁ ନିଜର ଦର୍ଶନ ଓ ତତ୍ତ୍ୱଜ୍ଞାନକୁ ଏକମାତ୍ର ସତ୍ୟ ବୋଲି ଧରିନେଇଥିଲେ । ଏକଦା ରାଜା ଖବର ପାଇଲେ ଦୂର ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ବାସ କରୁଥିବା ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କର ଭଗବାନ୍‌ଙ୍କ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ମତ ତାଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ । ସେ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀଙ୍କୁ ରାଜ ଉଆସକୁ ଡକାଇ ରୁକ୍ଷ କଣ୍ଠରେ ଏହାର କୈଫିୟତ ମାଗିଲେ । ଏହାର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ରାଜା ଓ ତାଙ୍କ ଚାରି ବିଜ୍ଞ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଲଘୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିବାକୁ ଇଚ୍ଛା କଲେ । ରାଜାଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମତିକ୍ରମେ ସେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଲେଖୁ ପାଞ୍ଚଖଣ୍ଡି କାଗଜ ପାଞ୍ଚଜଣଙ୍କୁ ଦେଲେ ଓ ଉତ୍ତର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ତଳେ ଲେଖୁବାପାଇଁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲେ । ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଟି ଥିଲା – ମାଟି କ’ଣ ? ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖା ସରିବା ପରେ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକଙ୍କ ଉତ୍ତର ପାଠ କଲେ । ଉତ୍ତରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭିନ୍ନ ଥିଲେହେଁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଠିକ୍ ଥିଲା । ଶେଷରେ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ରାଜାଙ୍କୁ ବୁଝାଇଦେଲେ ଯେ ଯେପରି ‘ମାଟି କ’ଣ ?’ ଭଳି ସାମାନ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ପାଞ୍ଚଟି ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ହୋଇପାରେ, ସେହିପରି ଭଗବାନ୍ କ’ଣ ଭଳି ପରମ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଭିନ୍ନ ମତ ହେବା ସ୍ଵାଭାବିକ । ତେଣୁ ଉଭୟ ମତ ଭିନ୍ନ ହେଲେ ହେଁ ଏକ ଏକ ସତ୍ୟ ।

ଶୀର୍ଷକ : ‘ଭିନ୍ନତା ଅର୍ଥ ଅସତ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ ’

ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦ – (୫)

କୋଇଲି ବୈକୁଣ୍ଠରେ ମହା ବିଶ୍ରାମ ନେଲାପରେ ଅଶୌଚ ସମୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଏହି ସମୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ପ୍ରାୟ ତେର ଦିନ ଧରି ନୂତନ ବିଗ୍ରହମାନଙ୍କର କୌଣସି ନୀତି କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ । ସେମାନେ କେବଳ ଅଣସର ଘରେ ରହି ଥାଆନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ନୂତନ ଦାରୁରେ ଯେଉଁ ମୂର୍ତ୍ତି ନିର୍ମାଣ ହୋଇଥାଆନ୍ତି, ତାହା ଠାକୁରଙ୍କ ଶରୀରର ଅସ୍ଥି ସଦୃଶ ମାତ୍ର । ଆମେ ଯେଉଁ ଠାକୁରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖୁଥାଉ, ସେ ଠାକୁର ସେତେବେଳେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇ ନ’ଥାନ୍ତି । ଏହି ଅଶୌଚ ସମୟ ଅତିକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହେବା ପରେ ଯାଇଁ ଦାରୁବିଗ୍ରହଙ୍କର ପୂର୍ଣ ରୂପାୟନ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେବେ ଘଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ପରେ କୃଷ୍ଣ ଚତୁର୍ଦ୍ଦଶୀଠାରୁ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ନବମୀ ତିଥ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ନୂତନ ବିଗ୍ରହଙ୍କର ଶ୍ରୀଅଙ୍ଗରେ ଶ୍ଵେତ ଅଙ୍ଗରାଗ ବୋଳା ଯାଉଥାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ଖଡ଼ିଲାଗି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

ଏହିଠାରେ ଜାଣି ରଖୁବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ, ନୂତନ ବିଗ୍ରହଙ୍କ ବ୍ରହ୍ମକୋଠରୀରେ ବ୍ରହ୍ମ ପୋଟଳ ସଂସ୍ଥାପନା ପରେ ତା’ ଭିତରର ଗହ୍ବରକୁ ଚନ୍ଦନ, କସ୍ତୁରୀ, କର୍ପୂରର ଏକ ବ୍ରହ୍ମଲେପରେ ପୂର୍ଣ କରିଦିଆଯାଇଥାଏ । ତା’ ଉପରେ ବ୍ରହ୍ମକୋଠରୀର ଦ୍ଵାର ନ୍ୟାସଦାରୁ ଦେଇ କୋଠରୀକୁ ପୂରାପୂରି ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦିଆଯାଏ ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ମାଦଳାପାଞ୍ଜିରେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ ଅଛି ଯେ ମାନବର ଶରୀର ସାତୋଟି ଧାତୁରେ ନିର୍ମିତ । ତେଣୁ ଶ୍ରୀଶ୍ରୀଠାକୁରଙ୍କର ବିଗ୍ରହକୁ ପୂର୍ଣ ରୂପାୟନ ଦିଆଗଲାବେଳେ ସପ୍ତାବରଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ସାତୋଟି ଆବରଣ ଦିଆଯାଇଥାଏ ।

ଦାରୁରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ଅସ୍ଥି ଉପରେ ଅବିକଳ ମାନବ ଶରୀର ଭଳି ଶିରା, ପ୍ରଶିରା, ମାଂସ, ରକ୍ତ, ଚର୍ମ, ଶୁକ୍ର ଆଦିର ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାମାନ ନୂତନ ବିଗ୍ରହଙ୍କ ଶରୀରରେ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ‘ନୀଳାଦ୍ରି ମହୋଦୟ’ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ ଚିତ୍ର ଦିଆଯାଇଅଛି । ଦାରୁଙ୍କ ଅସ୍ଥି ଉପରେ ପ୍ରଥମେ ଏକ ସୁଗନ୍ଧଯୁକ୍ତ ତୈଳ ବୋଲି ଦିଆଯାଏ । ତାହା ଅସ୍ଥି ଭିତରର ରସ ଭଳି ଗ୍ରହଣ ସଞ୍ଚାଳନ ପାଇଁ ଶିରା ପ୍ରଶିରା ଭାବେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହା ଉପରେ ଚନ୍ଦନ, କସ୍ତୁରୀ, ଝୁଣାର ଏକ ବିଶେଷ ଭାବେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ମୋଟା ବହଳିଆ ପ୍ରଲେପ ସାରା ଶରୀରରେ ମୋଟାଳିଆ ଭାବେ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।

ପ୍ରଲେପ ଦେବା ପରେ ହିଁ ଆମେ ଦେଖୁଥ‌ିବା ଜଗନ୍ନାଥଙ୍କର ରୂପର ଆକୃତି ପ୍ରକାଶ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରଲେପକୁ ଶରୀରର ମାଂସ ଭାବେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ମୋଟା ପ୍ରଲେପ ଉପରେ ଚର୍ମ ସଦୃଶ ମଜଭୁତ ସୂତାରେ ତିଆରି ବସ୍ତ୍ର (କନା) ପରସ୍ତ ପରସ୍ତ କରି ନାନା ପରସ୍ତ ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବିଗ୍ରହଙ୍କ ଶରୀରେ ଭିଡ଼ାଯାଏ । ଏହି ବସ୍ତ୍ର ଉପରେ ଶେଷ ସ୍ତର ଭାବରେ ଅରୁଆ ଚାଉଳରେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ ପ୍ରଲେପ ଅଟକାଳି, ଖଳିଲାଗି ଦିଆଯାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ଶରୀରର ଶୁକ୍ର ଭାବରେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ସାତୋଟି ସ୍ତରର ଆବରଣ ପରେ ଶ୍ରୀଜଗନ୍ନାଥଙ୍କର ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ ଆକୃତି, ରୂପାୟନ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଇଥାଏ ।

ଏହାପରେ ଚିତ୍ରକାରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଠାକୁରଙ୍କୁ ରଙ୍ଗ କରିବାର ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଅର୍ପଣ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାକୁ କନକଲାଗି କୁହାଯାଏ । ଠାକୁରଙ୍କ ଶରୀରର ରଙ୍ଗ ପାଇଁ ଧଳା ରଙ୍ଗ ପାଇଁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଶଙ୍ଖ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ, ହଳଦିଆ ରଙ୍ଗ ପାଇଁ ଜମିର ରଙ୍ଗ ଓ ସମାର୍ଜିତ ହରିତାଳ, ଇ ରଙ୍ଗ ପାଇଁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ପାରଦଘଟିତ ହିଙ୍ଗୁଳ, କଳାରଙ୍ଗ ପାଇଁ ଷଢ଼େଇ (ନଡ଼ିଆ) ପୋଡ଼ି ଚୁନାକରି ଅଙ୍ଗାରରୁ ବାହାର କରାଯାଏ । ଚିତ୍ରକାରମାନେ ଠାକୁରଙ୍କ ଶରୀରରେ ସମସ୍ତ ଅଙ୍କନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଚକ୍ଷୁର ଡୋଳା ବା ନେତ୍ର ପିତୁଳା ଅଙ୍କନ କରିବାର ଅଧିକାର ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦିଆଯାଇ ନଥାଏ ।

ଏହା ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଆଷାଢ଼ ଶୁକ୍ଳପକ୍ଷର ପ୍ରଥମ ଦିନ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ନୀତିକୁ ନେତ୍ରୋତ୍ସବ ନୀତି କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏହାପରେ ଶ୍ରୀବିଗ୍ରହମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦର୍ପଣରେ ସ୍ନାନାଦି କରାଇ ପବିତ୍ର କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । କାରଣ ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ହେବ ଶ୍ରୀବିଗ୍ରହ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ତରରେ ମହାରଣା, ବିଶ୍ଵକର୍ମା, ଚିତ୍ରକାରମାନଙ୍କ ହାତର ପରଶ ଦେଇ ଗତି କରୁଥାଆନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ଏହି ସ୍ନାନାଦିରେ ଶୁଦ୍ଧପୂତ, ପବିତ୍ର କରାଇ ଶ୍ରୀଜଗନ୍ନାଥଙ୍କୁ ସର୍ବସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ନବଯୌବନ ଦର୍ଶନ କରାହୋଇଥାଏ । ତା’ ପରଦିନ ଆଷାଢ଼ ଶୁକ୍ଳପକ୍ଷ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟା ଦିନ ମହାପ୍ରଭୁଙ୍କର ରଥଯାତ୍ରା ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତର :
କୋଇଲି ବୈକୁଣ୍ଠରେ ମହାବିଶ୍ରାମ ନେଲାପରେ ଠାକୁର ଅଣସର ଘରେ ରହନ୍ତି । ତେର ଦିନ ଧରି ନୂତନ ବିଗ୍ରହମାନଙ୍କର କୌଣସି ନୀତି କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ । ଆମେ ଯେଉଁ ଠାକୁରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖୁ ତାହା ନୂତନ ଦାରୁରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ଠାକୁରଙ୍କ ଅସ୍ଥି ସଦୃଶ ମୂର୍ତ୍ତି । ଅଶୌଚ ସମୟ ଅତିକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହେବାପରେ ଦାରୁ ବିଗ୍ରହଙ୍କ ବ୍ରହ୍ମ କୋଠରୀରେ ବ୍ରହ୍ମ ପୋଟଳ ସଂସ୍ଥାପନା ପରେ ନ୍ୟାସଦାରୁ ଦେଇ କୋଠରୀକୁ ରୁଦ୍ଧ କରାଯାଏ । ମାଦଳାପାଞ୍ଜି ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ଠାକୁରଙ୍କ ବିଗ୍ରହର ପୂର୍ଣ ରୂପାୟନବେଳେ ମାନବ ଶରୀରର ସପ୍ତଧାତୁ ସଦୃଶ ସାତୋଟି ଆବରଣ ଦିଆଯାଏ । ଦାରୁଙ୍କ ଅସ୍ଥିରେ ବୋଳାଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ସୁଗନ୍ଧିତ ତୈଳ ଅସ୍ଥିଭିତର ରସ ସଦୃଶ, ଶରୀରରେ ବନ୍ଧା ଯାଉଥିବା ଲାଲ ପାଟ୍ଟଡ଼ୋର ଶିରା ପ୍ରଶିରା ସଦୃଶ ।

ଶରୀରର ମାଂସ ସଦୃଶ ଚନ୍ଦନ, କସ୍ତୁରୀ ଓ ଝୁଣାର ବହଳିଆ ପ୍ରଲେପ ଚାଉଳର ବିଶେଷ ପ୍ରଲେପ ଦିଆଯାଏ ଯାହାକୁ ଶରୀରର ଶୁକ୍ରଭାବେ ବିବେଚନା କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାପରେ ଚିତ୍ରକାରମାନେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରଙ୍ଗରେ ଠାକୁରଙ୍କୁ ରଙ୍ଗାନ୍ତି । ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଆଷାଢ଼ ଶୁକ୍ଳପକ୍ଷର ପ୍ରଥମଦିନ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ଶ୍ରୀବିଗ୍ରହର ନେତ୍ର ପିତୁଳା ଅଙ୍କନ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରଙ୍ଗରେ ଠାକୁରଙ୍କୁ ରଙ୍ଗାନ୍ତି । ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଆଷାଢ଼ ଶୁକ୍ଳପକ୍ଷର ପ୍ରଥମଦିନ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ଶ୍ରୀବିଗ୍ରହର ନେତ୍ର ପିତୁଳା ଅଙ୍କନ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାପରେ ଶ୍ରୀବିଗ୍ରହଙ୍କୁ ସ୍ନାନାଦିରେ ଶୁଦ୍ଧପୂତ କରାଇ ସର୍ବସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ନିମନ୍ତେ ନବଯୌବନ ଦର୍ଶନ କରାହୋଇଥାଏ । ପରଦିନ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଆଷାଢ଼ ଶୁକ୍ଳପକ୍ଷ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟା ଦିନ ମହାପ୍ରଭୁଙ୍କ ଘୋଷଯାତ୍ରା ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହୁଏ ।

ଣୀର୍ଷକ : ଶ୍ରୀଜଗନ୍ନାଥଙ୍କ ନବକଳେବର ବିଧି